TDvorak/ClubLogos
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/Dvorinka/ClubLogos.git synced 2026-06-04 12:02:56 +00:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

fff

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Tomáš Dvořák
2025-10-03 16:26:44 +02:00
parent 0fc92f8464
commit cdb8bcd3e9
5928 changed files with 1054476 additions and 72 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/THIRD-PARTY-NOTICES.md
Generated Vendored
+43
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
# Third-party notices
This software contains third-party libraries
used under the terms of the following licences:
| Library | Used under the terms of |
|---------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| aom | BSD 2-Clause + [Alliance for Open Media Patent License 1.0](https://aomedia.org/license/patent-license/) |
| cairo | Mozilla Public License 2.0 |
| cgif | MIT Licence |
| expat | MIT Licence |
| fontconfig | [fontconfig Licence](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/fontconfig/fontconfig/blob/main/COPYING) (BSD-like) |
| freetype | [freetype Licence](https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/freetype/freetype2.git/tree/docs/FTL.TXT) (BSD-like) |
| fribidi | LGPLv3 |
| gdk-pixbuf | LGPLv3 |
| glib | LGPLv3 |
| harfbuzz | MIT Licence |
| lcms | MIT Licence |
| libarchive | BSD 2-Clause |
| libexif | LGPLv3 |
| libffi | MIT Licence |
| libheif | LGPLv3 |
| libimagequant | [BSD 2-Clause](https://github.com/lovell/libimagequant/blob/main/COPYRIGHT) |
| mozjpeg | [zlib License, IJG License, BSD-3-Clause](https://github.com/mozilla/mozjpeg/blob/master/LICENSE.md) |
| libnsgif | MIT Licence |
| libpng | [libpng License](https://github.com/glennrp/libpng/blob/master/LICENSE) |
| librsvg | LGPLv3 |
| libspng | [BSD 2-Clause, libpng License](https://github.com/randy408/libspng/blob/master/LICENSE) |
| libtiff | [libtiff License](https://libtiff.gitlab.io/libtiff/misc.html) (BSD-like) |
| libvips | LGPLv3 |
| libwebp | New BSD License |
| libxml2 | MIT Licence |
| orc | [orc License](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/gstreamer/orc/blob/master/COPYING) (BSD-like) |
| pango | LGPLv3 |
| pixman | MIT Licence |
| proxy-libintl | LGPLv3 |
| zlib-ng | [zlib Licence](https://github.com/zlib-ng/zlib-ng/blob/develop/LICENSE.md) |
Use of libraries under the terms of the LGPLv3 is via the
"any later version" clause of the LGPLv2 or LGPLv2.1.
Please report any errors or omissions via
https://github.com/lovell/sharp-libvips/issues/new
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/aom/aom.h
Generated Vendored
+127
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2016, Alliance for Open Media. All rights reserved
*
* This source code is subject to the terms of the BSD 2 Clause License and
* the Alliance for Open Media Patent License 1.0. If the BSD 2 Clause License
* was not distributed with this source code in the LICENSE file, you can
* obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/software. If the Alliance for Open
* Media Patent License 1.0 was not distributed with this source code in the
* PATENTS file, you can obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/patent.
*/
/*!\defgroup aom AOM
* \ingroup codecs
* AOM is aom's newest video compression algorithm that uses motion
* compensated prediction, Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT) coding of the
* prediction error signal and context dependent entropy coding techniques
* based on arithmetic principles. It features:
* - YUV 4:2:0 image format
* - Macro-block based coding (16x16 luma plus two 8x8 chroma)
* - 1/4 (1/8) pixel accuracy motion compensated prediction
* - 4x4 DCT transform
* - 128 level linear quantizer
* - In loop deblocking filter
* - Context-based entropy coding
*
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Provides controls common to both the AOM encoder and decoder.
*/
#ifndef AOM_AOM_AOM_H_
#define AOM_AOM_AOM_H_
#include "aom/aom_codec.h"
#include "aom/aom_image.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*!\brief Control functions
*
* The set of macros define the control functions of AOM interface
* The range for common control IDs is 230-255(max).
*/
enum aom_com_control_id {
/*!\brief Codec control function to get a pointer to a reference frame
*
* av1_ref_frame_t* parameter
*/
AV1_GET_REFERENCE = 230,
/*!\brief Codec control function to write a frame into a reference buffer
*
* av1_ref_frame_t* parameter
*/
AV1_SET_REFERENCE = 231,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get a copy of reference frame from the
* decoder
*
* av1_ref_frame_t* parameter
*/
AV1_COPY_REFERENCE = 232,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get a pointer to the new frame
*
* aom_image_t* parameter
*/
AV1_GET_NEW_FRAME_IMAGE = 233,
/*!\brief Codec control function to copy the new frame to an external buffer
*
* aom_image_t* parameter
*/
AV1_COPY_NEW_FRAME_IMAGE = 234,
/*!\brief Start point of control IDs for aom_dec_control_id.
* Any new common control IDs should be added above.
*/
AOM_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START = 256
// No common control IDs should be added after AOM_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START.
};
/*!\brief AV1 specific reference frame data struct
*
* Define the data struct to access av1 reference frames.
*/
typedef struct av1_ref_frame {
int idx; /**< frame index to get (input) */
int use_external_ref; /**< Directly use external ref buffer(decoder only) */
aom_image_t img; /**< img structure to populate (output) */
} av1_ref_frame_t;
/*!\cond */
/*!\brief aom decoder control function parameter type
*
* Defines the data type for each of AOM decoder control function requires.
*
* \note For each control ID "X", a macro-define of
* AOM_CTRL_X is provided. It is used at compile time to determine
* if the control ID is supported by the libaom library available,
* when the libaom version cannot be controlled.
*/
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1_GET_REFERENCE, av1_ref_frame_t *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1_GET_REFERENCE
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1_SET_REFERENCE, av1_ref_frame_t *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1_SET_REFERENCE
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1_COPY_REFERENCE, av1_ref_frame_t *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1_COPY_REFERENCE
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1_GET_NEW_FRAME_IMAGE, aom_image_t *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1_GET_NEW_FRAME_IMAGE
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1_COPY_NEW_FRAME_IMAGE, aom_image_t *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1_COPY_NEW_FRAME_IMAGE
/*!\endcond */
/*! @} - end defgroup aom */
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // AOM_AOM_AOM_H_
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/aom/aom_codec.h
Generated Vendored
+577
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,577 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2016, Alliance for Open Media. All rights reserved
*
* This source code is subject to the terms of the BSD 2 Clause License and
* the Alliance for Open Media Patent License 1.0. If the BSD 2 Clause License
* was not distributed with this source code in the LICENSE file, you can
* obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/software. If the Alliance for Open
* Media Patent License 1.0 was not distributed with this source code in the
* PATENTS file, you can obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/patent.
*/
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Internal implementation details
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// There are two levels of interfaces used to access the AOM codec: the
// aom_codec_iface and the aom_codec_ctx.
//
// 1. aom_codec_iface_t
// (Related files: aom/aom_codec.h, aom/src/aom_codec.c,
// aom/internal/aom_codec_internal.h, av1/av1_cx_iface.c,
// av1/av1_dx_iface.c)
//
// Used to initialize the codec context, which contains the configuration for
// for modifying the encoder/decoder during run-time. See the other
// documentation in this header file for more details. For the most part,
// users will call helper functions, such as aom_codec_iface_name,
// aom_codec_get_caps, etc., to interact with it.
//
// The main purpose of the aom_codec_iface_t is to provide a way to generate
// a default codec config, find out what capabilities the implementation has,
// and create an aom_codec_ctx_t (which is actually used to interact with the
// codec).
//
// Note that the implementations for the AV1 algorithm are located in
// av1/av1_cx_iface.c and av1/av1_dx_iface.c
//
//
// 2. aom_codec_ctx_t
// (Related files: aom/aom_codec.h, av1/av1_cx_iface.c, av1/av1_dx_iface.c,
// aom/aomcx.h, aom/aomdx.h, aom/src/aom_encoder.c, aom/src/aom_decoder.c)
//
// The actual interface between user code and the codec. It stores the name
// of the codec, a pointer back to the aom_codec_iface_t that initialized it,
// initialization flags, a config for either encoder or the decoder, and a
// pointer to internal data.
//
// The codec is configured / queried through calls to aom_codec_control,
// which takes a control ID (listed in aomcx.h and aomdx.h) and a parameter.
// In the case of "getter" control IDs, the parameter is modified to have
// the requested value; in the case of "setter" control IDs, the codec's
// configuration is changed based on the parameter. Note that a aom_codec_err_t
// is returned, which indicates if the operation was successful or not.
//
// Note that for the encoder, the aom_codec_alg_priv_t points to the
// the aom_codec_alg_priv structure in av1/av1_cx_iface.c, and for the decoder,
// the struct in av1/av1_dx_iface.c. Variables such as AV1_COMP cpi are stored
// here and also used in the core algorithm.
//
// At the end, aom_codec_destroy should be called for each initialized
// aom_codec_ctx_t.
/*!\defgroup codec Common Algorithm Interface
* This abstraction allows applications to easily support multiple video
* formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes the interface
* common to all codecs (both encoders and decoders).
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the codec algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video codec algorithm.
*
* An application instantiates a specific codec instance by using
* aom_codec_dec_init() or aom_codec_enc_init() and a pointer to the
* algorithm's interface structure:
* <pre>
* my_app.c:
* extern aom_codec_iface_t my_codec;
* {
* aom_codec_ctx_t algo;
* int threads = 4;
* aom_codec_dec_cfg_t cfg = { threads, 0, 0, 1 };
* res = aom_codec_dec_init(&algo, &my_codec, &cfg, 0);
* }
* </pre>
*
* Once initialized, the instance is managed using other functions from
* the aom_codec_* family.
*/
#ifndef AOM_AOM_AOM_CODEC_H_
#define AOM_AOM_AOM_CODEC_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "aom/aom_image.h"
#include "aom/aom_integer.h"
/*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is deprecated */
#ifndef AOM_DEPRECATED
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__
#define AOM_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define AOM_DEPRECATED
#else
#define AOM_DEPRECATED
#endif
#endif /* AOM_DEPRECATED */
#ifndef AOM_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__
#define AOM_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #AOM_DEPRECATED */
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
/*!\brief \copydoc #AOM_DEPRECATED */
#define AOM_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
#else
#define AOM_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #AOM_DEPRECATED */
#endif
#endif /* AOM_DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED */
/*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is potentially unused */
#ifdef AOM_UNUSED
#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
#define AOM_UNUSED __attribute__((unused))
#else
#define AOM_UNUSED
#endif
/*!\brief Decorator indicating that given struct/union/enum is packed */
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PACKED
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__
#define ATTRIBUTE_PACKED __attribute__((packed))
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define ATTRIBUTE_PACKED
#else
#define ATTRIBUTE_PACKED
#endif
#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_PACKED */
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define AOM_CODEC_ABI_VERSION (7 + AOM_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief Algorithm return codes */
typedef enum {
/*!\brief Operation completed without error */
AOM_CODEC_OK,
/*!\brief Unspecified error */
AOM_CODEC_ERROR,
/*!\brief Memory operation failed */
AOM_CODEC_MEM_ERROR,
/*!\brief ABI version mismatch */
AOM_CODEC_ABI_MISMATCH,
/*!\brief Algorithm does not have required capability */
AOM_CODEC_INCAPABLE,
/*!\brief The given bitstream is not supported.
*
* The bitstream was unable to be parsed at the highest level. The decoder
* is unable to proceed. This error \ref SHOULD be treated as fatal to the
* stream. */
AOM_CODEC_UNSUP_BITSTREAM,
/*!\brief Encoded bitstream uses an unsupported feature
*
* The decoder does not implement a feature required by the encoder. This
* return code should only be used for features that prevent future
* pictures from being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as
* fatal to the stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP.
*/
AOM_CODEC_UNSUP_FEATURE,
/*!\brief The coded data for this stream is corrupt or incomplete
*
* There was a problem decoding the current frame. This return code
* should only be used for failures that prevent future pictures from
* being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the
* stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP. If decoding
* is continued for the current GOP, artifacts may be present.
*/
AOM_CODEC_CORRUPT_FRAME,
/*!\brief An application-supplied parameter is not valid.
*
*/
AOM_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM,
/*!\brief An iterator reached the end of list.
*
*/
AOM_CODEC_LIST_END
} aom_codec_err_t;
/*! \brief Codec capabilities bitfield
*
* Each codec advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::aom_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces
* or functionality, and are not required to be supported.
*
* The available flags are specified by AOM_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
typedef long aom_codec_caps_t;
#define AOM_CODEC_CAP_DECODER 0x1 /**< Is a decoder */
#define AOM_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER 0x2 /**< Is an encoder */
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for
* proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by AOM_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
typedef long aom_codec_flags_t;
/*!\brief Time Stamp Type
*
* An integer, which when multiplied by the stream's time base, provides
* the absolute time of a sample.
*/
typedef int64_t aom_codec_pts_t;
/*!\brief Codec interface structure.
*
* Contains function pointers and other data private to the codec
* implementation. This structure is opaque to the application. Common
* functions used with this structure:
* - aom_codec_iface_name(aom_codec_iface_t *iface): get the
* name of the codec
* - aom_codec_get_caps(aom_codec_iface_t *iface): returns
* the capabilities of the codec
* - aom_codec_enc_config_default: generate the default config for
* initializing the encoder (see documentation in aom_encoder.h)
* - aom_codec_dec_init, aom_codec_enc_init: initialize the codec context
* structure (see documentation on aom_codec_ctx).
*
* To get access to the AV1 encoder and decoder, use aom_codec_av1_cx() and
* aom_codec_av1_dx().
*/
typedef const struct aom_codec_iface aom_codec_iface_t;
/*!\brief Codec private data structure.
*
* Contains data private to the codec implementation. This structure is opaque
* to the application.
*/
typedef struct aom_codec_priv aom_codec_priv_t;
/*!\brief Compressed Frame Flags
*
* This type represents a bitfield containing information about a compressed
* frame that may be useful to an application. The most significant 16 bits
* can be used by an algorithm to provide additional detail, for example to
* support frame types that are codec specific (MPEG-1 D-frames for example)
*/
typedef uint32_t aom_codec_frame_flags_t;
#define AOM_FRAME_IS_KEY 0x1u /**< frame is the start of a GOP */
/*!\brief frame can be dropped without affecting the stream (no future frame
* depends on this one) */
#define AOM_FRAME_IS_DROPPABLE 0x2u
/*!\brief this is an INTRA_ONLY frame */
#define AOM_FRAME_IS_INTRAONLY 0x10u
/*!\brief this is an S-frame */
#define AOM_FRAME_IS_SWITCH 0x20u
/*!\brief this is an error-resilient frame */
#define AOM_FRAME_IS_ERROR_RESILIENT 0x40u
/*!\brief this is a key-frame dependent recovery-point frame */
#define AOM_FRAME_IS_DELAYED_RANDOM_ACCESS_POINT 0x80u
/*!\brief Iterator
*
* Opaque storage used for iterating over lists.
*/
typedef const void *aom_codec_iter_t;
/*!\brief Codec context structure
*
* All codecs \ref MUST support this context structure fully. In general,
* this data should be considered private to the codec algorithm, and
* not be manipulated or examined by the calling application. Applications
* may reference the 'name' member to get a printable description of the
* algorithm.
*/
typedef struct aom_codec_ctx {
const char *name; /**< Printable interface name */
aom_codec_iface_t *iface; /**< Interface pointers */
aom_codec_err_t err; /**< Last returned error */
const char *err_detail; /**< Detailed info, if available */
aom_codec_flags_t init_flags; /**< Flags passed at init time */
union {
/**< Decoder Configuration Pointer */
const struct aom_codec_dec_cfg *dec;
/**< Encoder Configuration Pointer */
const struct aom_codec_enc_cfg *enc;
const void *raw;
} config; /**< Configuration pointer aliasing union */
aom_codec_priv_t *priv; /**< Algorithm private storage */
} aom_codec_ctx_t;
/*!\brief Bit depth for codec
* *
* This enumeration determines the bit depth of the codec.
*/
typedef enum aom_bit_depth {
AOM_BITS_8 = 8, /**< 8 bits */
AOM_BITS_10 = 10, /**< 10 bits */
AOM_BITS_12 = 12, /**< 12 bits */
} aom_bit_depth_t;
/*!\brief Superblock size selection.
*
* Defines the superblock size used for encoding. The superblock size can
* either be fixed at 64x64 or 128x128 pixels, or it can be dynamically
* selected by the encoder for each frame.
*/
typedef enum aom_superblock_size {
AOM_SUPERBLOCK_SIZE_64X64, /**< Always use 64x64 superblocks. */
AOM_SUPERBLOCK_SIZE_128X128, /**< Always use 128x128 superblocks. */
AOM_SUPERBLOCK_SIZE_DYNAMIC /**< Select superblock size dynamically. */
} aom_superblock_size_t;
/*
* Library Version Number Interface
*
* For example, see the following sample return values:
* aom_codec_version() (1<<16 | 2<<8 | 3)
* aom_codec_version_str() "v1.2.3-rc1-16-gec6a1ba"
* aom_codec_version_extra_str() "rc1-16-gec6a1ba"
*/
/*!\brief Return the version information (as an integer)
*
* Returns a packed encoding of the library version number. This will only
* include the major.minor.patch component of the version number. Note that this
* encoded value should be accessed through the macros provided, as the encoding
* may change in the future.
*
*/
int aom_codec_version(void);
/*!\brief Return the major version number */
#define aom_codec_version_major() ((aom_codec_version() >> 16) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the minor version number */
#define aom_codec_version_minor() ((aom_codec_version() >> 8) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the patch version number */
#define aom_codec_version_patch() ((aom_codec_version() >> 0) & 0xff)
/*!\brief Return the version information (as a string)
*
* Returns a printable string containing the full library version number. This
* may contain additional text following the three digit version number, as to
* indicate release candidates, pre-release versions, etc.
*
*/
const char *aom_codec_version_str(void);
/*!\brief Return the version information (as a string)
*
* Returns a printable "extra string". This is the component of the string
* returned by aom_codec_version_str() following the three digit version number.
*
*/
const char *aom_codec_version_extra_str(void);
/*!\brief Return the build configuration
*
* Returns a printable string containing an encoded version of the build
* configuration. This may be useful to aom support.
*
*/
const char *aom_codec_build_config(void);
/*!\brief Return the name for a given interface
*
* Returns a human readable string for name of the given codec interface.
*
* \param[in] iface Interface pointer
*
*/
const char *aom_codec_iface_name(aom_codec_iface_t *iface);
/*!\brief Convert error number to printable string
*
* Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the
* algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain
* any newline characters.
*
*
* \param[in] err Error number.
*
*/
const char *aom_codec_err_to_string(aom_codec_err_t err);
/*!\brief Retrieve error synopsis for codec context
*
* Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the
* algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain
* any newline characters.
*
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
*
*/
const char *aom_codec_error(const aom_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief Retrieve detailed error information for codec context
*
* Returns a human readable string providing detailed information about
* the last error. The returned string is only valid until the next
* aom_codec_* function call (except aom_codec_error and
* aom_codec_error_detail) on the codec context.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
*
* \retval NULL
* No detailed information is available.
*/
const char *aom_codec_error_detail(const aom_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all codecs.
* They represent the base case functionality expected of all codecs.
*/
/*!\brief Destroy a codec instance
*
* Destroys a codec context, freeing any associated memory buffers.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
*
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_OK
* The codec instance has been destroyed.
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* ctx is a null pointer.
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_ERROR
* Codec context not initialized.
*/
aom_codec_err_t aom_codec_destroy(aom_codec_ctx_t *ctx);
/*!\brief Get the capabilities of an algorithm.
*
* Retrieves the capabilities bitfield from the algorithm's interface.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface
*
*/
aom_codec_caps_t aom_codec_get_caps(aom_codec_iface_t *iface);
/*!\name Codec Control
*
* The aom_codec_control function exchanges algorithm specific data with the
* codec instance. Additionally, the macro AOM_CODEC_CONTROL_TYPECHECKED is
* provided, which will type-check the parameter against the control ID before
* calling aom_codec_control - note that this macro requires the control ID
* to be directly encoded in it, e.g.,
* AOM_CODEC_CONTROL_TYPECHECKED(&ctx, AOME_SET_CPUUSED, 8).
*
* The codec control IDs can be found in aom.h, aomcx.h, and aomdx.h
* (defined as aom_com_control_id, aome_enc_control_id, and aom_dec_control_id).
* @{
*/
/*!\brief Algorithm Control
*
* aom_codec_control takes a context, a control ID, and a third parameter
* (with varying type). If the context is non-null and an error occurs,
* ctx->err will be set to the same value as the return value.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] ctrl_id Algorithm specific control identifier.
* Must be nonzero.
*
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_OK
* The control request was processed.
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_ERROR
* The control request was not processed.
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* The control ID was zero, or the data was not valid.
*/
aom_codec_err_t aom_codec_control(aom_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, ...);
/*!\brief Key & Value API
*
* aom_codec_set_option() takes a context, a key (option name) and a value. If
* the context is non-null and an error occurs, ctx->err will be set to the same
* value as the return value.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] name The name of the option (key)
* \param[in] value The value of the option
*
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_OK
* The value of the option was set.
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* The data was not valid.
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_ERROR
* The option was not successfully set.
*/
aom_codec_err_t aom_codec_set_option(aom_codec_ctx_t *ctx, const char *name,
const char *value);
/*!\brief aom_codec_control wrapper macro (adds type-checking, less flexible)
*
* This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter
* to aom_codec_control(). However, it requires the explicit control ID
* be passed in (it cannot be passed in via a variable) -- otherwise a compiler
* error will occur. After the type checking, it calls aom_codec_control.
*/
#define AOM_CODEC_CONTROL_TYPECHECKED(ctx, id, data) \
aom_codec_control_typechecked_##id(ctx, id, data) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*!\brief Creates type checking mechanisms for aom_codec_control
*
* It defines a static function with the correctly typed arguments as a wrapper
* to the type-unsafe aom_codec_control function. It also creates a typedef
* for each type.
*/
#define AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(id, typ) \
static aom_codec_err_t aom_codec_control_typechecked_##id( \
aom_codec_ctx_t *, int, typ) AOM_UNUSED; \
static aom_codec_err_t aom_codec_control_typechecked_##id( \
aom_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl, typ data) { \
return aom_codec_control(ctx, ctrl, data); \
} /**<\hideinitializer*/ \
typedef typ aom_codec_control_type_##id;
/*!@} end Codec Control group */
/*!\brief OBU types. */
typedef enum ATTRIBUTE_PACKED {
OBU_SEQUENCE_HEADER = 1,
OBU_TEMPORAL_DELIMITER = 2,
OBU_FRAME_HEADER = 3,
OBU_TILE_GROUP = 4,
OBU_METADATA = 5,
OBU_FRAME = 6,
OBU_REDUNDANT_FRAME_HEADER = 7,
OBU_TILE_LIST = 8,
OBU_PADDING = 15,
} OBU_TYPE;
/*!\brief OBU metadata types. */
typedef enum {
OBU_METADATA_TYPE_AOM_RESERVED_0 = 0,
OBU_METADATA_TYPE_HDR_CLL = 1,
OBU_METADATA_TYPE_HDR_MDCV = 2,
OBU_METADATA_TYPE_SCALABILITY = 3,
OBU_METADATA_TYPE_ITUT_T35 = 4,
OBU_METADATA_TYPE_TIMECODE = 5,
} OBU_METADATA_TYPE;
/*!\brief Returns string representation of OBU_TYPE.
*
* \param[in] type The OBU_TYPE to convert to string.
*/
const char *aom_obu_type_to_string(OBU_TYPE type);
/*!@} - end defgroup codec*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // AOM_AOM_AOM_CODEC_H_
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/aom/aom_decoder.h
Generated Vendored
+257
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2016, Alliance for Open Media. All rights reserved
*
* This source code is subject to the terms of the BSD 2 Clause License and
* the Alliance for Open Media Patent License 1.0. If the BSD 2 Clause License
* was not distributed with this source code in the LICENSE file, you can
* obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/software. If the Alliance for Open
* Media Patent License 1.0 was not distributed with this source code in the
* PATENTS file, you can obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/patent.
*/
#ifndef AOM_AOM_AOM_DECODER_H_
#define AOM_AOM_AOM_DECODER_H_
/*!\defgroup decoder Decoder Algorithm Interface
* \ingroup codec
* This abstraction allows applications using this decoder to easily support
* multiple video formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes
* the interface common to all decoders.
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the decoder algorithm interface to applications.
*
* This file describes the interface between an application and a
* video decoder algorithm.
*
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "aom/aom_codec.h"
#include "aom/aom_frame_buffer.h"
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define AOM_DECODER_ABI_VERSION \
(6 + AOM_CODEC_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/
/*! \brief Decoder capabilities bitfield
*
* Each decoder advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its
* ::aom_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces
* or functionality, and are not required to be supported by a decoder.
*
* The available flags are specified by AOM_CODEC_CAP_* defines.
*/
/*!brief Can support external frame buffers */
#define AOM_CODEC_CAP_EXTERNAL_FRAME_BUFFER 0x200000
/*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling
*
* Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for
* proper memory allocation.
*
* The available flags are specified by AOM_CODEC_USE_* defines.
*/
/*!\brief Stream properties
*
* This structure is used to query or set properties of the decoded
* stream.
*/
typedef struct aom_codec_stream_info {
unsigned int w; /**< Width (or 0 for unknown/default) */
unsigned int h; /**< Height (or 0 for unknown/default) */
unsigned int is_kf; /**< Current frame is a keyframe */
unsigned int number_spatial_layers; /**< Number of spatial layers */
unsigned int number_temporal_layers; /**< Number of temporal layers */
unsigned int is_annexb; /**< Is Bitstream in Annex-B format */
} aom_codec_stream_info_t;
/* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS
*
* The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders.
* They represent the base case functionality expected of all decoders.
*/
/*!\brief Initialization Configurations
*
* This structure is used to pass init time configuration options to the
* decoder.
*/
typedef struct aom_codec_dec_cfg {
unsigned int threads; /**< Maximum number of threads to use, default 1 */
unsigned int w; /**< Width */
unsigned int h; /**< Height */
unsigned int allow_lowbitdepth; /**< Allow use of low-bitdepth coding path */
} aom_codec_dec_cfg_t; /**< alias for struct aom_codec_dec_cfg */
/*!\brief Initialize a decoder instance
*
* Initializes a decoder context using the given interface. Applications
* should call the aom_codec_dec_init convenience macro instead of this
* function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number parameter
* is properly initialized.
*
* If the library was configured with cmake -DCONFIG_MULTITHREAD=0, this
* call is not thread safe and should be guarded with a lock if being used
* in a multithreaded context.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context.
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use.
* \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL.
* \param[in] flags Bitfield of AOM_CODEC_USE_* flags
* \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to
* AOM_DECODER_ABI_VERSION
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_OK
* The decoder algorithm has been initialized.
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_MEM_ERROR
* Memory allocation failed.
*/
aom_codec_err_t aom_codec_dec_init_ver(aom_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
aom_codec_iface_t *iface,
const aom_codec_dec_cfg_t *cfg,
aom_codec_flags_t flags, int ver);
/*!\brief Convenience macro for aom_codec_dec_init_ver()
*
* Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set.
*/
#define aom_codec_dec_init(ctx, iface, cfg, flags) \
aom_codec_dec_init_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, flags, AOM_DECODER_ABI_VERSION)
/*!\brief Parse stream info from a buffer
*
* Performs high level parsing of the bitstream. Construction of a decoder
* context is not necessary. Can be used to determine if the bitstream is
* of the proper format, and to extract information from the stream.
*
* \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface
* \param[in] data Pointer to a block of data to parse
* \param[in] data_sz Size of the data buffer
* \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update. The is_annexb
* member \ref MUST be properly initialized. This
* function sets the rest of the members.
*
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_OK
* Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated.
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* One of the arguments is invalid, for example a NULL pointer.
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_UNSUP_BITSTREAM
* The decoder didn't recognize the coded data, or the
* buffer was too short.
*/
aom_codec_err_t aom_codec_peek_stream_info(aom_codec_iface_t *iface,
const uint8_t *data, size_t data_sz,
aom_codec_stream_info_t *si);
/*!\brief Return information about the current stream.
*
* Returns information about the stream that has been parsed during decoding.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update.
*
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_OK
* Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated.
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* One of the arguments is invalid, for example a NULL pointer.
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_UNSUP_BITSTREAM
* The decoder couldn't parse the submitted data.
*/
aom_codec_err_t aom_codec_get_stream_info(aom_codec_ctx_t *ctx,
aom_codec_stream_info_t *si);
/*!\brief Decode data
*
* Processes a buffer of coded data. Encoded data \ref MUST be passed in DTS
* (decode time stamp) order. Frames produced will always be in PTS
* (presentation time stamp) order.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] data Pointer to this block of new coded data.
* \param[in] data_sz Size of the coded data, in bytes.
* \param[in] user_priv Application specific data to associate with
* this frame.
*
* \return Returns #AOM_CODEC_OK if the coded data was processed completely
* and future pictures can be decoded without error. Otherwise,
* see the descriptions of the other error codes in ::aom_codec_err_t
* for recoverability capabilities.
*/
aom_codec_err_t aom_codec_decode(aom_codec_ctx_t *ctx, const uint8_t *data,
size_t data_sz, void *user_priv);
/*!\brief Decoded frames iterator
*
* Iterates over a list of the frames available for display. The iterator
* storage should be initialized to NULL to start the iteration. Iteration is
* complete when this function returns NULL.
*
* The list of available frames becomes valid upon completion of the
* aom_codec_decode call, and remains valid until the next call to
* aom_codec_decode.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL
*
* \return Returns a pointer to an image, if one is ready for display. Frames
* produced will always be in PTS (presentation time stamp) order.
*/
aom_image_t *aom_codec_get_frame(aom_codec_ctx_t *ctx, aom_codec_iter_t *iter);
/*!\defgroup cap_external_frame_buffer External Frame Buffer Functions
*
* The following function is required to be implemented for all decoders
* that advertise the AOM_CODEC_CAP_EXTERNAL_FRAME_BUFFER capability.
* Calling this function for codecs that don't advertise this capability
* will result in an error code being returned, usually AOM_CODEC_INCAPABLE.
* @{
*/
/*!\brief Pass in external frame buffers for the decoder to use.
*
* Registers functions to be called when libaom needs a frame buffer
* to decode the current frame and a function to be called when libaom does
* not internally reference the frame buffer. This set function must
* be called before the first call to decode or libaom will assume the
* default behavior of allocating frame buffers internally.
*
* \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context
* \param[in] cb_get Pointer to the get callback function
* \param[in] cb_release Pointer to the release callback function
* \param[in] cb_priv Callback's private data
*
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_OK
* External frame buffers will be used by libaom.
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM
* One or more of the callbacks were NULL.
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_ERROR
* Decoder context not initialized.
* \retval #AOM_CODEC_INCAPABLE
* Algorithm not capable of using external frame buffers.
*
* \note
* When decoding AV1, the application may be required to pass in at least
* #AOM_MAXIMUM_WORK_BUFFERS external frame buffers.
*/
aom_codec_err_t aom_codec_set_frame_buffer_functions(
aom_codec_ctx_t *ctx, aom_get_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t cb_get,
aom_release_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t cb_release, void *cb_priv);
/*!@} - end defgroup cap_external_frame_buffer */
/*!@} - end defgroup decoder*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // AOM_AOM_AOM_DECODER_H_
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/aom/aom_encoder.h
Generated Vendored
+1144
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/aom/aom_external_partition.h
Generated Vendored
+452
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2021, Alliance for Open Media. All rights reserved
*
* This source code is subject to the terms of the BSD 2 Clause License and
* the Alliance for Open Media Patent License 1.0. If the BSD 2 Clause License
* was not distributed with this source code in the LICENSE file, you can
* obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/software. If the Alliance for Open
* Media Patent License 1.0 was not distributed with this source code in the
* PATENTS file, you can obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/patent.
*/
#ifndef AOM_AOM_AOM_EXTERNAL_PARTITION_H_
#define AOM_AOM_AOM_EXTERNAL_PARTITION_H_
/*!\defgroup aom_encoder AOMedia AOM/AV1 Encoder
* \ingroup aom
*
* @{
*/
#include <stdint.h>
/*!\file
* \brief Provides function pointer definitions for the external partition.
*
* \note The external partition API should be considered experimental. Until the
* external partition API is declared stable, breaking changes may be made to
* this API in a future libaom release.
*/
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures.
*/
#define AOM_EXT_PART_ABI_VERSION 8
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*!\brief Abstract external partition model handler
*/
typedef void *aom_ext_part_model_t;
/*!\brief Number of features to determine whether to skip partition none and
* do partition split directly. The same as "FEATURE_SIZE_SMS_SPLIT".
*/
#define AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_DIRECT_SPLIT 17
/*!\brief Number of features to use simple motion search to prune out
* rectangular partition in some direction. The same as
* "FEATURE_SIZE_SMS_PRUNE_PART".
*/
#define AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_PRUNE_PART 25
/*!\brief Number of features to prune split and rectangular partition
* after PARTITION_NONE.
*/
#define AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_PRUNE_NONE 4
/*!\brief Number of features to terminates partition after partition none using
* simple_motion_search features and the rate, distortion, and rdcost of
* PARTITION_NONE. The same as "FEATURE_SIZE_SMS_TERM_NONE".
*/
#define AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_TERM_NONE 28
/*!\brief Number of features to terminates partition after partition split.
*/
#define AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_TERM_SPLIT 31
/*!\brief Number of features to prune rectangular partition using stats
* collected after partition split.
*/
#define AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_PRUNE_RECT 9
/*!\brief Number of features to prune AB partition using stats
* collected after rectangular partition..
*/
#define AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_PRUNE_AB 10
/*!\brief Number of features to prune 4-way partition using stats
* collected after AB partition.
*/
#define AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_PRUNE_4_WAY 18
/*!\brief Decision mode of the external partition model.
* AOM_EXT_PART_WHOLE_TREE: the external partition model should provide the
* whole partition tree for the superblock.
*
* AOM_EXT_PART_RECURSIVE: the external partition model provides the partition
* decision of the current block only. The decision process starts from
* the superblock size, down to the smallest block size (4x4) recursively.
*/
typedef enum aom_ext_part_decision_mode {
AOM_EXT_PART_WHOLE_TREE = 0,
AOM_EXT_PART_RECURSIVE = 1,
} aom_ext_part_decision_mode_t;
/*!\brief Config information sent to the external partition model.
*
* For example, the maximum superblock size determined by the sequence header.
*/
typedef struct aom_ext_part_config {
int superblock_size; ///< super block size (either 64x64 or 128x128)
} aom_ext_part_config_t;
/*!\brief Features pass to the external model to make partition decisions.
* Specifically, features collected before NONE partition.
* Features "f" are used to determine:
* partition_none_allowed, partition_horz_allowed, partition_vert_allowed,
* do_rectangular_split, do_square_split
* Features "f_part2" are used to determine:
* prune_horz, prune_vert.
*/
typedef struct aom_partition_features_before_none {
/*! features to determine whether skip partition none and do split directly */
float f[AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_DIRECT_SPLIT];
/*! features to determine whether to prune rectangular partition */
float f_part2[AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_PRUNE_PART];
} aom_partition_features_before_none_t;
/*!\brief Features pass to the external model to make partition decisions.
* Specifically, features collected after NONE partition.
*/
typedef struct aom_partition_features_none {
/*! features to prune split and rectangular partition */
float f[AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_PRUNE_NONE];
/*! features to determine termination of partition */
float f_terminate[AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_TERM_NONE];
} aom_partition_features_none_t;
/*!\brief Features pass to the external model to make partition decisions.
* Specifically, features collected after SPLIT partition.
*/
typedef struct aom_partition_features_split {
/*! features to determine termination of partition */
float f_terminate[AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_TERM_SPLIT];
/*! features to determine pruning rect partition */
float f_prune_rect[AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_PRUNE_RECT];
} aom_partition_features_split_t;
/*!\brief Features pass to the external model to make partition decisions.
* Specifically, features collected after RECTANGULAR partition.
*/
typedef struct aom_partition_features_rect {
/*! features to determine pruning AB partition */
float f[AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_PRUNE_AB];
} aom_partition_features_rect_t;
/*!\brief Features pass to the external model to make partition decisions.
* Specifically, features collected after AB partition: HORZ_A, HORZ_B, VERT_A,
* VERT_B.
*/
typedef struct aom_partition_features_ab {
/*! features to determine pruning 4-way partition */
float f[AOM_EXT_PART_SIZE_PRUNE_4_WAY];
} aom_partition_features_ab_t;
/*!\brief Feature id to tell the external model the current stage in partition
* pruning and what features to use to make decisions accordingly.
*/
typedef enum {
AOM_EXT_PART_FEATURE_BEFORE_NONE,
AOM_EXT_PART_FEATURE_BEFORE_NONE_PART2,
AOM_EXT_PART_FEATURE_AFTER_NONE,
AOM_EXT_PART_FEATURE_AFTER_NONE_PART2,
AOM_EXT_PART_FEATURE_AFTER_SPLIT,
AOM_EXT_PART_FEATURE_AFTER_SPLIT_PART2,
AOM_EXT_PART_FEATURE_AFTER_RECT,
AOM_EXT_PART_FEATURE_AFTER_AB
} AOM_EXT_PART_FEATURE_ID;
/*!\brief Features collected from the tpl process.
*
* The tpl process collects information that help measure the inter-frame
* dependency.
* The tpl process is computed in the unit of tpl_bsize_1d (16x16).
* Therefore, the max number of units inside a superblock is
* 128x128 / (16x16) = 64. Change it if the tpl process changes.
*/
typedef struct aom_sb_tpl_features {
int available; ///< If tpl stats are available
int tpl_unit_length; ///< The block length of tpl process
int num_units; ///< The number of units inside the current superblock
int64_t intra_cost[64]; ///< The intra cost of each unit
int64_t inter_cost[64]; ///< The inter cost of each unit
int64_t mc_dep_cost[64]; ///< The motion compensated dependency cost
} aom_sb_tpl_features_t;
/*!\brief Features collected from the simple motion process.
*
* The simple motion process collects information by applying motion compensated
* prediction on each block.
* The block size is 16x16, which could be changed. If it is changed, update
* comments and the array size here.
*/
typedef struct aom_sb_simple_motion_features {
int unit_length; ///< The block length of the simple motion process
int num_units; ///< The number of units inside the current superblock
int block_sse[64]; ///< Sum of squared error of each unit
int block_var[64]; ///< Variance of each unit
} aom_sb_simple_motion_features_t;
/*!\brief Features of each super block.
*
* Features collected for each super block before partition search.
*/
typedef struct aom_sb_features {
/*! Features from motion search */
aom_sb_simple_motion_features_t motion_features;
/*! Features from tpl process */
aom_sb_tpl_features_t tpl_features;
} aom_sb_features_t;
/*!\brief Features pass to the external model to make partition decisions.
*
* The encoder sends these features to the external model through
* "func()" defined in .....
*
* NOTE: new member variables may be added to this structure in the future.
* Once new features are finalized, bump the major version of libaom.
*/
typedef struct aom_partition_features {
// Features for the current supervised multi-stage ML model.
/*! Feature ID to indicate active features */
AOM_EXT_PART_FEATURE_ID id;
/*! Features collected before NONE partition */
aom_partition_features_before_none_t before_part_none;
/*! Features collected after NONE partition */
aom_partition_features_none_t after_part_none;
/*! Features collected after SPLIT partition */
aom_partition_features_split_t after_part_split;
/*! Features collected after RECTANGULAR partition */
aom_partition_features_rect_t after_part_rect;
/*! Features collected after AB partition */
aom_partition_features_ab_t after_part_ab;
// Features for a new ML model.
aom_sb_features_t sb_features; ///< Features collected for the super block
int mi_row; ///< Mi_row position of the block
int mi_col; ///< Mi_col position of the block
int frame_width; ///< Frame width
int frame_height; ///< Frame height
int block_size; ///< As "BLOCK_SIZE" in av1/common/enums.h
/*!
* Valid partition types. A bitmask is used. "1" represents the
* corresponding type is valid. The bitmask follows the enum order for
* PARTITION_TYPE in "enums.h" to represent one partition type at a bit.
* For example, 0x01 stands for only PARTITION_NONE is valid,
* 0x09 (00...001001) stands for PARTITION_NONE and PARTITION_SPLIT are valid.
*/
int valid_partition_types;
int update_type; ///< Frame update type, defined in ratectrl.h
int qindex; ///< Quantization index, range: [0, 255]
int rdmult; ///< Rate-distortion multiplier
int pyramid_level; ///< The level of this frame in the hierarchical structure
int has_above_block; ///< Has above neighbor block
int above_block_width; ///< Width of the above block, -1 if not exist
int above_block_height; ///< Height of the above block, -1 if not exist
int has_left_block; ///< Has left neighbor block
int left_block_width; ///< Width of the left block, -1 if not exist
int left_block_height; ///< Height of the left block, -1 if not exist
/*!
* The following parameters are collected from applying simple motion search.
* Sum of squared error (SSE) and variance of motion compensated residual
* are good indicators of block partitioning.
* If a block is a square, we also apply motion search for its 4 sub blocks.
* If not a square, their values are -1.
* If a block is able to split horizontally, we apply motion search and get
* stats for horizontal blocks. If not, their values are -1.
* If a block is able to split vertically, we apply motion search and get
* stats for vertical blocks. If not, their values are -1.
*/
unsigned int block_sse; ///< SSE of motion compensated residual
unsigned int block_var; ///< Variance of motion compensated residual
unsigned int sub_block_sse[4]; ///< SSE of sub blocks.
unsigned int sub_block_var[4]; ///< Variance of sub blocks.
unsigned int horz_block_sse[2]; ///< SSE of horz sub blocks
unsigned int horz_block_var[2]; ///< Variance of horz sub blocks
unsigned int vert_block_sse[2]; ///< SSE of vert sub blocks
unsigned int vert_block_var[2]; ///< Variance of vert sub blocks
/*!
* The following parameters are calculated from tpl model.
* If tpl model is not available, their values are -1.
*/
int64_t tpl_intra_cost; ///< Intra cost, ref to "TplDepStats" in tpl_model.h
int64_t tpl_inter_cost; ///< Inter cost in tpl model
int64_t tpl_mc_dep_cost; ///< Motion compensated dependency cost in tpl model
} aom_partition_features_t;
/*!\brief Partition decisions received from the external model.
*
* The encoder receives partition decisions and encodes the superblock
* with the given partition type.
* The encoder receives it from "func()" define in ....
*
* NOTE: new member variables may be added to this structure in the future.
* Once new features are finalized, bump the major version of libaom.
*/
typedef struct aom_partition_decision {
// Decisions for directly set partition types
int is_final_decision; ///< The flag whether it's the final decision
int num_nodes; ///< The number of leaf nodes
int partition_decision[2048]; ///< Partition decisions
int current_decision; ///< Partition decision for the current block
// Decisions for partition type pruning
int terminate_partition_search; ///< Terminate further partition search
int partition_none_allowed; ///< Allow partition none type
int partition_rect_allowed[2]; ///< Allow rectangular partitions
int do_rectangular_split; ///< Try rectangular split partition
int do_square_split; ///< Try square split partition
int prune_rect_part[2]; ///< Prune rectangular partition
int horza_partition_allowed; ///< Allow HORZ_A partition
int horzb_partition_allowed; ///< Allow HORZ_B partition
int verta_partition_allowed; ///< Allow VERT_A partition
int vertb_partition_allowed; ///< Allow VERT_B partition
int partition_horz4_allowed; ///< Allow HORZ4 partition
int partition_vert4_allowed; ///< Allow VERT4 partition
} aom_partition_decision_t;
/*!\brief Encoding stats for the given partition decision.
*
* The encoding stats collected by encoding the superblock with the
* given partition types.
* The encoder sends the stats to the external model for training
* or inference through "func()" defined in ....
*/
typedef struct aom_partition_stats {
int rate; ///< Rate cost of the block
int64_t dist; ///< Distortion of the block
int64_t rdcost; ///< Rate-distortion cost of the block
} aom_partition_stats_t;
/*!\brief Enum for return status.
*/
typedef enum aom_ext_part_status {
AOM_EXT_PART_OK = 0, ///< Status of success
AOM_EXT_PART_ERROR = 1, ///< Status of failure
AOM_EXT_PART_TEST = 2, ///< Status used for tests
} aom_ext_part_status_t;
/*!\brief Callback of creating an external partition model.
*
* The callback is invoked by the encoder to create an external partition
* model.
*
* \param[in] priv Callback's private data
* \param[in] part_config Config information pointer for model creation
* \param[out] ext_part_model Pointer to the model
*/
typedef aom_ext_part_status_t (*aom_ext_part_create_model_fn_t)(
void *priv, const aom_ext_part_config_t *part_config,
aom_ext_part_model_t *ext_part_model);
/*!\brief Callback of sending features to the external partition model.
*
* The callback is invoked by the encoder to send features to the external
* partition model.
*
* \param[in] ext_part_model The external model
* \param[in] part_features Pointer to the features
*/
typedef aom_ext_part_status_t (*aom_ext_part_send_features_fn_t)(
aom_ext_part_model_t ext_part_model,
const aom_partition_features_t *part_features);
/*!\brief Callback of receiving partition decisions from the external
* partition model.
*
* The callback is invoked by the encoder to receive partition decisions from
* the external partition model.
*
* \param[in] ext_part_model The external model
* \param[in] ext_part_decision Pointer to the partition decisions
*/
typedef aom_ext_part_status_t (*aom_ext_part_get_decision_fn_t)(
aom_ext_part_model_t ext_part_model,
aom_partition_decision_t *ext_part_decision);
/*!\brief Callback of sending stats to the external partition model.
*
* The callback is invoked by the encoder to send encoding stats to
* the external partition model.
*
* \param[in] ext_part_model The external model
* \param[in] ext_part_stats Pointer to the encoding stats
*/
typedef aom_ext_part_status_t (*aom_ext_part_send_partition_stats_fn_t)(
aom_ext_part_model_t ext_part_model,
const aom_partition_stats_t *ext_part_stats);
/*!\brief Callback of deleting the external partition model.
*
* The callback is invoked by the encoder to delete the external partition
* model.
*
* \param[in] ext_part_model The external model
*/
typedef aom_ext_part_status_t (*aom_ext_part_delete_model_fn_t)(
aom_ext_part_model_t ext_part_model);
/*!\brief Callback function set for external partition model.
*
* Uses can enable external partition model by registering a set of
* callback functions with the flag: AV1E_SET_EXTERNAL_PARTITION_MODEL
*/
typedef struct aom_ext_part_funcs {
/*!
* Create an external partition model.
*/
aom_ext_part_create_model_fn_t create_model;
/*!
* Send features to the external partition model to make partition decisions.
*/
aom_ext_part_send_features_fn_t send_features;
/*!
* Get partition decisions from the external partition model.
*/
aom_ext_part_get_decision_fn_t get_partition_decision;
/*!
* Send stats of the current partition to the external model.
*/
aom_ext_part_send_partition_stats_fn_t send_partition_stats;
/*!
* Delete the external partition model.
*/
aom_ext_part_delete_model_fn_t delete_model;
/*!
* The decision mode of the model.
*/
aom_ext_part_decision_mode_t decision_mode;
/*!
* Private data for the external partition model.
*/
void *priv;
} aom_ext_part_funcs_t;
/*!@} - end defgroup aom_encoder*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // AOM_AOM_AOM_EXTERNAL_PARTITION_H_
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/aom/aom_frame_buffer.h
Generated Vendored
+84
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2016, Alliance for Open Media. All rights reserved
*
* This source code is subject to the terms of the BSD 2 Clause License and
* the Alliance for Open Media Patent License 1.0. If the BSD 2 Clause License
* was not distributed with this source code in the LICENSE file, you can
* obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/software. If the Alliance for Open
* Media Patent License 1.0 was not distributed with this source code in the
* PATENTS file, you can obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/patent.
*/
#ifndef AOM_AOM_AOM_FRAME_BUFFER_H_
#define AOM_AOM_AOM_FRAME_BUFFER_H_
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the decoder external frame buffer interface.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "aom/aom_integer.h"
/*!\brief The maximum number of work buffers used by libaom.
* Support maximum 4 threads to decode video in parallel.
* Each thread will use one work buffer.
* TODO(hkuang): Add support to set number of worker threads dynamically.
*/
#define AOM_MAXIMUM_WORK_BUFFERS 8
/*!\brief The maximum number of reference buffers that a AV1 encoder may use.
*/
#define AOM_MAXIMUM_REF_BUFFERS 8
/*!\brief External frame buffer
*
* This structure holds allocated frame buffers used by the decoder.
*/
typedef struct aom_codec_frame_buffer {
uint8_t *data; /**< Pointer to the data buffer */
size_t size; /**< Size of data in bytes */
void *priv; /**< Frame's private data */
} aom_codec_frame_buffer_t;
/*!\brief get frame buffer callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder to retrieve data for the frame
* buffer in order for the decode call to complete. The callback must
* allocate at least min_size in bytes and assign it to fb->data. The callback
* must zero out all the data allocated. Then the callback must set fb->size
* to the allocated size. The application does not need to align the allocated
* data. The callback is triggered when the decoder needs a frame buffer to
* decode a compressed image into. This function may be called more than once
* for every call to aom_codec_decode. The application may set fb->priv to
* some data which will be passed back in the aom_image_t and the release
* function call. |fb| is guaranteed to not be NULL. On success the callback
* must return 0. Any failure the callback must return a value less than 0.
*
* \param[in] priv Callback's private data
* \param[in] min_size Size in bytes needed by the buffer
* \param[in,out] fb Pointer to aom_codec_frame_buffer_t
*/
typedef int (*aom_get_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t)(void *priv, size_t min_size,
aom_codec_frame_buffer_t *fb);
/*!\brief release frame buffer callback prototype
*
* This callback is invoked by the decoder when the frame buffer is not
* referenced by any other buffers. |fb| is guaranteed to not be NULL. On
* success the callback must return 0. Any failure the callback must return
* a value less than 0.
*
* \param[in] priv Callback's private data
* \param[in] fb Pointer to aom_codec_frame_buffer_t
*/
typedef int (*aom_release_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t)(void *priv,
aom_codec_frame_buffer_t *fb);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // AOM_AOM_AOM_FRAME_BUFFER_H_
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/aom/aom_image.h
Generated Vendored
+448
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2016, Alliance for Open Media. All rights reserved
*
* This source code is subject to the terms of the BSD 2 Clause License and
* the Alliance for Open Media Patent License 1.0. If the BSD 2 Clause License
* was not distributed with this source code in the LICENSE file, you can
* obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/software. If the Alliance for Open
* Media Patent License 1.0 was not distributed with this source code in the
* PATENTS file, you can obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/patent.
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Describes the aom image descriptor and associated operations
*
*/
#ifndef AOM_AOM_AOM_IMAGE_H_
#define AOM_AOM_AOM_IMAGE_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "aom/aom_integer.h"
/*!\brief Current ABI version number
*
* \internal
* If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value
* must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing
* types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging
* fields to structures
*/
#define AOM_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION (9) /**<\hideinitializer*/
#define AOM_IMG_FMT_PLANAR 0x100 /**< Image is a planar format. */
#define AOM_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP 0x200 /**< V plane precedes U in memory. */
/** 0x400 used to signal alpha channel, skipping for backwards compatibility. */
#define AOM_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x800 /**< Image uses 16bit framebuffer. */
/*!\brief List of supported image formats */
typedef enum aom_img_fmt {
AOM_IMG_FMT_NONE,
AOM_IMG_FMT_YV12 =
AOM_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | AOM_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP | 1, /**< planar YVU */
AOM_IMG_FMT_I420 = AOM_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 2,
AOM_IMG_FMT_AOMYV12 = AOM_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | AOM_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP |
3, /** < planar 4:2:0 format with aom color space */
AOM_IMG_FMT_AOMI420 = AOM_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 4,
AOM_IMG_FMT_I422 = AOM_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 5,
AOM_IMG_FMT_I444 = AOM_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 6,
/*!\brief Allows detection of the presence of AOM_IMG_FMT_NV12 at compile time.
*/
#define AOM_HAVE_IMG_FMT_NV12 1
AOM_IMG_FMT_NV12 =
AOM_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 7, /**< 4:2:0 with U and V interleaved */
AOM_IMG_FMT_I42016 = AOM_IMG_FMT_I420 | AOM_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
AOM_IMG_FMT_YV1216 = AOM_IMG_FMT_YV12 | AOM_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
AOM_IMG_FMT_I42216 = AOM_IMG_FMT_I422 | AOM_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
AOM_IMG_FMT_I44416 = AOM_IMG_FMT_I444 | AOM_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH,
} aom_img_fmt_t; /**< alias for enum aom_img_fmt */
/*!\brief List of supported color primaries */
typedef enum aom_color_primaries {
AOM_CICP_CP_RESERVED_0 = 0, /**< For future use */
AOM_CICP_CP_BT_709 = 1, /**< BT.709 */
AOM_CICP_CP_UNSPECIFIED = 2, /**< Unspecified */
AOM_CICP_CP_RESERVED_3 = 3, /**< For future use */
AOM_CICP_CP_BT_470_M = 4, /**< BT.470 System M (historical) */
AOM_CICP_CP_BT_470_B_G = 5, /**< BT.470 System B, G (historical) */
AOM_CICP_CP_BT_601 = 6, /**< BT.601 */
AOM_CICP_CP_SMPTE_240 = 7, /**< SMPTE 240 */
AOM_CICP_CP_GENERIC_FILM =
8, /**< Generic film (color filters using illuminant C) */
AOM_CICP_CP_BT_2020 = 9, /**< BT.2020, BT.2100 */
AOM_CICP_CP_XYZ = 10, /**< SMPTE 428 (CIE 1921 XYZ) */
AOM_CICP_CP_SMPTE_431 = 11, /**< SMPTE RP 431-2 */
AOM_CICP_CP_SMPTE_432 = 12, /**< SMPTE EG 432-1 */
AOM_CICP_CP_RESERVED_13 = 13, /**< For future use (values 13 - 21) */
AOM_CICP_CP_EBU_3213 = 22, /**< EBU Tech. 3213-E */
AOM_CICP_CP_RESERVED_23 = 23 /**< For future use (values 23 - 255) */
} aom_color_primaries_t; /**< alias for enum aom_color_primaries */
/*!\brief List of supported transfer functions */
typedef enum aom_transfer_characteristics {
AOM_CICP_TC_RESERVED_0 = 0, /**< For future use */
AOM_CICP_TC_BT_709 = 1, /**< BT.709 */
AOM_CICP_TC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, /**< Unspecified */
AOM_CICP_TC_RESERVED_3 = 3, /**< For future use */
AOM_CICP_TC_BT_470_M = 4, /**< BT.470 System M (historical) */
AOM_CICP_TC_BT_470_B_G = 5, /**< BT.470 System B, G (historical) */
AOM_CICP_TC_BT_601 = 6, /**< BT.601 */
AOM_CICP_TC_SMPTE_240 = 7, /**< SMPTE 240 M */
AOM_CICP_TC_LINEAR = 8, /**< Linear */
AOM_CICP_TC_LOG_100 = 9, /**< Logarithmic (100 : 1 range) */
AOM_CICP_TC_LOG_100_SQRT10 =
10, /**< Logarithmic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range) */
AOM_CICP_TC_IEC_61966 = 11, /**< IEC 61966-2-4 */
AOM_CICP_TC_BT_1361 = 12, /**< BT.1361 */
AOM_CICP_TC_SRGB = 13, /**< sRGB or sYCC*/
AOM_CICP_TC_BT_2020_10_BIT = 14, /**< BT.2020 10-bit systems */
AOM_CICP_TC_BT_2020_12_BIT = 15, /**< BT.2020 12-bit systems */
AOM_CICP_TC_SMPTE_2084 = 16, /**< SMPTE ST 2084, ITU BT.2100 PQ */
AOM_CICP_TC_SMPTE_428 = 17, /**< SMPTE ST 428 */
AOM_CICP_TC_HLG = 18, /**< BT.2100 HLG, ARIB STD-B67 */
AOM_CICP_TC_RESERVED_19 = 19 /**< For future use (values 19-255) */
} aom_transfer_characteristics_t; /**< alias for enum aom_transfer_function */
/*!\brief List of supported matrix coefficients */
typedef enum aom_matrix_coefficients {
AOM_CICP_MC_IDENTITY = 0, /**< Identity matrix */
AOM_CICP_MC_BT_709 = 1, /**< BT.709 */
AOM_CICP_MC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, /**< Unspecified */
AOM_CICP_MC_RESERVED_3 = 3, /**< For future use */
AOM_CICP_MC_FCC = 4, /**< US FCC 73.628 */
AOM_CICP_MC_BT_470_B_G = 5, /**< BT.470 System B, G (historical) */
AOM_CICP_MC_BT_601 = 6, /**< BT.601 */
AOM_CICP_MC_SMPTE_240 = 7, /**< SMPTE 240 M */
AOM_CICP_MC_SMPTE_YCGCO = 8, /**< YCgCo */
AOM_CICP_MC_BT_2020_NCL =
9, /**< BT.2020 non-constant luminance, BT.2100 YCbCr */
AOM_CICP_MC_BT_2020_CL = 10, /**< BT.2020 constant luminance */
AOM_CICP_MC_SMPTE_2085 = 11, /**< SMPTE ST 2085 YDzDx */
AOM_CICP_MC_CHROMAT_NCL =
12, /**< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance */
AOM_CICP_MC_CHROMAT_CL = 13, /**< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance */
AOM_CICP_MC_ICTCP = 14, /**< BT.2100 ICtCp */
AOM_CICP_MC_RESERVED_15 = 15 /**< For future use (values 15-255) */
} aom_matrix_coefficients_t;
/*!\brief List of supported color range */
typedef enum aom_color_range {
AOM_CR_STUDIO_RANGE = 0, /**<- Y [16..235], UV [16..240] (bit depth 8) */
/**<- Y [64..940], UV [64..960] (bit depth 10) */
/**<- Y [256..3760], UV [256..3840] (bit depth 12) */
AOM_CR_FULL_RANGE = 1 /**<- YUV/RGB [0..255] (bit depth 8) */
/**<- YUV/RGB [0..1023] (bit depth 10) */
/**<- YUV/RGB [0..4095] (bit depth 12) */
} aom_color_range_t; /**< alias for enum aom_color_range */
/*!\brief List of chroma sample positions */
typedef enum aom_chroma_sample_position {
AOM_CSP_UNKNOWN = 0, /**< Unknown */
AOM_CSP_VERTICAL = 1, /**< Horizontally co-located with luma(0, 0)*/
/**< sample, between two vertical samples */
AOM_CSP_COLOCATED = 2, /**< Co-located with luma(0, 0) sample */
AOM_CSP_RESERVED = 3 /**< Reserved value */
} aom_chroma_sample_position_t; /**< alias for enum aom_transfer_function */
/*!\brief List of insert flags for Metadata
*
* These flags control how the library treats metadata during encode.
*
* While encoding, when metadata is added to an aom_image via
* aom_img_add_metadata(), the flag passed along with the metadata will
* determine where the metadata OBU will be placed in the encoded OBU stream.
* Metadata will be emitted into the output stream within the next temporal unit
* if it satisfies the specified insertion flag.
*
* During decoding, when the library encounters a metadata OBU, it is always
* flagged as AOM_MIF_ANY_FRAME and emitted with the next output aom_image.
*/
typedef enum aom_metadata_insert_flags {
AOM_MIF_NON_KEY_FRAME = 0, /**< Adds metadata if it's not keyframe */
AOM_MIF_KEY_FRAME = 1, /**< Adds metadata only if it's a keyframe */
AOM_MIF_ANY_FRAME = 2 /**< Adds metadata to any type of frame */
} aom_metadata_insert_flags_t;
/*!\brief Array of aom_metadata structs for an image. */
typedef struct aom_metadata_array aom_metadata_array_t;
/*!\brief Metadata payload. */
typedef struct aom_metadata {
uint32_t type; /**< Metadata type */
uint8_t *payload; /**< Metadata payload data */
size_t sz; /**< Metadata payload size */
aom_metadata_insert_flags_t insert_flag; /**< Metadata insertion flag */
} aom_metadata_t;
/**\brief Image Descriptor */
typedef struct aom_image {
aom_img_fmt_t fmt; /**< Image Format */
aom_color_primaries_t cp; /**< CICP Color Primaries */
aom_transfer_characteristics_t tc; /**< CICP Transfer Characteristics */
aom_matrix_coefficients_t mc; /**< CICP Matrix Coefficients */
int monochrome; /**< Whether image is monochrome */
aom_chroma_sample_position_t csp; /**< chroma sample position */
aom_color_range_t range; /**< Color Range */
/* Image storage dimensions */
unsigned int w; /**< Stored image width */
unsigned int h; /**< Stored image height */
unsigned int bit_depth; /**< Stored image bit-depth */
/* Image display dimensions */
unsigned int d_w; /**< Displayed image width */
unsigned int d_h; /**< Displayed image height */
/* Image intended rendering dimensions */
unsigned int r_w; /**< Intended rendering image width */
unsigned int r_h; /**< Intended rendering image height */
/* Chroma subsampling info */
unsigned int x_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, X */
unsigned int y_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, Y */
/* Image data pointers. */
#define AOM_PLANE_PACKED 0 /**< To be used for all packed formats */
#define AOM_PLANE_Y 0 /**< Y (Luminance) plane */
#define AOM_PLANE_U 1 /**< U (Chroma) plane */
#define AOM_PLANE_V 2 /**< V (Chroma) plane */
/* planes[AOM_PLANE_V] = NULL and stride[AOM_PLANE_V] = 0 when fmt ==
* AOM_IMG_FMT_NV12 */
unsigned char *planes[3]; /**< pointer to the top left pixel for each plane */
int stride[3]; /**< stride between rows for each plane */
size_t sz; /**< data size */
int bps; /**< bits per sample (for packed formats) */
int temporal_id; /**< Temporal layer Id of image */
int spatial_id; /**< Spatial layer Id of image */
/*!\brief The following member may be set by the application to associate
* data with this image.
*/
void *user_priv;
/* The following members should be treated as private. */
unsigned char *img_data; /**< private */
int img_data_owner; /**< private */
int self_allocd; /**< private */
aom_metadata_array_t
*metadata; /**< Metadata payloads associated with the image. */
void *fb_priv; /**< Frame buffer data associated with the image. */
} aom_image_t; /**< alias for struct aom_image */
/*!\brief Open a descriptor, allocating storage for the underlying image
*
* Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The
* storage for the image is allocated on the heap.
*
* \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this parameter
* is NULL, the storage for the descriptor will be
* allocated on the heap.
* \param[in] fmt Format for the image
* \param[in] d_w Width of the image
* \param[in] d_h Height of the image
* \param[in] align Alignment, in bytes, of the image buffer and
* each row in the image (stride).
*
* \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img
* parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be
* returned.
*/
aom_image_t *aom_img_alloc(aom_image_t *img, aom_img_fmt_t fmt,
unsigned int d_w, unsigned int d_h,
unsigned int align);
/*!\brief Open a descriptor, using existing storage for the underlying image
*
* Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The
* storage for the image has been allocated elsewhere, and a descriptor is
* desired to "wrap" that storage.
*
* \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this parameter
* is NULL, the storage for the descriptor will be
* allocated on the heap.
* \param[in] fmt Format for the image
* \param[in] d_w Width of the image
* \param[in] d_h Height of the image
* \param[in] align Alignment, in bytes, of each row in the image
* (stride).
* \param[in] img_data Storage to use for the image
*
* \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img
* parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be
* returned.
*/
aom_image_t *aom_img_wrap(aom_image_t *img, aom_img_fmt_t fmt, unsigned int d_w,
unsigned int d_h, unsigned int align,
unsigned char *img_data);
/*!\brief Open a descriptor, allocating storage for the underlying image with a
* border
*
* Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format and its
* borders. The storage for the image is allocated on the heap.
*
* \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this parameter
* is NULL, the storage for the descriptor will be
* allocated on the heap.
* \param[in] fmt Format for the image
* \param[in] d_w Width of the image
* \param[in] d_h Height of the image
* \param[in] align Alignment, in bytes, of the image buffer and
* each row in the image (stride).
* \param[in] size_align Alignment, in pixels, of the image width and height.
* \param[in] border A border that is padded on four sides of the image.
*
* \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img
* parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be
* returned.
*/
aom_image_t *aom_img_alloc_with_border(aom_image_t *img, aom_img_fmt_t fmt,
unsigned int d_w, unsigned int d_h,
unsigned int align,
unsigned int size_align,
unsigned int border);
/*!\brief Set the rectangle identifying the displayed portion of the image
*
* Updates the displayed rectangle (aka viewport) on the image surface to
* match the specified coordinates and size. Specifically, sets img->d_w,
* img->d_h, and elements of the img->planes[] array.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
* \param[in] x leftmost column
* \param[in] y topmost row
* \param[in] w width
* \param[in] h height
* \param[in] border A border that is padded on four sides of the image.
*
* \return 0 if the requested rectangle is valid, nonzero (-1) otherwise.
*/
int aom_img_set_rect(aom_image_t *img, unsigned int x, unsigned int y,
unsigned int w, unsigned int h, unsigned int border);
/*!\brief Flip the image vertically (top for bottom)
*
* Adjusts the image descriptor's pointers and strides to make the image
* be referenced upside-down.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
*/
void aom_img_flip(aom_image_t *img);
/*!\brief Close an image descriptor
*
* Frees all allocated storage associated with an image descriptor.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
*/
void aom_img_free(aom_image_t *img);
/*!\brief Get the width of a plane
*
* Get the width of a plane of an image
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
* \param[in] plane Plane index
*/
int aom_img_plane_width(const aom_image_t *img, int plane);
/*!\brief Get the height of a plane
*
* Get the height of a plane of an image
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
* \param[in] plane Plane index
*/
int aom_img_plane_height(const aom_image_t *img, int plane);
/*!\brief Add metadata to image.
*
* Adds metadata to aom_image_t.
* Function makes a copy of the provided data parameter.
* Metadata insertion point is controlled by insert_flag.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
* \param[in] type Metadata type
* \param[in] data Metadata contents
* \param[in] sz Metadata contents size
* \param[in] insert_flag Metadata insert flag
*
* \return Returns 0 on success. If img or data is NULL, sz is 0, or memory
* allocation fails, it returns -1.
*/
int aom_img_add_metadata(aom_image_t *img, uint32_t type, const uint8_t *data,
size_t sz, aom_metadata_insert_flags_t insert_flag);
/*!\brief Return a metadata payload stored within the image metadata array.
*
* Gets the metadata (aom_metadata_t) at the indicated index in the image
* metadata array.
*
* \param[in] img Pointer to image descriptor to get metadata from
* \param[in] index Metadata index to get from metadata array
*
* \return Returns a const pointer to the selected metadata, if img and/or index
* is invalid, it returns NULL.
*/
const aom_metadata_t *aom_img_get_metadata(const aom_image_t *img,
size_t index);
/*!\brief Return the number of metadata blocks within the image.
*
* Gets the number of metadata blocks contained within the provided image
* metadata array.
*
* \param[in] img Pointer to image descriptor to get metadata number
* from.
*
* \return Returns the size of the metadata array. If img or metadata is NULL,
* it returns 0.
*/
size_t aom_img_num_metadata(const aom_image_t *img);
/*!\brief Remove metadata from image.
*
* Removes all metadata in image metadata list and sets metadata list pointer
* to NULL.
*
* \param[in] img Image descriptor
*/
void aom_img_remove_metadata(aom_image_t *img);
/*!\brief Allocate memory for aom_metadata struct.
*
* Allocates storage for the metadata payload, sets its type and copies the
* payload data into the aom_metadata struct. A metadata payload buffer of size
* sz is allocated and sz bytes are copied from data into the payload buffer.
*
* \param[in] type Metadata type
* \param[in] data Metadata data pointer
* \param[in] sz Metadata size
* \param[in] insert_flag Metadata insert flag
*
* \return Returns the newly allocated aom_metadata struct. If data is NULL,
* sz is 0, or memory allocation fails, it returns NULL.
*/
aom_metadata_t *aom_img_metadata_alloc(uint32_t type, const uint8_t *data,
size_t sz,
aom_metadata_insert_flags_t insert_flag);
/*!\brief Free metadata struct.
*
* Free metadata struct and its buffer.
*
* \param[in] metadata Metadata struct pointer
*/
void aom_img_metadata_free(aom_metadata_t *metadata);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // AOM_AOM_AOM_IMAGE_H_
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/aom/aom_integer.h
Generated Vendored
+68
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2016, Alliance for Open Media. All rights reserved
*
* This source code is subject to the terms of the BSD 2 Clause License and
* the Alliance for Open Media Patent License 1.0. If the BSD 2 Clause License
* was not distributed with this source code in the LICENSE file, you can
* obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/software. If the Alliance for Open
* Media Patent License 1.0 was not distributed with this source code in the
* PATENTS file, you can obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/patent.
*/
#ifndef AOM_AOM_AOM_INTEGER_H_
#define AOM_AOM_AOM_INTEGER_H_
/* get ptrdiff_t, size_t, wchar_t, NULL */
#include <stddef.h>
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#define AOM_FORCE_INLINE __forceinline
#define AOM_INLINE __inline
#else
#define AOM_FORCE_INLINE __inline__ __attribute__((always_inline))
#define AOM_INLINE inline
#endif
/* Assume platforms have the C99 standard integer types. */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
#if !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
#endif
#if !defined(__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS)
#define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
#endif
#endif // __cplusplus
#include <stdint.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif // __cplusplus
// Returns size of uint64_t when encoded using LEB128.
size_t aom_uleb_size_in_bytes(uint64_t value);
// Returns 0 on success, -1 on decode failure.
// On success, 'value' stores the decoded LEB128 value and 'length' stores
// the number of bytes decoded.
int aom_uleb_decode(const uint8_t *buffer, size_t available, uint64_t *value,
size_t *length);
// Encodes LEB128 integer. Returns 0 when successful, and -1 upon failure.
int aom_uleb_encode(uint64_t value, size_t available, uint8_t *coded_value,
size_t *coded_size);
// Encodes LEB128 integer to size specified. Returns 0 when successful, and -1
// upon failure.
// Note: This will write exactly pad_to_size bytes; if the value cannot be
// encoded in this many bytes, then this will fail.
int aom_uleb_encode_fixed_size(uint64_t value, size_t available,
size_t pad_to_size, uint8_t *coded_value,
size_t *coded_size);
#if defined(__cplusplus)
} // extern "C"
#endif // __cplusplus
#endif // AOM_AOM_AOM_INTEGER_H_
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/aom/aomcx.h
Generated Vendored
+2181
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/aom/aomdx.h
Generated Vendored
+604
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,604 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2016, Alliance for Open Media. All rights reserved
*
* This source code is subject to the terms of the BSD 2 Clause License and
* the Alliance for Open Media Patent License 1.0. If the BSD 2 Clause License
* was not distributed with this source code in the LICENSE file, you can
* obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/software. If the Alliance for Open
* Media Patent License 1.0 was not distributed with this source code in the
* PATENTS file, you can obtain it at www.aomedia.org/license/patent.
*/
/*!\defgroup aom_decoder AOMedia AOM/AV1 Decoder
* \ingroup aom
*
* @{
*/
/*!\file
* \brief Provides definitions for using AOM or AV1 within the aom Decoder
* interface.
*/
#ifndef AOM_AOM_AOMDX_H_
#define AOM_AOM_AOMDX_H_
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Include controls common to both the encoder and decoder */
#include "aom/aom.h"
/*!\name Algorithm interface for AV1
*
* This interface provides the capability to decode AV1 streams.
* @{
*/
/*!\brief A single instance of the AV1 decoder.
*\deprecated This access mechanism is provided for backwards compatibility;
* prefer aom_codec_av1_dx().
*/
extern aom_codec_iface_t aom_codec_av1_dx_algo;
/*!\brief The interface to the AV1 decoder.
*/
extern aom_codec_iface_t *aom_codec_av1_dx(void);
/*!@} - end algorithm interface member group */
/** Data structure that stores bit accounting for debug
*/
typedef struct Accounting Accounting;
#ifndef AOM_INSPECTION_H_
/** Callback that inspects decoder frame data.
*/
typedef void (*aom_inspect_cb)(void *decoder, void *ctx);
#endif
/*!\brief Structure to hold inspection callback and context.
*
* Defines a structure to hold the inspection callback function and calling
* context.
*/
typedef struct aom_inspect_init {
/*! Inspection callback. */
aom_inspect_cb inspect_cb;
/*! Inspection context. */
void *inspect_ctx;
} aom_inspect_init;
/*!\brief Structure to collect a buffer index when inspecting.
*
* Defines a structure to hold the buffer and return an index
* when calling decode from inspect. This enables us to decode
* non showable sub frames.
*/
typedef struct {
/*! Pointer for new position in compressed buffer after decoding 1 OBU. */
const unsigned char *buf;
/*! Index into reference buffer array to see result of decoding 1 OBU. */
int idx;
/*! Is a show existing frame. */
int show_existing;
} Av1DecodeReturn;
/*!\brief Structure to hold a tile's start address and size in the bitstream.
*
* Defines a structure to hold a tile's start address and size in the bitstream.
*/
typedef struct aom_tile_data {
/*! Tile data size. */
size_t coded_tile_data_size;
/*! Tile's start address. */
const void *coded_tile_data;
/*! Extra size information. */
size_t extra_size;
} aom_tile_data;
/*!\brief Max number of tile columns
*
* This is the limit of number of tile columns allowed within a frame.
*
* Currently same as "MAX_TILE_COLS" in AV1, the maximum that AV1 supports.
*
*/
#define AOM_MAX_TILE_COLS 64
/*!\brief Max number of tile rows
*
* This is the limit of number of tile rows allowed within a frame.
*
* Currently same as "MAX_TILE_ROWS" in AV1, the maximum that AV1 supports.
*
*/
#define AOM_MAX_TILE_ROWS 64
/*!\brief Structure to hold information about tiles in a frame.
*
* Defines a structure to hold a frame's tile information, namely
* number of tile columns, number of tile_rows, and the width and
* height of each tile.
*/
typedef struct aom_tile_info {
/*! Indicates the number of tile columns. */
int tile_columns;
/*! Indicates the number of tile rows. */
int tile_rows;
/*! Indicates the tile widths in units of SB. */
int tile_widths[AOM_MAX_TILE_COLS];
/*! Indicates the tile heights in units of SB. */
int tile_heights[AOM_MAX_TILE_ROWS];
/*! Indicates the number of tile groups present in a frame. */
int num_tile_groups;
} aom_tile_info;
/*!\brief Structure to hold information about still image coding.
*
* Defines a structure to hold a information regarding still picture
* and its header type.
*/
typedef struct aom_still_picture_info {
/*! Video is a single frame still picture */
int is_still_picture;
/*! Use full header for still picture */
int is_reduced_still_picture_hdr;
} aom_still_picture_info;
/*!\brief Structure to hold information about S_FRAME.
*
* Defines a structure to hold a information regarding S_FRAME
* and its position.
*/
typedef struct aom_s_frame_info {
/*! Indicates if current frame is S_FRAME */
int is_s_frame;
/*! Indicates if current S_FRAME is present at ALTREF frame*/
int is_s_frame_at_altref;
} aom_s_frame_info;
/*!\brief Structure to hold information about screen content tools.
*
* Defines a structure to hold information about screen content
* tools, namely: allow_screen_content_tools, allow_intrabc, and
* force_integer_mv.
*/
typedef struct aom_screen_content_tools_info {
/*! Are screen content tools allowed */
int allow_screen_content_tools;
/*! Is intrabc allowed */
int allow_intrabc;
/*! Is integer mv forced */
int force_integer_mv;
} aom_screen_content_tools_info;
/*!\brief Structure to hold the external reference frame pointer.
*
* Define a structure to hold the external reference frame pointer.
*/
typedef struct av1_ext_ref_frame {
/*! Start pointer of external references. */
aom_image_t *img;
/*! Number of available external references. */
int num;
} av1_ext_ref_frame_t;
/*!\enum aom_dec_control_id
* \brief AOM decoder control functions
*
* This set of macros define the control functions available for the AOM
* decoder interface.
* The range for decoder control ID is >= 256.
*
* \sa #aom_codec_control(aom_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, ...)
*/
enum aom_dec_control_id {
/*!\brief Codec control function to get info on which reference frames were
* updated by the last decode, int* parameter
*/
AOMD_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES = AOM_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START,
/*!\brief Codec control function to check if the indicated frame is
corrupted, int* parameter
*/
AOMD_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get info on which reference frames were
* used by the last decode, int* parameter
*/
AOMD_GET_LAST_REF_USED,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get the dimensions that the current
* frame is decoded at, int* parameter
*
* This may be different to the intended display size for the frame as
* specified in the wrapper or frame header (see AV1D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE).
*/
AV1D_GET_FRAME_SIZE,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get the current frame's intended display
* dimensions (as specified in the wrapper or frame header), int* parameter
*
* This may be different to the decoded dimensions of this frame (see
* AV1D_GET_FRAME_SIZE).
*/
AV1D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get the bit depth of the stream,
* unsigned int* parameter
*/
AV1D_GET_BIT_DEPTH,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get the image format of the stream,
* aom_img_fmt_t* parameter
*/
AV1D_GET_IMG_FORMAT,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get the size of the tile, unsigned int*
* parameter
*/
AV1D_GET_TILE_SIZE,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get the tile count in a tile list,
* unsigned int* parameter
*/
AV1D_GET_TILE_COUNT,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set the byte alignment of the planes in
* the reference buffers, int parameter
*
* Valid values are power of 2, from 32 to 1024. A value of 0 sets
* legacy alignment. I.e. Y plane is aligned to 32 bytes, U plane directly
* follows Y plane, and V plane directly follows U plane. Default value is 0.
*/
AV1_SET_BYTE_ALIGNMENT,
/*!\brief Codec control function to invert the decoding order to from right to
* left, int parameter
*
* The function is used in a test to confirm the decoding independence of tile
* columns. The function may be used in application where this order
* of decoding is desired. int parameter
*
* TODO(yaowu): Rework the unit test that uses this control, and in a future
* release, this test-only control shall be removed.
*/
AV1_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set the skip loop filter flag, int
* parameter
*
* Valid values are integers. The decoder will skip the loop filter
* when its value is set to nonzero. If the loop filter is skipped the
* decoder may accumulate decode artifacts. The default value is 0.
*/
AV1_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER,
/*!\brief Codec control function to retrieve a pointer to the Accounting
* struct, takes Accounting** as parameter
*
* If called before a frame has been decoded, this returns AOM_CODEC_ERROR.
* The caller should ensure that AOM_CODEC_OK is returned before attempting
* to dereference the Accounting pointer.
*
* \attention When configured with -DCONFIG_ACCOUNTING=0, the default, this
* returns AOM_CODEC_INCAPABLE.
*/
AV1_GET_ACCOUNTING,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get last decoded frame quantizer,
* int* parameter
*
* Returned value uses internal quantizer scale defined by the codec.
*/
AOMD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set the range of tile decoding, int
* parameter
*
* A value that is greater and equal to zero indicates only the specific
* row/column is decoded. A value that is -1 indicates the whole row/column
* is decoded. A special case is both values are -1 that means the whole
* frame is decoded.
*/
AV1_SET_DECODE_TILE_ROW,
AV1_SET_DECODE_TILE_COL,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set the tile coding mode, unsigned int
* parameter
*
* - 0 = tiles are coded in normal tile mode
* - 1 = tiles are coded in large-scale tile mode
*/
AV1_SET_TILE_MODE,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get the frame header information of an
* encoded frame, aom_tile_data* parameter
*/
AV1D_GET_FRAME_HEADER_INFO,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get the start address and size of a
* tile in the coded bitstream, aom_tile_data* parameter.
*/
AV1D_GET_TILE_DATA,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set the external references' pointers in
* the decoder, av1_ext_ref_frame_t* parameter.
*
* This is used while decoding the tile list OBU in large-scale tile coding
* mode.
*/
AV1D_SET_EXT_REF_PTR,
/*!\brief Codec control function to enable the ext-tile software debug and
* testing code in the decoder, unsigned int parameter
*/
AV1D_EXT_TILE_DEBUG,
/*!\brief Codec control function to enable the row based multi-threading of
* decoding, unsigned int parameter
*
* - 0 = disabled
* - 1 = enabled (default)
*/
AV1D_SET_ROW_MT,
/*!\brief Codec control function to indicate whether bitstream is in
* Annex-B format, unsigned int parameter
*/
AV1D_SET_IS_ANNEXB,
/*!\brief Codec control function to indicate which operating point to use,
* int parameter
*
* A scalable stream may define multiple operating points, each of which
* defines a set of temporal and spatial layers to be processed. The
* operating point index may take a value between 0 and
* operating_points_cnt_minus_1 (which is at most 31).
*/
AV1D_SET_OPERATING_POINT,
/*!\brief Codec control function to indicate whether to output one frame per
* temporal unit (the default), or one frame per spatial layer, int parameter
*
* In a scalable stream, each temporal unit corresponds to a single "frame"
* of video, and within a temporal unit there may be multiple spatial layers
* with different versions of that frame.
* For video playback, only the highest-quality version (within the
* selected operating point) is needed, but for some use cases it is useful
* to have access to multiple versions of a frame when they are available.
*/
AV1D_SET_OUTPUT_ALL_LAYERS,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set an aom_inspect_cb callback that is
* invoked each time a frame is decoded, aom_inspect_init* parameter
*
* \attention When configured with -DCONFIG_INSPECTION=0, the default, this
* returns AOM_CODEC_INCAPABLE.
*/
AV1_SET_INSPECTION_CALLBACK,
/*!\brief Codec control function to set the skip film grain flag, int
* parameter
*
* Valid values are integers. The decoder will skip the film grain when its
* value is set to nonzero. The default value is 0.
*/
AV1D_SET_SKIP_FILM_GRAIN,
/*!\brief Codec control function to check the presence of forward key frames,
* int* parameter
*/
AOMD_GET_FWD_KF_PRESENT,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get the frame flags of the previous frame
* decoded, int* parameter
*
* This will return a flag of type aom_codec_frame_flags_t.
*/
AOMD_GET_FRAME_FLAGS,
/*!\brief Codec control function to check the presence of altref frames, int*
* parameter
*/
AOMD_GET_ALTREF_PRESENT,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get tile information of the previous frame
* decoded, aom_tile_info* parameter
*
* This will return a struct of type aom_tile_info.
*/
AOMD_GET_TILE_INFO,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get screen content tools information,
* aom_screen_content_tools_info* parameter
*
* It returns a struct of type aom_screen_content_tools_info, which contains
* the header flags allow_screen_content_tools, allow_intrabc, and
* force_integer_mv.
*/
AOMD_GET_SCREEN_CONTENT_TOOLS_INFO,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get the still picture coding information,
* aom_still_picture_info* parameter
*/
AOMD_GET_STILL_PICTURE,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get superblock size,
* aom_superblock_size_t* parameter
*
* It returns an enum, indicating the superblock size read from the sequence
* header(0 for BLOCK_64X64 and 1 for BLOCK_128X128)
*/
AOMD_GET_SB_SIZE,
/*!\brief Codec control function to check if the previous frame
* decoded has show existing frame flag set, int* parameter
*/
AOMD_GET_SHOW_EXISTING_FRAME_FLAG,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get the S_FRAME coding information,
* aom_s_frame_info* parameter
*/
AOMD_GET_S_FRAME_INFO,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get the show frame flag, int* parameter
*/
AOMD_GET_SHOW_FRAME_FLAG,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get the base q index of a frame, int*
* parameter
*/
AOMD_GET_BASE_Q_IDX,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get the order hint of a frame, unsigned
* int* parameter
*/
AOMD_GET_ORDER_HINT,
/*!\brief Codec control function to get the info of a 4x4 block.
* Parameters: int mi_row, int mi_col, and MB_MODE_INFO*.
*
* \note This only returns a shallow copy, so all pointer members should not
* be used.
*/
AV1D_GET_MI_INFO,
};
/*!\cond */
/*!\brief AOM decoder control function parameter type
*
* Defines the data types that AOMD control functions take.
*
* \note Additional common controls are defined in aom.h.
*
* \note For each control ID "X", a macro-define of
* AOM_CTRL_X is provided. It is used at compile time to determine
* if the control ID is supported by the libaom library available,
* when the libaom version cannot be controlled.
*/
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES, int *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AOMD_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED, int *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AOMD_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_LAST_REF_USED, int *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AOMD_GET_LAST_REF_USED
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1D_GET_FRAME_SIZE, int *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_GET_FRAME_SIZE
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE, int *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1D_GET_BIT_DEPTH, unsigned int *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_GET_BIT_DEPTH
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1D_GET_IMG_FORMAT, aom_img_fmt_t *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_GET_IMG_FORMAT
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1D_GET_TILE_SIZE, unsigned int *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_GET_TILE_SIZE
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1D_GET_TILE_COUNT, unsigned int *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_GET_TILE_COUNT
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER, int)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER, int)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1_SET_SKIP_LOOP_FILTER
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1_GET_ACCOUNTING, Accounting **)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1_GET_ACCOUNTING
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER, int *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AOMD_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1_SET_DECODE_TILE_ROW, int)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1_SET_DECODE_TILE_ROW
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1_SET_DECODE_TILE_COL, int)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1_SET_DECODE_TILE_COL
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1_SET_TILE_MODE, unsigned int)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1_SET_TILE_MODE
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1D_GET_FRAME_HEADER_INFO, aom_tile_data *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_GET_FRAME_HEADER_INFO
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1D_GET_TILE_DATA, aom_tile_data *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_GET_TILE_DATA
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1D_SET_EXT_REF_PTR, av1_ext_ref_frame_t *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_SET_EXT_REF_PTR
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1D_EXT_TILE_DEBUG, unsigned int)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_EXT_TILE_DEBUG
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1D_SET_ROW_MT, unsigned int)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_SET_ROW_MT
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1D_SET_IS_ANNEXB, unsigned int)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_SET_IS_ANNEXB
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1D_SET_OPERATING_POINT, int)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_SET_OPERATING_POINT
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1D_SET_OUTPUT_ALL_LAYERS, int)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_SET_OUTPUT_ALL_LAYERS
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1_SET_INSPECTION_CALLBACK, aom_inspect_init *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1_SET_INSPECTION_CALLBACK
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AV1D_SET_SKIP_FILM_GRAIN, int)
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_SET_SKIP_FILM_GRAIN
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_FWD_KF_PRESENT, int *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AOMD_GET_FWD_KF_PRESENT
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_FRAME_FLAGS, int *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AOMD_GET_FRAME_FLAGS
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_ALTREF_PRESENT, int *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AOMD_GET_ALTREF_PRESENT
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_TILE_INFO, aom_tile_info *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AOMD_GET_TILE_INFO
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_SCREEN_CONTENT_TOOLS_INFO,
aom_screen_content_tools_info *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AOMD_GET_SCREEN_CONTENT_TOOLS_INFO
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_STILL_PICTURE, aom_still_picture_info *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AOMD_GET_STILL_PICTURE
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_SB_SIZE, aom_superblock_size_t *)
#define AOMD_CTRL_AOMD_GET_SB_SIZE
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_SHOW_EXISTING_FRAME_FLAG, int *)
#define AOMD_CTRL_AOMD_GET_SHOW_EXISTING_FRAME_FLAG
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_S_FRAME_INFO, aom_s_frame_info *)
#define AOMD_CTRL_AOMD_GET_S_FRAME_INFO
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_SHOW_FRAME_FLAG, int *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AOMD_GET_SHOW_FRAME_FLAG
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_BASE_Q_IDX, int *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AOMD_GET_BASE_Q_IDX
AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE(AOMD_GET_ORDER_HINT, unsigned int *)
#define AOM_CTRL_AOMD_GET_ORDER_HINT
// The AOM_CTRL_USE_TYPE macro can't be used with AV1D_GET_MI_INFO because
// AV1D_GET_MI_INFO takes more than one parameter.
#define AOM_CTRL_AV1D_GET_MI_INFO
/*!\endcond */
/*! @} - end defgroup aom_decoder */
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // extern "C"
#endif
#endif // AOM_AOM_AOMDX_H_
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/archive.h
Generated Vendored
+1212
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/archive_entry.h
Generated Vendored
+723
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,723 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Tim Kientzle
* Copyright (c) 2016 Martin Matuska
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* $FreeBSD: head/lib/libarchive/archive_entry.h 201096 2009-12-28 02:41:27Z kientzle $
*/
#ifndef ARCHIVE_ENTRY_H_INCLUDED
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_H_INCLUDED
/* Note: Compiler will complain if this does not match archive.h! */
#define ARCHIVE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007002
/*
* Note: archive_entry.h is for use outside of libarchive; the
* configuration headers (config.h, archive_platform.h, etc.) are
* purely internal. Do NOT use HAVE_XXX configuration macros to
* control the behavior of this header! If you must conditionalize,
* use predefined compiler and/or platform macros.
*/
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stddef.h> /* for wchar_t */
#include <stdint.h>
#include <time.h>
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
#include <windows.h>
#endif
/* Get a suitable 64-bit integer type. */
#if !defined(__LA_INT64_T_DEFINED)
# if ARCHIVE_VERSION_NUMBER < 4000000
#define __LA_INT64_T la_int64_t
# endif
#define __LA_INT64_T_DEFINED
# if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__WATCOMC__)
typedef __int64 la_int64_t;
# else
#include <unistd.h>
# if defined(_SCO_DS) || defined(__osf__)
typedef long long la_int64_t;
# else
typedef int64_t la_int64_t;
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* The la_ssize_t should match the type used in 'struct stat' */
#if !defined(__LA_SSIZE_T_DEFINED)
/* Older code relied on the __LA_SSIZE_T macro; after 4.0 we'll switch to the typedef exclusively. */
# if ARCHIVE_VERSION_NUMBER < 4000000
#define __LA_SSIZE_T la_ssize_t
# endif
#define __LA_SSIZE_T_DEFINED
# if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__WATCOMC__)
# if defined(_SSIZE_T_DEFINED) || defined(_SSIZE_T_)
typedef ssize_t la_ssize_t;
# elif defined(_WIN64)
typedef __int64 la_ssize_t;
# else
typedef long la_ssize_t;
# endif
# else
# include <unistd.h> /* ssize_t */
typedef ssize_t la_ssize_t;
# endif
#endif
/* Get a suitable definition for mode_t */
#if ARCHIVE_VERSION_NUMBER >= 3999000
/* Switch to plain 'int' for libarchive 4.0. It's less broken than 'mode_t' */
# define __LA_MODE_T int
#elif defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__BORLANDC__) && !defined(__WATCOMC__)
# define __LA_MODE_T unsigned short
#else
# define __LA_MODE_T mode_t
#endif
/* Large file support for Android */
#if defined(__LIBARCHIVE_BUILD) && defined(__ANDROID__)
#include "android_lf.h"
#endif
/*
* On Windows, define LIBARCHIVE_STATIC if you're building or using a
* .lib. The default here assumes you're building a DLL. Only
* libarchive source should ever define __LIBARCHIVE_BUILD.
*/
#if ((defined __WIN32__) || (defined _WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)) && (!defined LIBARCHIVE_STATIC)
# ifdef __LIBARCHIVE_BUILD
# ifdef __GNUC__
# define __LA_DECL __attribute__((dllexport)) extern
# else
# define __LA_DECL __declspec(dllexport)
# endif
# else
# ifdef __GNUC__
# define __LA_DECL
# else
# define __LA_DECL __declspec(dllimport)
# endif
# endif
#elif defined __LIBARCHIVE_ENABLE_VISIBILITY
# define __LA_DECL __attribute__((visibility("default")))
#else
/* Static libraries on all platforms and shared libraries on non-Windows. */
# define __LA_DECL
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1
# define __LA_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
#else
# define __LA_DEPRECATED
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* Description of an archive entry.
*
* You can think of this as "struct stat" with some text fields added in.
*
* TODO: Add "comment", "charset", and possibly other entries that are
* supported by "pax interchange" format. However, GNU, ustar, cpio,
* and other variants don't support these features, so they're not an
* excruciatingly high priority right now.
*
* TODO: "pax interchange" format allows essentially arbitrary
* key/value attributes to be attached to any entry. Supporting
* such extensions may make this library useful for special
* applications (e.g., a package manager could attach special
* package-management attributes to each entry).
*/
struct archive;
struct archive_entry;
/*
* File-type constants. These are returned from archive_entry_filetype()
* and passed to archive_entry_set_filetype().
*
* These values match S_XXX defines on every platform I've checked,
* including Windows, AIX, Linux, Solaris, and BSD. They're
* (re)defined here because platforms generally don't define the ones
* they don't support. For example, Windows doesn't define S_IFLNK or
* S_IFBLK. Instead of having a mass of conditional logic and system
* checks to define any S_XXX values that aren't supported locally,
* I've just defined a new set of such constants so that
* libarchive-based applications can manipulate and identify archive
* entries properly even if the hosting platform can't store them on
* disk.
*
* These values are also used directly within some portable formats,
* such as cpio. If you find a platform that varies from these, the
* correct solution is to leave these alone and translate from these
* portable values to platform-native values when entries are read from
* or written to disk.
*/
/*
* In libarchive 4.0, we can drop the casts here.
* They're needed to work around Borland C's broken mode_t.
*/
#define AE_IFMT ((__LA_MODE_T)0170000)
#define AE_IFREG ((__LA_MODE_T)0100000)
#define AE_IFLNK ((__LA_MODE_T)0120000)
#define AE_IFSOCK ((__LA_MODE_T)0140000)
#define AE_IFCHR ((__LA_MODE_T)0020000)
#define AE_IFBLK ((__LA_MODE_T)0060000)
#define AE_IFDIR ((__LA_MODE_T)0040000)
#define AE_IFIFO ((__LA_MODE_T)0010000)
/*
* Symlink types
*/
#define AE_SYMLINK_TYPE_UNDEFINED 0
#define AE_SYMLINK_TYPE_FILE 1
#define AE_SYMLINK_TYPE_DIRECTORY 2
/*
* Basic object manipulation
*/
__LA_DECL struct archive_entry *archive_entry_clear(struct archive_entry *);
/* The 'clone' function does a deep copy; all of the strings are copied too. */
__LA_DECL struct archive_entry *archive_entry_clone(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_free(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL struct archive_entry *archive_entry_new(void);
/*
* This form of archive_entry_new2() will pull character-set
* conversion information from the specified archive handle. The
* older archive_entry_new(void) form is equivalent to calling
* archive_entry_new2(NULL) and will result in the use of an internal
* default character-set conversion.
*/
__LA_DECL struct archive_entry *archive_entry_new2(struct archive *);
/*
* Retrieve fields from an archive_entry.
*
* There are a number of implicit conversions among these fields. For
* example, if a regular string field is set and you read the _w wide
* character field, the entry will implicitly convert narrow-to-wide
* using the current locale. Similarly, dev values are automatically
* updated when you write devmajor or devminor and vice versa.
*
* In addition, fields can be "set" or "unset." Unset string fields
* return NULL, non-string fields have _is_set() functions to test
* whether they've been set. You can "unset" a string field by
* assigning NULL; non-string fields have _unset() functions to
* unset them.
*
* Note: There is one ambiguity in the above; string fields will
* also return NULL when implicit character set conversions fail.
* This is usually what you want.
*/
__LA_DECL time_t archive_entry_atime(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL long archive_entry_atime_nsec(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_atime_is_set(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL time_t archive_entry_birthtime(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL long archive_entry_birthtime_nsec(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_birthtime_is_set(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL time_t archive_entry_ctime(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL long archive_entry_ctime_nsec(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_ctime_is_set(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL dev_t archive_entry_dev(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_dev_is_set(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL dev_t archive_entry_devmajor(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL dev_t archive_entry_devminor(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL __LA_MODE_T archive_entry_filetype(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_fflags(struct archive_entry *,
unsigned long * /* set */,
unsigned long * /* clear */);
__LA_DECL const char *archive_entry_fflags_text(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL la_int64_t archive_entry_gid(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const char *archive_entry_gname(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const char *archive_entry_gname_utf8(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const wchar_t *archive_entry_gname_w(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const char *archive_entry_hardlink(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const char *archive_entry_hardlink_utf8(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const wchar_t *archive_entry_hardlink_w(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL la_int64_t archive_entry_ino(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL la_int64_t archive_entry_ino64(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_ino_is_set(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL __LA_MODE_T archive_entry_mode(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL time_t archive_entry_mtime(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL long archive_entry_mtime_nsec(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_mtime_is_set(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL unsigned int archive_entry_nlink(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const char *archive_entry_pathname(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const char *archive_entry_pathname_utf8(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const wchar_t *archive_entry_pathname_w(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL __LA_MODE_T archive_entry_perm(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL dev_t archive_entry_rdev(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL dev_t archive_entry_rdevmajor(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL dev_t archive_entry_rdevminor(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const char *archive_entry_sourcepath(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const wchar_t *archive_entry_sourcepath_w(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL la_int64_t archive_entry_size(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_size_is_set(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const char *archive_entry_strmode(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const char *archive_entry_symlink(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const char *archive_entry_symlink_utf8(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_symlink_type(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const wchar_t *archive_entry_symlink_w(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL la_int64_t archive_entry_uid(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const char *archive_entry_uname(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const char *archive_entry_uname_utf8(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL const wchar_t *archive_entry_uname_w(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_is_data_encrypted(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_is_metadata_encrypted(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_is_encrypted(struct archive_entry *);
/*
* Set fields in an archive_entry.
*
* Note: Before libarchive 2.4, there were 'set' and 'copy' versions
* of the string setters. 'copy' copied the actual string, 'set' just
* stored the pointer. In libarchive 2.4 and later, strings are
* always copied.
*/
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_atime(struct archive_entry *, time_t, long);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_unset_atime(struct archive_entry *);
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_bhfi(struct archive_entry *, BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION *);
#endif
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_birthtime(struct archive_entry *, time_t, long);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_unset_birthtime(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_ctime(struct archive_entry *, time_t, long);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_unset_ctime(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_dev(struct archive_entry *, dev_t);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_devmajor(struct archive_entry *, dev_t);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_devminor(struct archive_entry *, dev_t);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_filetype(struct archive_entry *, unsigned int);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_fflags(struct archive_entry *,
unsigned long /* set */, unsigned long /* clear */);
/* Returns pointer to start of first invalid token, or NULL if none. */
/* Note that all recognized tokens are processed, regardless. */
__LA_DECL const char *archive_entry_copy_fflags_text(struct archive_entry *,
const char *);
__LA_DECL const wchar_t *archive_entry_copy_fflags_text_w(struct archive_entry *,
const wchar_t *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_gid(struct archive_entry *, la_int64_t);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_gname(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_gname_utf8(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_gname(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_gname_w(struct archive_entry *, const wchar_t *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_update_gname_utf8(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_hardlink(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_hardlink_utf8(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_hardlink(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_hardlink_w(struct archive_entry *, const wchar_t *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_update_hardlink_utf8(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_ino(struct archive_entry *, la_int64_t);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_ino64(struct archive_entry *, la_int64_t);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_link(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_link_utf8(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_link(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_link_w(struct archive_entry *, const wchar_t *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_update_link_utf8(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_mode(struct archive_entry *, __LA_MODE_T);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_mtime(struct archive_entry *, time_t, long);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_unset_mtime(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_nlink(struct archive_entry *, unsigned int);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_pathname(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_pathname_utf8(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_pathname(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_pathname_w(struct archive_entry *, const wchar_t *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_update_pathname_utf8(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_perm(struct archive_entry *, __LA_MODE_T);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_rdev(struct archive_entry *, dev_t);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_rdevmajor(struct archive_entry *, dev_t);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_rdevminor(struct archive_entry *, dev_t);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_size(struct archive_entry *, la_int64_t);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_unset_size(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_sourcepath(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_sourcepath_w(struct archive_entry *, const wchar_t *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_symlink(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_symlink_type(struct archive_entry *, int);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_symlink_utf8(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_symlink(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_symlink_w(struct archive_entry *, const wchar_t *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_update_symlink_utf8(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_uid(struct archive_entry *, la_int64_t);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_uname(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_uname_utf8(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_uname(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_uname_w(struct archive_entry *, const wchar_t *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_update_uname_utf8(struct archive_entry *, const char *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_is_data_encrypted(struct archive_entry *, char is_encrypted);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_set_is_metadata_encrypted(struct archive_entry *, char is_encrypted);
/*
* Routines to bulk copy fields to/from a platform-native "struct
* stat." Libarchive used to just store a struct stat inside of each
* archive_entry object, but this created issues when trying to
* manipulate archives on systems different than the ones they were
* created on.
*
* TODO: On Linux and other LFS systems, provide both stat32 and
* stat64 versions of these functions and all of the macro glue so
* that archive_entry_stat is magically defined to
* archive_entry_stat32 or archive_entry_stat64 as appropriate.
*/
__LA_DECL const struct stat *archive_entry_stat(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_stat(struct archive_entry *, const struct stat *);
/*
* Storage for Mac OS-specific AppleDouble metadata information.
* Apple-format tar files store a separate binary blob containing
* encoded metadata with ACL, extended attributes, etc.
* This provides a place to store that blob.
*/
__LA_DECL const void * archive_entry_mac_metadata(struct archive_entry *, size_t *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_copy_mac_metadata(struct archive_entry *, const void *, size_t);
/*
* Digest routine. This is used to query the raw hex digest for the
* given entry. The type of digest is provided as an argument.
*/
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_DIGEST_MD5 0x00000001
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_DIGEST_RMD160 0x00000002
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_DIGEST_SHA1 0x00000003
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_DIGEST_SHA256 0x00000004
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_DIGEST_SHA384 0x00000005
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_DIGEST_SHA512 0x00000006
__LA_DECL const unsigned char * archive_entry_digest(struct archive_entry *, int /* type */);
/*
* ACL routines. This used to simply store and return text-format ACL
* strings, but that proved insufficient for a number of reasons:
* = clients need control over uname/uid and gname/gid mappings
* = there are many different ACL text formats
* = would like to be able to read/convert archives containing ACLs
* on platforms that lack ACL libraries
*
* This last point, in particular, forces me to implement a reasonably
* complete set of ACL support routines.
*/
/*
* Permission bits.
*/
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_EXECUTE 0x00000001
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_WRITE 0x00000002
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_READ 0x00000004
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_READ_DATA 0x00000008
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_LIST_DIRECTORY 0x00000008
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_WRITE_DATA 0x00000010
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ADD_FILE 0x00000010
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_APPEND_DATA 0x00000020
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ADD_SUBDIRECTORY 0x00000020
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_READ_NAMED_ATTRS 0x00000040
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS 0x00000080
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_DELETE_CHILD 0x00000100
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_READ_ATTRIBUTES 0x00000200
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES 0x00000400
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_DELETE 0x00000800
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_READ_ACL 0x00001000
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_WRITE_ACL 0x00002000
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_WRITE_OWNER 0x00004000
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_SYNCHRONIZE 0x00008000
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_PERMS_POSIX1E \
(ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_EXECUTE \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_WRITE \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_READ)
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_PERMS_NFS4 \
(ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_EXECUTE \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_READ_DATA \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_LIST_DIRECTORY \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_WRITE_DATA \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ADD_FILE \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_APPEND_DATA \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ADD_SUBDIRECTORY \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_READ_NAMED_ATTRS \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_WRITE_NAMED_ATTRS \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_DELETE_CHILD \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_READ_ATTRIBUTES \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_DELETE \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_READ_ACL \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_WRITE_ACL \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_WRITE_OWNER \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_SYNCHRONIZE)
/*
* Inheritance values (NFS4 ACLs only); included in permset.
*/
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ENTRY_INHERITED 0x01000000
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ENTRY_FILE_INHERIT 0x02000000
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ENTRY_DIRECTORY_INHERIT 0x04000000
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ENTRY_NO_PROPAGATE_INHERIT 0x08000000
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ENTRY_INHERIT_ONLY 0x10000000
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ENTRY_SUCCESSFUL_ACCESS 0x20000000
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ENTRY_FAILED_ACCESS 0x40000000
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_INHERITANCE_NFS4 \
(ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ENTRY_FILE_INHERIT \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ENTRY_DIRECTORY_INHERIT \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ENTRY_NO_PROPAGATE_INHERIT \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ENTRY_INHERIT_ONLY \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ENTRY_SUCCESSFUL_ACCESS \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ENTRY_FAILED_ACCESS \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_ENTRY_INHERITED)
/* We need to be able to specify combinations of these. */
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS 0x00000100 /* POSIX.1e only */
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT 0x00000200 /* POSIX.1e only */
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_ALLOW 0x00000400 /* NFS4 only */
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_DENY 0x00000800 /* NFS4 only */
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_AUDIT 0x00001000 /* NFS4 only */
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_ALARM 0x00002000 /* NFS4 only */
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_POSIX1E (ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT)
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_NFS4 (ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_ALLOW \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_DENY \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_AUDIT \
| ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_ALARM)
/* Tag values mimic POSIX.1e */
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_USER 10001 /* Specified user. */
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_USER_OBJ 10002 /* User who owns the file. */
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_GROUP 10003 /* Specified group. */
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_GROUP_OBJ 10004 /* Group who owns the file. */
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_MASK 10005 /* Modify group access (POSIX.1e only) */
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_OTHER 10006 /* Public (POSIX.1e only) */
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_EVERYONE 10107 /* Everyone (NFS4 only) */
/*
* Set the ACL by clearing it and adding entries one at a time.
* Unlike the POSIX.1e ACL routines, you must specify the type
* (access/default) for each entry. Internally, the ACL data is just
* a soup of entries. API calls here allow you to retrieve just the
* entries of interest. This design (which goes against the spirit of
* POSIX.1e) is useful for handling archive formats that combine
* default and access information in a single ACL list.
*/
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_acl_clear(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_acl_add_entry(struct archive_entry *,
int /* type */, int /* permset */, int /* tag */,
int /* qual */, const char * /* name */);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_acl_add_entry_w(struct archive_entry *,
int /* type */, int /* permset */, int /* tag */,
int /* qual */, const wchar_t * /* name */);
/*
* To retrieve the ACL, first "reset", then repeatedly ask for the
* "next" entry. The want_type parameter allows you to request only
* certain types of entries.
*/
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_acl_reset(struct archive_entry *, int /* want_type */);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_acl_next(struct archive_entry *, int /* want_type */,
int * /* type */, int * /* permset */, int * /* tag */,
int * /* qual */, const char ** /* name */);
/*
* Construct a text-format ACL. The flags argument is a bitmask that
* can include any of the following:
*
* Flags only for archive entries with POSIX.1e ACL:
* ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS - Include POSIX.1e "access" entries.
* ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT - Include POSIX.1e "default" entries.
* ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_STYLE_MARK_DEFAULT - Include "default:" before each
* default ACL entry.
* ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_STYLE_SOLARIS - Output only one colon after "other" and
* "mask" entries.
*
* Flags only for archive entries with NFSv4 ACL:
* ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_STYLE_COMPACT - Do not output the minus character for
* unset permissions and flags in NFSv4 ACL permission and flag fields
*
* Flags for for archive entries with POSIX.1e ACL or NFSv4 ACL:
* ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_STYLE_EXTRA_ID - Include extra numeric ID field in
* each ACL entry.
* ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_STYLE_SEPARATOR_COMMA - Separate entries with comma
* instead of newline.
*/
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_STYLE_EXTRA_ID 0x00000001
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_STYLE_MARK_DEFAULT 0x00000002
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_STYLE_SOLARIS 0x00000004
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_STYLE_SEPARATOR_COMMA 0x00000008
#define ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_STYLE_COMPACT 0x00000010
__LA_DECL wchar_t *archive_entry_acl_to_text_w(struct archive_entry *,
la_ssize_t * /* len */, int /* flags */);
__LA_DECL char *archive_entry_acl_to_text(struct archive_entry *,
la_ssize_t * /* len */, int /* flags */);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_acl_from_text_w(struct archive_entry *,
const wchar_t * /* wtext */, int /* type */);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_acl_from_text(struct archive_entry *,
const char * /* text */, int /* type */);
/* Deprecated constants */
#define OLD_ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_STYLE_EXTRA_ID 1024
#define OLD_ARCHIVE_ENTRY_ACL_STYLE_MARK_DEFAULT 2048
/* Deprecated functions */
__LA_DECL const wchar_t *archive_entry_acl_text_w(struct archive_entry *,
int /* flags */) __LA_DEPRECATED;
__LA_DECL const char *archive_entry_acl_text(struct archive_entry *,
int /* flags */) __LA_DEPRECATED;
/* Return bitmask of ACL types in an archive entry */
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_acl_types(struct archive_entry *);
/* Return a count of entries matching 'want_type' */
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_acl_count(struct archive_entry *, int /* want_type */);
/* Return an opaque ACL object. */
/* There's not yet anything clients can actually do with this... */
struct archive_acl;
__LA_DECL struct archive_acl *archive_entry_acl(struct archive_entry *);
/*
* extended attributes
*/
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_xattr_clear(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_xattr_add_entry(struct archive_entry *,
const char * /* name */, const void * /* value */,
size_t /* size */);
/*
* To retrieve the xattr list, first "reset", then repeatedly ask for the
* "next" entry.
*/
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_xattr_count(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_xattr_reset(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_xattr_next(struct archive_entry *,
const char ** /* name */, const void ** /* value */, size_t *);
/*
* sparse
*/
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_sparse_clear(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_sparse_add_entry(struct archive_entry *,
la_int64_t /* offset */, la_int64_t /* length */);
/*
* To retrieve the xattr list, first "reset", then repeatedly ask for the
* "next" entry.
*/
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_sparse_count(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_sparse_reset(struct archive_entry *);
__LA_DECL int archive_entry_sparse_next(struct archive_entry *,
la_int64_t * /* offset */, la_int64_t * /* length */);
/*
* Utility to match up hardlinks.
*
* The 'struct archive_entry_linkresolver' is a cache of archive entries
* for files with multiple links. Here's how to use it:
* 1. Create a lookup object with archive_entry_linkresolver_new()
* 2. Tell it the archive format you're using.
* 3. Hand each archive_entry to archive_entry_linkify().
* That function will return 0, 1, or 2 entries that should
* be written.
* 4. Call archive_entry_linkify(resolver, NULL) until
* no more entries are returned.
* 5. Call archive_entry_linkresolver_free(resolver) to free resources.
*
* The entries returned have their hardlink and size fields updated
* appropriately. If an entry is passed in that does not refer to
* a file with multiple links, it is returned unchanged. The intention
* is that you should be able to simply filter all entries through
* this machine.
*
* To make things more efficient, be sure that each entry has a valid
* nlinks value. The hardlink cache uses this to track when all links
* have been found. If the nlinks value is zero, it will keep every
* name in the cache indefinitely, which can use a lot of memory.
*
* Note that archive_entry_size() is reset to zero if the file
* body should not be written to the archive. Pay attention!
*/
struct archive_entry_linkresolver;
/*
* There are three different strategies for marking hardlinks.
* The descriptions below name them after the best-known
* formats that rely on each strategy:
*
* "Old cpio" is the simplest, it always returns any entry unmodified.
* As far as I know, only cpio formats use this. Old cpio archives
* store every link with the full body; the onus is on the dearchiver
* to detect and properly link the files as they are restored.
* "tar" is also pretty simple; it caches a copy the first time it sees
* any link. Subsequent appearances are modified to be hardlink
* references to the first one without any body. Used by all tar
* formats, although the newest tar formats permit the "old cpio" strategy
* as well. This strategy is very simple for the dearchiver,
* and reasonably straightforward for the archiver.
* "new cpio" is trickier. It stores the body only with the last
* occurrence. The complication is that we might not
* see every link to a particular file in a single session, so
* there's no easy way to know when we've seen the last occurrence.
* The solution here is to queue one link until we see the next.
* At the end of the session, you can enumerate any remaining
* entries by calling archive_entry_linkify(NULL) and store those
* bodies. If you have a file with three links l1, l2, and l3,
* you'll get the following behavior if you see all three links:
* linkify(l1) => NULL (the resolver stores l1 internally)
* linkify(l2) => l1 (resolver stores l2, you write l1)
* linkify(l3) => l2, l3 (all links seen, you can write both).
* If you only see l1 and l2, you'll get this behavior:
* linkify(l1) => NULL
* linkify(l2) => l1
* linkify(NULL) => l2 (at end, you retrieve remaining links)
* As the name suggests, this strategy is used by newer cpio variants.
* It's noticeably more complex for the archiver, slightly more complex
* for the dearchiver than the tar strategy, but makes it straightforward
* to restore a file using any link by simply continuing to scan until
* you see a link that is stored with a body. In contrast, the tar
* strategy requires you to rescan the archive from the beginning to
* correctly extract an arbitrary link.
*/
__LA_DECL struct archive_entry_linkresolver *archive_entry_linkresolver_new(void);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_linkresolver_set_strategy(
struct archive_entry_linkresolver *, int /* format_code */);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_linkresolver_free(struct archive_entry_linkresolver *);
__LA_DECL void archive_entry_linkify(struct archive_entry_linkresolver *,
struct archive_entry **, struct archive_entry **);
__LA_DECL struct archive_entry *archive_entry_partial_links(
struct archive_entry_linkresolver *res, unsigned int *links);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* This is meaningless outside of this header. */
#undef __LA_DECL
#endif /* !ARCHIVE_ENTRY_H_INCLUDED */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/cairo/cairo-deprecated.h
Generated Vendored
+123
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
/* cairo - a vector graphics library with display and print output
*
* Copyright © 2006 Red Hat, Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it either under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation
* (the "LGPL") or, at your option, under the terms of the Mozilla
* Public License Version 1.1 (the "MPL"). If you do not alter this
* notice, a recipient may use your version of this file under either
* the MPL or the LGPL.
*
* You should have received a copy of the LGPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-LGPL-2.1; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335, USA
* You should have received a copy of the MPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-MPL-1.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
* Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY
* OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the LGPL or the MPL for
* the specific language governing rights and limitations.
*
* The Original Code is the cairo graphics library.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Red Hat, Inc.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Carl D. Worth <cworth@cworth.org>
*/
#ifndef CAIRO_DEPRECATED_H
#define CAIRO_DEPRECATED_H
#define CAIRO_FONT_TYPE_ATSUI CAIRO_FONT_TYPE_QUARTZ
/* Obsolete functions. These definitions exist to coerce the compiler
* into providing a little bit of guidance with its error
* messages. The idea is to help users port their old code without
* having to dig through lots of documentation.
*
* The first set of REPLACED_BY functions is for functions whose names
* have just been changed. So fixing these up is mechanical, (and
* automated by means of the cairo/util/cairo-api-update script.
*
* The second set of DEPRECATED_BY functions is for functions where
* the replacement is used in a different way, (ie. different
* arguments, multiple functions instead of one, etc). Fixing these up
* will require a bit more work on the user's part, (and hopefully we
* can get cairo-api-update to find these and print some guiding
* information).
*/
#define cairo_current_font_extents cairo_current_font_extents_REPLACED_BY_cairo_font_extents
#define cairo_get_font_extents cairo_get_font_extents_REPLACED_BY_cairo_font_extents
#define cairo_current_operator cairo_current_operator_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_operator
#define cairo_current_tolerance cairo_current_tolerance_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_tolerance
#define cairo_current_point cairo_current_point_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_current_point
#define cairo_current_fill_rule cairo_current_fill_rule_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_fill_rule
#define cairo_current_line_width cairo_current_line_width_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_line_width
#define cairo_current_line_cap cairo_current_line_cap_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_line_cap
#define cairo_current_line_join cairo_current_line_join_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_line_join
#define cairo_current_miter_limit cairo_current_miter_limit_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_miter_limit
#define cairo_current_matrix cairo_current_matrix_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_matrix
#define cairo_current_target_surface cairo_current_target_surface_REPLACED_BY_cairo_get_target
#define cairo_get_status cairo_get_status_REPLACED_BY_cairo_status
#define cairo_concat_matrix cairo_concat_matrix_REPLACED_BY_cairo_transform
#define cairo_scale_font cairo_scale_font_REPLACED_BY_cairo_set_font_size
#define cairo_select_font cairo_select_font_REPLACED_BY_cairo_select_font_face
#define cairo_transform_font cairo_transform_font_REPLACED_BY_cairo_set_font_matrix
#define cairo_transform_point cairo_transform_point_REPLACED_BY_cairo_user_to_device
#define cairo_transform_distance cairo_transform_distance_REPLACED_BY_cairo_user_to_device_distance
#define cairo_inverse_transform_point cairo_inverse_transform_point_REPLACED_BY_cairo_device_to_user
#define cairo_inverse_transform_distance cairo_inverse_transform_distance_REPLACED_BY_cairo_device_to_user_distance
#define cairo_init_clip cairo_init_clip_REPLACED_BY_cairo_reset_clip
#define cairo_surface_create_for_image cairo_surface_create_for_image_REPLACED_BY_cairo_image_surface_create_for_data
#define cairo_default_matrix cairo_default_matrix_REPLACED_BY_cairo_identity_matrix
#define cairo_matrix_set_affine cairo_matrix_set_affine_REPLACED_BY_cairo_matrix_init
#define cairo_matrix_set_identity cairo_matrix_set_identity_REPLACED_BY_cairo_matrix_init_identity
#define cairo_pattern_add_color_stop cairo_pattern_add_color_stop_REPLACED_BY_cairo_pattern_add_color_stop_rgba
#define cairo_set_rgb_color cairo_set_rgb_color_REPLACED_BY_cairo_set_source_rgb
#define cairo_set_pattern cairo_set_pattern_REPLACED_BY_cairo_set_source
#define cairo_xlib_surface_create_for_pixmap_with_visual cairo_xlib_surface_create_for_pixmap_with_visual_REPLACED_BY_cairo_xlib_surface_create
#define cairo_xlib_surface_create_for_window_with_visual cairo_xlib_surface_create_for_window_with_visual_REPLACED_BY_cairo_xlib_surface_create
#define cairo_xcb_surface_create_for_pixmap_with_visual cairo_xcb_surface_create_for_pixmap_with_visual_REPLACED_BY_cairo_xcb_surface_create
#define cairo_xcb_surface_create_for_window_with_visual cairo_xcb_surface_create_for_window_with_visual_REPLACED_BY_cairo_xcb_surface_create
#define cairo_ps_surface_set_dpi cairo_ps_surface_set_dpi_REPLACED_BY_cairo_surface_set_fallback_resolution
#define cairo_pdf_surface_set_dpi cairo_pdf_surface_set_dpi_REPLACED_BY_cairo_surface_set_fallback_resolution
#define cairo_svg_surface_set_dpi cairo_svg_surface_set_dpi_REPLACED_BY_cairo_surface_set_fallback_resolution
#define cairo_atsui_font_face_create_for_atsu_font_id cairo_atsui_font_face_create_for_atsu_font_id_REPLACED_BY_cairo_quartz_font_face_create_for_atsu_font_id
#define cairo_current_path cairo_current_path_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_copy_path
#define cairo_current_path_flat cairo_current_path_flat_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_copy_path_flat
#define cairo_get_path cairo_get_path_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_copy_path
#define cairo_get_path_flat cairo_get_path_flat_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_get_path_flat
#define cairo_set_alpha cairo_set_alpha_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_set_source_rgba_OR_cairo_paint_with_alpha
#define cairo_show_surface cairo_show_surface_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_set_source_surface_AND_cairo_paint
#define cairo_copy cairo_copy_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_create_AND_MANY_INDIVIDUAL_FUNCTIONS
#define cairo_surface_set_repeat cairo_surface_set_repeat_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_pattern_set_extend
#define cairo_surface_set_matrix cairo_surface_set_matrix_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_pattern_set_matrix
#define cairo_surface_get_matrix cairo_surface_get_matrix_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_pattern_get_matrix
#define cairo_surface_set_filter cairo_surface_set_filter_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_pattern_set_filter
#define cairo_surface_get_filter cairo_surface_get_filter_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_pattern_get_filter
#define cairo_matrix_create cairo_matrix_create_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_matrix_t
#define cairo_matrix_destroy cairo_matrix_destroy_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_matrix_t
#define cairo_matrix_copy cairo_matrix_copy_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_matrix_t
#define cairo_matrix_get_affine cairo_matrix_get_affine_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_matrix_t
#define cairo_set_target_surface cairo_set_target_surface_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_create
#define cairo_set_target_image cairo_set_target_image_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_image_surface_create_for_data
#define cairo_set_target_pdf cairo_set_target_pdf_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_pdf_surface_create
#define cairo_set_target_png cairo_set_target_png_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_surface_write_to_png
#define cairo_set_target_ps cairo_set_target_ps_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_ps_surface_create
#define cairo_set_target_quartz cairo_set_target_quartz_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_quartz_surface_create
#define cairo_set_target_win32 cairo_set_target_win32_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_win32_surface_create
#define cairo_set_target_xcb cairo_set_target_xcb_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_xcb_surface_create
#define cairo_set_target_drawable cairo_set_target_drawable_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_xlib_surface_create
#define cairo_get_status_string cairo_get_status_string_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_status_AND_cairo_status_to_string
#define cairo_status_string cairo_status_string_DEPRECATED_BY_cairo_status_AND_cairo_status_to_string
#endif /* CAIRO_DEPRECATED_H */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/cairo/cairo-features.h
Generated Vendored
+29
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/*
* Autogenerated by the Meson build system.
* Do not edit, your changes will be lost.
*/
#pragma once
#define CAIRO_FEATURES_H
#define CAIRO_HAS_FC_FONT 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_FT_FONT 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_GOBJECT_FUNCTIONS 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_IMAGE_SURFACE 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_MIME_SURFACE 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_OBSERVER_SURFACE 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_RECORDING_SURFACE 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE 1
#define CAIRO_HAS_USER_FONT 1
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/cairo/cairo-ft.h
Generated Vendored
+118
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
/* cairo - a vector graphics library with display and print output
*
* Copyright © 2005 Red Hat, Inc
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it either under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation
* (the "LGPL") or, at your option, under the terms of the Mozilla
* Public License Version 1.1 (the "MPL"). If you do not alter this
* notice, a recipient may use your version of this file under either
* the MPL or the LGPL.
*
* You should have received a copy of the LGPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-LGPL-2.1; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335, USA
* You should have received a copy of the MPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-MPL-1.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
* Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY
* OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the LGPL or the MPL for
* the specific language governing rights and limitations.
*
* The Original Code is the cairo graphics library.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Red Hat, Inc.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Graydon Hoare <graydon@redhat.com>
* Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>
*/
#ifndef CAIRO_FT_H
#define CAIRO_FT_H
#include "cairo.h"
#if CAIRO_HAS_FT_FONT
/* Fontconfig/Freetype platform-specific font interface */
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#if CAIRO_HAS_FC_FONT
#include <fontconfig/fontconfig.h>
#endif
CAIRO_BEGIN_DECLS
cairo_public cairo_font_face_t *
cairo_ft_font_face_create_for_ft_face (FT_Face face,
int load_flags);
/**
* cairo_ft_synthesize_t:
* @CAIRO_FT_SYNTHESIZE_BOLD: Embolden the glyphs (redraw with a pixel offset)
* @CAIRO_FT_SYNTHESIZE_OBLIQUE: Slant the glyph outline by 12 degrees to the
* right.
*
* A set of synthesis options to control how FreeType renders the glyphs
* for a particular font face.
*
* Individual synthesis features of a #cairo_ft_font_face_t can be set
* using cairo_ft_font_face_set_synthesize(), or disabled using
* cairo_ft_font_face_unset_synthesize(). The currently enabled set of
* synthesis options can be queried with cairo_ft_font_face_get_synthesize().
*
* Note: that when synthesizing glyphs, the font metrics returned will only
* be estimates.
*
* Since: 1.12
**/
typedef enum {
CAIRO_FT_SYNTHESIZE_BOLD = 1 << 0,
CAIRO_FT_SYNTHESIZE_OBLIQUE = 1 << 1
} cairo_ft_synthesize_t;
cairo_public void
cairo_ft_font_face_set_synthesize (cairo_font_face_t *font_face,
unsigned int synth_flags);
cairo_public void
cairo_ft_font_face_unset_synthesize (cairo_font_face_t *font_face,
unsigned int synth_flags);
cairo_public unsigned int
cairo_ft_font_face_get_synthesize (cairo_font_face_t *font_face);
cairo_public FT_Face
cairo_ft_scaled_font_lock_face (cairo_scaled_font_t *scaled_font);
cairo_public void
cairo_ft_scaled_font_unlock_face (cairo_scaled_font_t *scaled_font);
#if CAIRO_HAS_FC_FONT
cairo_public cairo_font_face_t *
cairo_ft_font_face_create_for_pattern (FcPattern *pattern);
cairo_public void
cairo_ft_font_options_substitute (const cairo_font_options_t *options,
FcPattern *pattern);
#endif
CAIRO_END_DECLS
#else /* CAIRO_HAS_FT_FONT */
# error Cairo was not compiled with support for the freetype font backend
#endif /* CAIRO_HAS_FT_FONT */
#endif /* CAIRO_FT_H */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/cairo/cairo-gobject.h
Generated Vendored
+192
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
/* cairo - a vector graphics library with display and print output
*
* Copyright © 2010 Red Hat Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it either under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation
* (the "LGPL") or, at your option, under the terms of the Mozilla
* Public License Version 1.1 (the "MPL"). If you do not alter this
* notice, a recipient may use your version of this file under either
* the MPL or the LGPL.
*
* You should have received a copy of the LGPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-LGPL-2.1; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335, USA
* You should have received a copy of the MPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-MPL-1.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
* Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY
* OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the LGPL or the MPL for
* the specific language governing rights and limitations.
*
* The Original Code is the cairo graphics library.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is University of Southern
* California.
*
* Contributor(s):
* Benjamin Otte <otte@redhat.com>
*/
#ifndef CAIRO_GOBJECT_H
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_H
#include <cairo.h>
#if CAIRO_HAS_GOBJECT_FUNCTIONS
#include <glib-object.h>
CAIRO_BEGIN_DECLS
/* structs */
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_CONTEXT cairo_gobject_context_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_context_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_DEVICE cairo_gobject_device_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_device_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_MATRIX cairo_gobject_matrix_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_matrix_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_PATTERN cairo_gobject_pattern_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_pattern_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_SURFACE cairo_gobject_surface_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_surface_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_RECTANGLE cairo_gobject_rectangle_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_rectangle_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_SCALED_FONT cairo_gobject_scaled_font_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_scaled_font_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FONT_FACE cairo_gobject_font_face_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_font_face_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FONT_OPTIONS cairo_gobject_font_options_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_font_options_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_RECTANGLE_INT cairo_gobject_rectangle_int_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_rectangle_int_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_REGION cairo_gobject_region_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_region_get_type (void);
/* enums */
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_STATUS cairo_gobject_status_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_status_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_CONTENT cairo_gobject_content_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_content_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_OPERATOR cairo_gobject_operator_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_operator_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_ANTIALIAS cairo_gobject_antialias_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_antialias_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FILL_RULE cairo_gobject_fill_rule_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_fill_rule_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_LINE_CAP cairo_gobject_line_cap_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_line_cap_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_LINE_JOIN cairo_gobject_line_join_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_line_join_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_TEXT_CLUSTER_FLAGS cairo_gobject_text_cluster_flags_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_text_cluster_flags_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FONT_SLANT cairo_gobject_font_slant_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_font_slant_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FONT_WEIGHT cairo_gobject_font_weight_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_font_weight_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_SUBPIXEL_ORDER cairo_gobject_subpixel_order_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_subpixel_order_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_HINT_STYLE cairo_gobject_hint_style_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_hint_style_get_type (void);
/* historical accident */
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_HNT_METRICS cairo_gobject_hint_metrics_get_type ()
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_HINT_METRICS cairo_gobject_hint_metrics_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_hint_metrics_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FONT_TYPE cairo_gobject_font_type_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_font_type_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_PATH_DATA_TYPE cairo_gobject_path_data_type_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_path_data_type_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_DEVICE_TYPE cairo_gobject_device_type_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_device_type_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_SURFACE_TYPE cairo_gobject_surface_type_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_surface_type_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FORMAT cairo_gobject_format_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_format_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_PATTERN_TYPE cairo_gobject_pattern_type_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_pattern_type_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_EXTEND cairo_gobject_extend_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_extend_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_FILTER cairo_gobject_filter_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_filter_get_type (void);
#define CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_REGION_OVERLAP cairo_gobject_region_overlap_get_type ()
cairo_public GType
cairo_gobject_region_overlap_get_type (void);
CAIRO_END_DECLS
#else /* CAIRO_HAS_GOBJECT_FUNCTIONS */
# error Cairo was not compiled with support for GObject
#endif /* CAIRO_HAS_GOBJECT_FUNCTIONS */
#endif /* CAIRO_GOBJECT_H */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/cairo/cairo-svg.h
Generated Vendored
+130
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
/* cairo - a vector graphics library with display and print output
*
* cairo-svg.h
*
* Copyright © 2005 Emmanuel Pacaud <emmanuel.pacaud@univ-poitiers.fr>
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it either under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation
* (the "LGPL") or, at your option, under the terms of the Mozilla
* Public License Version 1.1 (the "MPL"). If you do not alter this
* notice, a recipient may use your version of this file under either
* the MPL or the LGPL.
*
* You should have received a copy of the LGPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-LGPL-2.1; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Suite 500, Boston, MA 02110-1335, USA
* You should have received a copy of the MPL along with this library
* in the file COPYING-MPL-1.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
* Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY
* OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the LGPL or the MPL for
* the specific language governing rights and limitations.
*
*/
#ifndef CAIRO_SVG_H
#define CAIRO_SVG_H
#include "cairo.h"
#if CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE
CAIRO_BEGIN_DECLS
/**
* cairo_svg_version_t:
* @CAIRO_SVG_VERSION_1_1: The version 1.1 of the SVG specification. (Since 1.2)
* @CAIRO_SVG_VERSION_1_2: The version 1.2 of the SVG specification. (Since 1.2)
*
* #cairo_svg_version_t is used to describe the version number of the SVG
* specification that a generated SVG file will conform to.
*
* Since: 1.2
**/
typedef enum _cairo_svg_version {
CAIRO_SVG_VERSION_1_1,
CAIRO_SVG_VERSION_1_2
} cairo_svg_version_t;
/**
* cairo_svg_unit_t:
* @CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_USER: User unit, a value in the current coordinate system.
* If used in the root element for the initial coordinate systems it
* corresponds to pixels. (Since 1.16)
* @CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_EM: The size of the element's font. (Since 1.16)
* @CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_EX: The x-height of the element’s font. (Since 1.16)
* @CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_PX: Pixels (1px = 1/96th of 1in). (Since 1.16)
* @CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_IN: Inches (1in = 2.54cm = 96px). (Since 1.16)
* @CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_CM: Centimeters (1cm = 96px/2.54). (Since 1.16)
* @CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_MM: Millimeters (1mm = 1/10th of 1cm). (Since 1.16)
* @CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_PT: Points (1pt = 1/72th of 1in). (Since 1.16)
* @CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_PC: Picas (1pc = 1/6th of 1in). (Since 1.16)
* @CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_PERCENT: Percent, a value that is some fraction of another
* reference value. (Since 1.16)
*
* #cairo_svg_unit_t is used to describe the units valid for coordinates and
* lengths in the SVG specification.
*
* See also:
* https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/coords.html#Units
* https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/types.html#DataTypeLength
* https://www.w3.org/TR/css-values-3/#lengths
*
* Since: 1.16
**/
typedef enum _cairo_svg_unit {
CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_USER = 0,
CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_EM,
CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_EX,
CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_PX,
CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_IN,
CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_CM,
CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_MM,
CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_PT,
CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_PC,
CAIRO_SVG_UNIT_PERCENT
} cairo_svg_unit_t;
cairo_public cairo_surface_t *
cairo_svg_surface_create (const char *filename,
double width_in_points,
double height_in_points);
cairo_public cairo_surface_t *
cairo_svg_surface_create_for_stream (cairo_write_func_t write_func,
void *closure,
double width_in_points,
double height_in_points);
cairo_public void
cairo_svg_surface_restrict_to_version (cairo_surface_t *surface,
cairo_svg_version_t version);
cairo_public void
cairo_svg_get_versions (cairo_svg_version_t const **versions,
int *num_versions);
cairo_public const char *
cairo_svg_version_to_string (cairo_svg_version_t version);
cairo_public void
cairo_svg_surface_set_document_unit (cairo_surface_t *surface,
cairo_svg_unit_t unit);
cairo_public cairo_svg_unit_t
cairo_svg_surface_get_document_unit (cairo_surface_t *surface);
CAIRO_END_DECLS
#else /* CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE */
# error Cairo was not compiled with support for the svg backend
#endif /* CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE */
#endif /* CAIRO_SVG_H */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/cairo/cairo-version.h
Generated Vendored
+8
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
#ifndef CAIRO_VERSION_H
#define CAIRO_VERSION_H
#define CAIRO_VERSION_MAJOR 1
#define CAIRO_VERSION_MINOR 17
#define CAIRO_VERSION_MICRO 8
#endif
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/cairo/cairo.h
Generated Vendored
+3281
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/cgif.h
Generated Vendored
+80
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
#ifndef CGIF_H
#define CGIF_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
// flags to set the GIF/frame-attributes
#define CGIF_ATTR_IS_ANIMATED (1uL << 1) // make an animated GIF (default is non-animated GIF)
#define CGIF_ATTR_NO_GLOBAL_TABLE (1uL << 2) // disable global color table (global color table is default)
#define CGIF_ATTR_HAS_TRANSPARENCY (1uL << 3) // first entry in color table contains transparency (alpha channel)
#define CGIF_ATTR_NO_LOOP (1uL << 4) // don't loop a GIF animation: only play it one time.
#define CGIF_FRAME_ATTR_USE_LOCAL_TABLE (1uL << 0) // use a local color table for a frame (local color table is not used by default)
#define CGIF_FRAME_ATTR_HAS_ALPHA (1uL << 1) // alpha channel index provided by user (transIndex field)
#define CGIF_FRAME_ATTR_HAS_SET_TRANS (1uL << 2) // transparency setting provided by user (transIndex field)
#define CGIF_FRAME_ATTR_INTERLACED (1uL << 3) // encode frame interlaced (default is not interlaced)
// flags to decrease GIF-size
#define CGIF_FRAME_GEN_USE_TRANSPARENCY (1uL << 0) // use transparency optimization (setting pixels identical to previous frame transparent)
#define CGIF_FRAME_GEN_USE_DIFF_WINDOW (1uL << 1) // do encoding just for the sub-window that has changed from previous frame
#define CGIF_INFINITE_LOOP (0x0000uL) // for animated GIF: 0 specifies infinite loop
typedef enum {
CGIF_ERROR = -1, // something unspecified failed
CGIF_OK = 0, // everything OK
CGIF_EWRITE, // writing GIF data failed
CGIF_EALLOC, // allocating memory failed
CGIF_ECLOSE, // final call to fclose failed
CGIF_EOPEN, // failed to open output file
CGIF_EINDEX, // invalid index in image data provided by user
// internal section (values subject to change)
CGIF_PENDING,
} cgif_result;
typedef struct st_gif CGIF; // struct for the full GIF
typedef struct st_gifconfig CGIF_Config; // global cofinguration parameters of the GIF
typedef struct st_frameconfig CGIF_FrameConfig; // local configuration parameters for a frame
typedef int cgif_write_fn(void* pContext, const uint8_t* pData, const size_t numBytes); // callback function for stream-based output
// prototypes
CGIF* cgif_newgif (CGIF_Config* pConfig); // creates a new GIF (returns pointer to new GIF or NULL on error)
int cgif_addframe (CGIF* pGIF, CGIF_FrameConfig* pConfig); // adds the next frame to an existing GIF (returns 0 on success)
int cgif_close (CGIF* pGIF); // close file and free allocated memory (returns 0 on success)
// CGIF_Config type (parameters passed by user)
// note: must stay AS IS for backward compatibility
struct st_gifconfig {
uint8_t* pGlobalPalette; // global color table of the GIF
const char* path; // path of the GIF to be created, mutually exclusive with pWriteFn
uint32_t attrFlags; // fixed attributes of the GIF (e.g. whether it is animated or not)
uint32_t genFlags; // flags that determine how the GIF is generated (e.g. optimization)
uint16_t width; // width of each frame in the GIF
uint16_t height; // height of each frame in the GIF
uint16_t numGlobalPaletteEntries; // size of the global color table
uint16_t numLoops; // number of repetitons of an animated GIF (set to INFINITE_LOOP for infinite loop)
cgif_write_fn *pWriteFn; // callback function for chunks of output data, mutually exclusive with path
void* pContext; // opaque pointer passed as the first parameter to pWriteFn
};
// CGIF_FrameConfig type (parameters passed by user)
// note: must stay AS IS for backward compatibility
struct st_frameconfig {
uint8_t* pLocalPalette; // local color table of a frame
uint8_t* pImageData; // image data to be encoded
uint32_t attrFlags; // fixed attributes of the GIF frame
uint32_t genFlags; // flags that determine how the GIF frame is created (e.g. optimization)
uint16_t delay; // delay before the next frame is shown (units of 0.01 s)
uint16_t numLocalPaletteEntries; // size of the local color table
uint8_t transIndex; // introduced with V0.2.0
};
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // CGIF_H
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/expat.h
Generated Vendored
+1064
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/expat_config.h
Generated Vendored
+140
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
/* expat_config.h. Generated from expat_config.h.in by configure. */
/* expat_config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
#ifndef EXPAT_CONFIG_H
#define EXPAT_CONFIG_H 1
/* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */
/* #undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD */
/* 1234 = LILENDIAN, 4321 = BIGENDIAN */
#define BYTEORDER 1234
/* Define to 1 if you have the `arc4random' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_ARC4RANDOM */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `arc4random_buf' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_ARC4RANDOM_BUF */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_DLFCN_H */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getrandom' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_GETRANDOM */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `bsd' library (-lbsd). */
/* #undef HAVE_LIBBSD */
/* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
/* #undef HAVE_MMAP */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdio.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDIO_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have `syscall' and `SYS_getrandom'. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYSCALL_GETRANDOM */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
/* Define to the sub-directory where libtool stores uninstalled libraries. */
#define LT_OBJDIR ".libs/"
/* Name of package */
#define PACKAGE "expat"
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "expat-bugs@libexpat.org"
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_NAME "expat"
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_STRING "expat 2.5.0"
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "expat"
/* Define to the home page for this package. */
#define PACKAGE_URL ""
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_VERSION "2.5.0"
/* Define to 1 if all of the C90 standard headers exist (not just the ones
required in a freestanding environment). This macro is provided for
backward compatibility; new code need not use it. */
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
/* Version number of package */
#define VERSION "2.5.0"
/* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most
significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */
#if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
# if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__
# define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
# endif
#else
# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
/* # undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
# endif
#endif
/* Define to allow retrieving the byte offsets for attribute names and values.
*/
/* #undef XML_ATTR_INFO */
/* Define to specify how much context to retain around the current parse
point. */
#define XML_CONTEXT_BYTES 1024
/* Define to include code reading entropy from `/dev/urandom'. */
#define XML_DEV_URANDOM 1
/* Define to make parameter entity parsing functionality available. */
#define XML_DTD 1
/* Define to make XML Namespaces functionality available. */
#define XML_NS 1
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
/* #undef const */
/* Define to `long int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
/* #undef off_t */
/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
/* #undef size_t */
#endif // ndef EXPAT_CONFIG_H
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/expat_external.h
Generated Vendored
+165
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
/*
__ __ _
___\ \/ /_ __ __ _| |_
/ _ \\ /| '_ \ / _` | __|
| __// \| |_) | (_| | |_
\___/_/\_\ .__/ \__,_|\__|
|_| XML parser
Copyright (c) 1997-2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Copyright (c) 2000 Clark Cooper <coopercc@users.sourceforge.net>
Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Fred L. Drake, Jr. <fdrake@users.sourceforge.net>
Copyright (c) 2001-2002 Greg Stein <gstein@users.sourceforge.net>
Copyright (c) 2002-2006 Karl Waclawek <karl@waclawek.net>
Copyright (c) 2016 Cristian Rodríguez <crrodriguez@opensuse.org>
Copyright (c) 2016-2019 Sebastian Pipping <sebastian@pipping.org>
Copyright (c) 2017 Rhodri James <rhodri@wildebeest.org.uk>
Copyright (c) 2018 Yury Gribov <tetra2005@gmail.com>
Licensed under the MIT license:
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN
NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*/
#ifndef Expat_External_INCLUDED
#define Expat_External_INCLUDED 1
/* External API definitions */
/* Expat tries very hard to make the API boundary very specifically
defined. There are two macros defined to control this boundary;
each of these can be defined before including this header to
achieve some different behavior, but doing so it not recommended or
tested frequently.
XMLCALL - The calling convention to use for all calls across the
"library boundary." This will default to cdecl, and
try really hard to tell the compiler that's what we
want.
XMLIMPORT - Whatever magic is needed to note that a function is
to be imported from a dynamically loaded library
(.dll, .so, or .sl, depending on your platform).
The XMLCALL macro was added in Expat 1.95.7. The only one which is
expected to be directly useful in client code is XMLCALL.
Note that on at least some Unix versions, the Expat library must be
compiled with the cdecl calling convention as the default since
system headers may assume the cdecl convention.
*/
#ifndef XMLCALL
# if defined(_MSC_VER)
# define XMLCALL __cdecl
# elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386) && ! defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
# define XMLCALL __attribute__((cdecl))
# else
/* For any platform which uses this definition and supports more than
one calling convention, we need to extend this definition to
declare the convention used on that platform, if it's possible to
do so.
If this is the case for your platform, please file a bug report
with information on how to identify your platform via the C
pre-processor and how to specify the same calling convention as the
platform's malloc() implementation.
*/
# define XMLCALL
# endif
#endif /* not defined XMLCALL */
#if ! defined(XML_STATIC) && ! defined(XMLIMPORT)
# ifndef XML_BUILDING_EXPAT
/* using Expat from an application */
# if defined(_MSC_EXTENSIONS) && ! defined(__BEOS__) && ! defined(__CYGWIN__)
# define XMLIMPORT __declspec(dllimport)
# endif
# endif
#endif /* not defined XML_STATIC */
#ifndef XML_ENABLE_VISIBILITY
# define XML_ENABLE_VISIBILITY 0
#endif
#if ! defined(XMLIMPORT) && XML_ENABLE_VISIBILITY
# define XMLIMPORT __attribute__((visibility("default")))
#endif
/* If we didn't define it above, define it away: */
#ifndef XMLIMPORT
# define XMLIMPORT
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) \
&& (__GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96))
# define XML_ATTR_MALLOC __attribute__((__malloc__))
#else
# define XML_ATTR_MALLOC
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) \
&& ((__GNUC__ > 4) || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))
# define XML_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(x) __attribute__((__alloc_size__(x)))
#else
# define XML_ATTR_ALLOC_SIZE(x)
#endif
#define XMLPARSEAPI(type) XMLIMPORT type XMLCALL
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifdef XML_UNICODE_WCHAR_T
# ifndef XML_UNICODE
# define XML_UNICODE
# endif
# if defined(__SIZEOF_WCHAR_T__) && (__SIZEOF_WCHAR_T__ != 2)
# error "sizeof(wchar_t) != 2; Need -fshort-wchar for both Expat and libc"
# endif
#endif
#ifdef XML_UNICODE /* Information is UTF-16 encoded. */
# ifdef XML_UNICODE_WCHAR_T
typedef wchar_t XML_Char;
typedef wchar_t XML_LChar;
# else
typedef unsigned short XML_Char;
typedef char XML_LChar;
# endif /* XML_UNICODE_WCHAR_T */
#else /* Information is UTF-8 encoded. */
typedef char XML_Char;
typedef char XML_LChar;
#endif /* XML_UNICODE */
#ifdef XML_LARGE_SIZE /* Use large integers for file/stream positions. */
typedef long long XML_Index;
typedef unsigned long long XML_Size;
#else
typedef long XML_Index;
typedef unsigned long XML_Size;
#endif /* XML_LARGE_SIZE */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* not Expat_External_INCLUDED */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/ffi.h
Generated Vendored
+531
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
/* -----------------------------------------------------------------*-C-*-
libffi 3.4.4
- Copyright (c) 2011, 2014, 2019, 2021, 2022 Anthony Green
- Copyright (c) 1996-2003, 2007, 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
files (the ``Software''), to deal in the Software without
restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,
modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/* -------------------------------------------------------------------
Most of the API is documented in doc/libffi.texi.
The raw API is designed to bypass some of the argument packing and
unpacking on architectures for which it can be avoided. Routines
are provided to emulate the raw API if the underlying platform
doesn't allow faster implementation.
More details on the raw API can be found in:
http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/java/1999-q3/msg00138.html
and
http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/java/1999-q3/msg00174.html
-------------------------------------------------------------------- */
#ifndef LIBFFI_H
#define LIBFFI_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Specify which architecture libffi is configured for. */
#ifndef X86_WIN64
#define X86_WIN64
#endif
/* ---- System configuration information --------------------------------- */
/* If these change, update src/mips/ffitarget.h. */
#define FFI_TYPE_VOID 0
#define FFI_TYPE_INT 1
#define FFI_TYPE_FLOAT 2
#define FFI_TYPE_DOUBLE 3
#if 1
#define FFI_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE 4
#else
#define FFI_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE FFI_TYPE_DOUBLE
#endif
#define FFI_TYPE_UINT8 5
#define FFI_TYPE_SINT8 6
#define FFI_TYPE_UINT16 7
#define FFI_TYPE_SINT16 8
#define FFI_TYPE_UINT32 9
#define FFI_TYPE_SINT32 10
#define FFI_TYPE_UINT64 11
#define FFI_TYPE_SINT64 12
#define FFI_TYPE_STRUCT 13
#define FFI_TYPE_POINTER 14
#define FFI_TYPE_COMPLEX 15
/* This should always refer to the last type code (for sanity checks). */
#define FFI_TYPE_LAST FFI_TYPE_COMPLEX
#include <ffitarget.h>
#ifndef LIBFFI_ASM
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
#define __attribute__(X)
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <limits.h>
/* LONG_LONG_MAX is not always defined (not if STRICT_ANSI, for example).
But we can find it either under the correct ANSI name, or under GNU
C's internal name. */
#define FFI_64_BIT_MAX 9223372036854775807
#ifdef LONG_LONG_MAX
# define FFI_LONG_LONG_MAX LONG_LONG_MAX
#else
# ifdef LLONG_MAX
# define FFI_LONG_LONG_MAX LLONG_MAX
# ifdef _AIX52 /* or newer has C99 LLONG_MAX */
# undef FFI_64_BIT_MAX
# define FFI_64_BIT_MAX 9223372036854775807LL
# endif /* _AIX52 or newer */
# else
# ifdef __GNUC__
# define FFI_LONG_LONG_MAX __LONG_LONG_MAX__
# endif
# ifdef _AIX /* AIX 5.1 and earlier have LONGLONG_MAX */
# ifndef __PPC64__
# if defined (__IBMC__) || defined (__IBMCPP__)
# define FFI_LONG_LONG_MAX LONGLONG_MAX
# endif
# endif /* __PPC64__ */
# undef FFI_64_BIT_MAX
# define FFI_64_BIT_MAX 9223372036854775807LL
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* The closure code assumes that this works on pointers, i.e. a size_t
can hold a pointer. */
typedef struct _ffi_type
{
size_t size;
unsigned short alignment;
unsigned short type;
struct _ffi_type **elements;
} ffi_type;
/* Need minimal decorations for DLLs to work on Windows. GCC has
autoimport and autoexport. Always mark externally visible symbols
as dllimport for MSVC clients, even if it means an extra indirection
when using the static version of the library.
Besides, as a workaround, they can define FFI_BUILDING if they
*know* they are going to link with the static library. */
#if defined _MSC_VER
# if defined FFI_BUILDING_DLL /* Building libffi.DLL with msvcc.sh */
# define FFI_API __declspec(dllexport)
# elif !defined FFI_BUILDING /* Importing libffi.DLL */
# define FFI_API __declspec(dllimport)
# else /* Building/linking static library */
# define FFI_API
# endif
#else
# define FFI_API
#endif
/* The externally visible type declarations also need the MSVC DLL
decorations, or they will not be exported from the object file. */
#if defined LIBFFI_HIDE_BASIC_TYPES
# define FFI_EXTERN FFI_API
#else
# define FFI_EXTERN extern FFI_API
#endif
#ifndef LIBFFI_HIDE_BASIC_TYPES
#if SCHAR_MAX == 127
# define ffi_type_uchar ffi_type_uint8
# define ffi_type_schar ffi_type_sint8
#else
#error "char size not supported"
#endif
#if SHRT_MAX == 32767
# define ffi_type_ushort ffi_type_uint16
# define ffi_type_sshort ffi_type_sint16
#elif SHRT_MAX == 2147483647
# define ffi_type_ushort ffi_type_uint32
# define ffi_type_sshort ffi_type_sint32
#else
#error "short size not supported"
#endif
#if INT_MAX == 32767
# define ffi_type_uint ffi_type_uint16
# define ffi_type_sint ffi_type_sint16
#elif INT_MAX == 2147483647
# define ffi_type_uint ffi_type_uint32
# define ffi_type_sint ffi_type_sint32
#elif INT_MAX == 9223372036854775807
# define ffi_type_uint ffi_type_uint64
# define ffi_type_sint ffi_type_sint64
#else
#error "int size not supported"
#endif
#if LONG_MAX == 2147483647
# if FFI_LONG_LONG_MAX != FFI_64_BIT_MAX
#error "no 64-bit data type supported"
# endif
#elif LONG_MAX != FFI_64_BIT_MAX
#error "long size not supported"
#endif
#if LONG_MAX == 2147483647
# define ffi_type_ulong ffi_type_uint32
# define ffi_type_slong ffi_type_sint32
#elif LONG_MAX == FFI_64_BIT_MAX
# define ffi_type_ulong ffi_type_uint64
# define ffi_type_slong ffi_type_sint64
#else
#error "long size not supported"
#endif
/* These are defined in types.c. */
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_void;
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_uint8;
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_sint8;
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_uint16;
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_sint16;
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_uint32;
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_sint32;
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_uint64;
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_sint64;
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_float;
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_double;
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_pointer;
#if 1
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_longdouble;
#else
#define ffi_type_longdouble ffi_type_double
#endif
#ifdef FFI_TARGET_HAS_COMPLEX_TYPE
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_complex_float;
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_complex_double;
#if 1
FFI_EXTERN ffi_type ffi_type_complex_longdouble;
#else
#define ffi_type_complex_longdouble ffi_type_complex_double
#endif
#endif
#endif /* LIBFFI_HIDE_BASIC_TYPES */
typedef enum {
FFI_OK = 0,
FFI_BAD_TYPEDEF,
FFI_BAD_ABI,
FFI_BAD_ARGTYPE
} ffi_status;
typedef struct {
ffi_abi abi;
unsigned nargs;
ffi_type **arg_types;
ffi_type *rtype;
unsigned bytes;
unsigned flags;
#ifdef FFI_EXTRA_CIF_FIELDS
FFI_EXTRA_CIF_FIELDS;
#endif
} ffi_cif;
/* ---- Definitions for the raw API -------------------------------------- */
#ifndef FFI_SIZEOF_ARG
# if LONG_MAX == 2147483647
# define FFI_SIZEOF_ARG 4
# elif LONG_MAX == FFI_64_BIT_MAX
# define FFI_SIZEOF_ARG 8
# endif
#endif
#ifndef FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW
# define FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW FFI_SIZEOF_ARG
#endif
typedef union {
ffi_sarg sint;
ffi_arg uint;
float flt;
char data[FFI_SIZEOF_ARG];
void* ptr;
} ffi_raw;
#if FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW == 4 && FFI_SIZEOF_ARG == 8
/* This is a special case for mips64/n32 ABI (and perhaps others) where
sizeof(void *) is 4 and FFI_SIZEOF_ARG is 8. */
typedef union {
signed int sint;
unsigned int uint;
float flt;
char data[FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW];
void* ptr;
} ffi_java_raw;
#else
typedef ffi_raw ffi_java_raw;
#endif
FFI_API
void ffi_raw_call (ffi_cif *cif,
void (*fn)(void),
void *rvalue,
ffi_raw *avalue);
FFI_API void ffi_ptrarray_to_raw (ffi_cif *cif, void **args, ffi_raw *raw);
FFI_API void ffi_raw_to_ptrarray (ffi_cif *cif, ffi_raw *raw, void **args);
FFI_API size_t ffi_raw_size (ffi_cif *cif);
/* This is analogous to the raw API, except it uses Java parameter
packing, even on 64-bit machines. I.e. on 64-bit machines longs
and doubles are followed by an empty 64-bit word. */
#if !FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API
FFI_API
void ffi_java_raw_call (ffi_cif *cif,
void (*fn)(void),
void *rvalue,
ffi_java_raw *avalue) __attribute__((deprecated));
#endif
FFI_API
void ffi_java_ptrarray_to_raw (ffi_cif *cif, void **args, ffi_java_raw *raw) __attribute__((deprecated));
FFI_API
void ffi_java_raw_to_ptrarray (ffi_cif *cif, ffi_java_raw *raw, void **args) __attribute__((deprecated));
FFI_API
size_t ffi_java_raw_size (ffi_cif *cif) __attribute__((deprecated));
/* ---- Definitions for closures ----------------------------------------- */
#if FFI_CLOSURES
#ifdef _MSC_VER
__declspec(align(8))
#endif
typedef struct {
#if 0
void *trampoline_table;
void *trampoline_table_entry;
#else
union {
char tramp[FFI_TRAMPOLINE_SIZE];
void *ftramp;
};
#endif
ffi_cif *cif;
void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,void**,void*);
void *user_data;
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_M_IX86)
void *padding;
#endif
} ffi_closure
#ifdef __GNUC__
__attribute__((aligned (8)))
#endif
;
#ifndef __GNUC__
# ifdef __sgi
# pragma pack 0
# endif
#endif
FFI_API void *ffi_closure_alloc (size_t size, void **code);
FFI_API void ffi_closure_free (void *);
#if defined(PA_LINUX) || defined(PA_HPUX)
#define FFI_CLOSURE_PTR(X) ((void *)((unsigned int)(X) | 2))
#define FFI_RESTORE_PTR(X) ((void *)((unsigned int)(X) & ~3))
#else
#define FFI_CLOSURE_PTR(X) (X)
#define FFI_RESTORE_PTR(X) (X)
#endif
FFI_API ffi_status
ffi_prep_closure (ffi_closure*,
ffi_cif *,
void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,void**,void*),
void *user_data)
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (((__GNUC__ * 100) + __GNUC_MINOR__) >= 405)
__attribute__((deprecated ("use ffi_prep_closure_loc instead")))
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__((deprecated))
#endif
;
FFI_API ffi_status
ffi_prep_closure_loc (ffi_closure*,
ffi_cif *,
void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,void**,void*),
void *user_data,
void *codeloc);
#ifdef __sgi
# pragma pack 8
#endif
typedef struct {
#if 0
void *trampoline_table;
void *trampoline_table_entry;
#else
char tramp[FFI_TRAMPOLINE_SIZE];
#endif
ffi_cif *cif;
#if !FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API
/* If this is enabled, then a raw closure has the same layout
as a regular closure. We use this to install an intermediate
handler to do the translation, void** -> ffi_raw*. */
void (*translate_args)(ffi_cif*,void*,void**,void*);
void *this_closure;
#endif
void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,ffi_raw*,void*);
void *user_data;
} ffi_raw_closure;
typedef struct {
#if 0
void *trampoline_table;
void *trampoline_table_entry;
#else
char tramp[FFI_TRAMPOLINE_SIZE];
#endif
ffi_cif *cif;
#if !FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API
/* If this is enabled, then a raw closure has the same layout
as a regular closure. We use this to install an intermediate
handler to do the translation, void** -> ffi_raw*. */
void (*translate_args)(ffi_cif*,void*,void**,void*);
void *this_closure;
#endif
void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,ffi_java_raw*,void*);
void *user_data;
} ffi_java_raw_closure;
FFI_API ffi_status
ffi_prep_raw_closure (ffi_raw_closure*,
ffi_cif *cif,
void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,ffi_raw*,void*),
void *user_data);
FFI_API ffi_status
ffi_prep_raw_closure_loc (ffi_raw_closure*,
ffi_cif *cif,
void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,ffi_raw*,void*),
void *user_data,
void *codeloc);
#if !FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API
FFI_API ffi_status
ffi_prep_java_raw_closure (ffi_java_raw_closure*,
ffi_cif *cif,
void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,ffi_java_raw*,void*),
void *user_data) __attribute__((deprecated));
FFI_API ffi_status
ffi_prep_java_raw_closure_loc (ffi_java_raw_closure*,
ffi_cif *cif,
void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,ffi_java_raw*,void*),
void *user_data,
void *codeloc) __attribute__((deprecated));
#endif
#endif /* FFI_CLOSURES */
#if FFI_GO_CLOSURES
typedef struct {
void *tramp;
ffi_cif *cif;
void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,void**,void*);
} ffi_go_closure;
FFI_API ffi_status ffi_prep_go_closure (ffi_go_closure*, ffi_cif *,
void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,void**,void*));
FFI_API void ffi_call_go (ffi_cif *cif, void (*fn)(void), void *rvalue,
void **avalue, void *closure);
#endif /* FFI_GO_CLOSURES */
/* ---- Public interface definition -------------------------------------- */
FFI_API
ffi_status ffi_prep_cif(ffi_cif *cif,
ffi_abi abi,
unsigned int nargs,
ffi_type *rtype,
ffi_type **atypes);
FFI_API
ffi_status ffi_prep_cif_var(ffi_cif *cif,
ffi_abi abi,
unsigned int nfixedargs,
unsigned int ntotalargs,
ffi_type *rtype,
ffi_type **atypes);
FFI_API
void ffi_call(ffi_cif *cif,
void (*fn)(void),
void *rvalue,
void **avalue);
FFI_API
ffi_status ffi_get_struct_offsets (ffi_abi abi, ffi_type *struct_type,
size_t *offsets);
/* Useful for eliminating compiler warnings. */
#define FFI_FN(f) ((void (*)(void))f)
/* ---- Definitions shared with assembly code ---------------------------- */
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/ffitarget.h
Generated Vendored
+164
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
/* -----------------------------------------------------------------*-C-*-
ffitarget.h - Copyright (c) 2012, 2014, 2018 Anthony Green
Copyright (c) 1996-2003, 2010 Red Hat, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Target configuration macros for x86 and x86-64.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
``Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
#ifndef LIBFFI_TARGET_H
#define LIBFFI_TARGET_H
#ifndef LIBFFI_H
#error "Please do not include ffitarget.h directly into your source. Use ffi.h instead."
#endif
/* ---- System specific configurations ----------------------------------- */
/* For code common to all platforms on x86 and x86_64. */
#define X86_ANY
#if defined (X86_64) && defined (__i386__)
#undef X86_64
#warning ******************************************************
#warning ********** X86 IS DEFINED ****************************
#warning ******************************************************
#define X86
#endif
#ifdef X86_WIN64
#define FFI_SIZEOF_ARG 8
#define USE_BUILTIN_FFS 0 /* not yet implemented in mingw-64 */
#endif
#define FFI_TARGET_SPECIFIC_STACK_SPACE_ALLOCATION
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#define FFI_TARGET_HAS_COMPLEX_TYPE
#endif
/* ---- Generic type definitions ----------------------------------------- */
#ifndef LIBFFI_ASM
#ifdef X86_WIN64
#ifdef _MSC_VER
typedef unsigned __int64 ffi_arg;
typedef __int64 ffi_sarg;
#else
typedef unsigned long long ffi_arg;
typedef long long ffi_sarg;
#endif
#else
#if defined __x86_64__ && defined __ILP32__
#define FFI_SIZEOF_ARG 8
#define FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW 4
typedef unsigned long long ffi_arg;
typedef long long ffi_sarg;
#else
typedef unsigned long ffi_arg;
typedef signed long ffi_sarg;
#endif
#endif
typedef enum ffi_abi {
#if defined(X86_WIN64)
FFI_FIRST_ABI = 0,
FFI_WIN64, /* sizeof(long double) == 8 - microsoft compilers */
FFI_GNUW64, /* sizeof(long double) == 16 - GNU compilers */
FFI_LAST_ABI,
#ifdef __GNUC__
FFI_DEFAULT_ABI = FFI_GNUW64
#else
FFI_DEFAULT_ABI = FFI_WIN64
#endif
#elif defined(X86_64) || (defined (__x86_64__) && defined (X86_DARWIN))
FFI_FIRST_ABI = 1,
FFI_UNIX64,
FFI_WIN64,
FFI_EFI64 = FFI_WIN64,
FFI_GNUW64,
FFI_LAST_ABI,
FFI_DEFAULT_ABI = FFI_UNIX64
#elif defined(X86_WIN32)
FFI_FIRST_ABI = 0,
FFI_SYSV = 1,
FFI_STDCALL = 2,
FFI_THISCALL = 3,
FFI_FASTCALL = 4,
FFI_MS_CDECL = 5,
FFI_PASCAL = 6,
FFI_REGISTER = 7,
FFI_LAST_ABI,
FFI_DEFAULT_ABI = FFI_MS_CDECL
#else
FFI_FIRST_ABI = 0,
FFI_SYSV = 1,
FFI_THISCALL = 3,
FFI_FASTCALL = 4,
FFI_STDCALL = 5,
FFI_PASCAL = 6,
FFI_REGISTER = 7,
FFI_MS_CDECL = 8,
FFI_LAST_ABI,
FFI_DEFAULT_ABI = FFI_SYSV
#endif
} ffi_abi;
#endif
/* ---- Definitions for closures ----------------------------------------- */
#define FFI_CLOSURES 1
#define FFI_GO_CLOSURES 1
#define FFI_TYPE_SMALL_STRUCT_1B (FFI_TYPE_LAST + 1)
#define FFI_TYPE_SMALL_STRUCT_2B (FFI_TYPE_LAST + 2)
#define FFI_TYPE_SMALL_STRUCT_4B (FFI_TYPE_LAST + 3)
#define FFI_TYPE_MS_STRUCT (FFI_TYPE_LAST + 4)
#if defined (X86_64) || defined(X86_WIN64) \
|| (defined (__x86_64__) && defined (X86_DARWIN))
/* 4 bytes of ENDBR64 + 7 bytes of LEA + 6 bytes of JMP + 7 bytes of NOP
+ 8 bytes of pointer. */
# define FFI_TRAMPOLINE_SIZE 32
# define FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API 0
#else
/* 4 bytes of ENDBR32 + 5 bytes of MOV + 5 bytes of JMP + 2 unused
bytes. */
# define FFI_TRAMPOLINE_SIZE 16
# define FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API 1 /* x86 has native raw api support */
#endif
#if !defined(GENERATE_LIBFFI_MAP) && defined(__CET__)
# include <cet.h>
# if (__CET__ & 1) != 0
# define ENDBR_PRESENT
# endif
# define _CET_NOTRACK notrack
#else
# define _CET_ENDBR
# define _CET_NOTRACK
#endif
#endif
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fontconfig/fcfreetype.h
Generated Vendored
+59
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
/*
* fontconfig/fontconfig/fcfreetype.h
*
* Copyright © 2001 Keith Packard
*
* Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
* documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
* the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
* documentation, and that the name of the author(s) not be used in
* advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
* specific, written prior permission. The authors make no
* representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
* is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
*
* THE AUTHOR(S) DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
* INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
* EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
* CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
* DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
* TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
* PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
*/
#ifndef _FCFREETYPE_H_
#define _FCFREETYPE_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifndef FcPublic
#define FcPublic
#endif
_FCFUNCPROTOBEGIN
FcPublic FT_UInt
FcFreeTypeCharIndex (FT_Face face, FcChar32 ucs4);
FcPublic FcCharSet *
FcFreeTypeCharSetAndSpacing (FT_Face face, FcBlanks *blanks, int *spacing);
FcPublic FcCharSet *
FcFreeTypeCharSet (FT_Face face, FcBlanks *blanks);
FcPublic FcResult
FcPatternGetFTFace (const FcPattern *p, const char *object, int n, FT_Face *f);
FcPublic FcBool
FcPatternAddFTFace (FcPattern *p, const char *object, const FT_Face f);
FcPublic FcPattern *
FcFreeTypeQueryFace (const FT_Face face,
const FcChar8 *file,
unsigned int id,
FcBlanks *blanks);
_FCFUNCPROTOEND
#endif
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fontconfig/fcprivate.h
Generated Vendored
+134
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
/*
* fontconfig/fontconfig/fcprivate.h
*
* Copyright © 2001 Keith Packard
*
* Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
* documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
* the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
* documentation, and that the name of the author(s) not be used in
* advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
* specific, written prior permission. The authors make no
* representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
* is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
*
* THE AUTHOR(S) DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
* INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
* EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
* CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
* DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
* TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
* PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
*/
#ifndef _FCPRIVATE_H_
#define _FCPRIVATE_H_
/*
* I tried this with functions that took va_list* arguments
* but portability concerns made me change these functions
* into macros (sigh).
*/
#define FcPatternVapBuild(result, orig, va) \
{ \
FcPattern *__p__ = (orig); \
const char *__o__; \
FcValue __v__; \
\
if (!__p__) \
{ \
__p__ = FcPatternCreate (); \
if (!__p__) \
goto _FcPatternVapBuild_bail0; \
} \
for (;;) \
{ \
__o__ = va_arg (va, const char *); \
if (!__o__) \
break; \
__v__.type = va_arg (va, int); \
switch (__v__.type) { \
case FcTypeUnknown: \
case FcTypeVoid: \
goto _FcPatternVapBuild_bail1; \
case FcTypeInteger: \
__v__.u.i = va_arg (va, int); \
break; \
case FcTypeDouble: \
__v__.u.d = va_arg (va, double); \
break; \
case FcTypeString: \
__v__.u.s = va_arg (va, const FcChar8 *); \
break; \
case FcTypeBool: \
__v__.u.b = va_arg (va, FcBool); \
break; \
case FcTypeMatrix: \
__v__.u.m = va_arg (va, const FcMatrix *); \
break; \
case FcTypeCharSet: \
__v__.u.c = va_arg (va, const FcCharSet *); \
break; \
case FcTypeFTFace: \
__v__.u.f = va_arg (va, FT_Face); \
break; \
case FcTypeLangSet: \
__v__.u.l = va_arg (va, const FcLangSet *); \
break; \
case FcTypeRange: \
__v__.u.r = va_arg (va, const FcRange *); \
break; \
} \
if (!FcPatternAdd (__p__, __o__, __v__, FcTrue)) \
goto _FcPatternVapBuild_bail1; \
} \
result = __p__; \
goto _FcPatternVapBuild_return; \
\
_FcPatternVapBuild_bail1: \
if (!orig) \
FcPatternDestroy (__p__); \
_FcPatternVapBuild_bail0: \
result = (void*)0; \
\
_FcPatternVapBuild_return: \
; \
}
#define FcObjectSetVapBuild(__ret__, __first__, __va__) \
{ \
FcObjectSet *__os__; \
const char *__ob__; \
\
__ret__ = 0; \
__os__ = FcObjectSetCreate (); \
if (!__os__) \
goto _FcObjectSetVapBuild_bail0; \
__ob__ = __first__; \
while (__ob__) \
{ \
if (!FcObjectSetAdd (__os__, __ob__)) \
goto _FcObjectSetVapBuild_bail1; \
__ob__ = va_arg (__va__, const char *); \
} \
__ret__ = __os__; \
\
_FcObjectSetVapBuild_bail1: \
if (!__ret__ && __os__) \
FcObjectSetDestroy (__os__); \
_FcObjectSetVapBuild_bail0: \
; \
}
#ifndef FC_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
#define FC_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY_HIDDEN __attribute((visibility("hidden")))
#endif
#ifndef FC_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY_EXPORT
#define FC_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY_EXPORT __attribute((visibility("default")))
#endif
#endif /* _FCPRIVATE_H_ */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fontconfig/fontconfig.h
Generated Vendored
+1158
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/config/ftconfig.h
Generated Vendored
+51
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftconfig.h
*
* ANSI-specific configuration file (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used by
* the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically
* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to port
* FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI compiler.
*
* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we advise
* you to place a modified copy in your build directory.
*
* The build directory is usually `builds/<system>`, and contains
* system-specific files that are always included first when building the
* library.
*
* This ANSI version should stay in `include/config/`.
*
*/
#ifndef FTCONFIG_H_
#define FTCONFIG_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#include <freetype/config/integer-types.h>
#include <freetype/config/public-macros.h>
#include <freetype/config/mac-support.h>
#endif /* FTCONFIG_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/config/ftheader.h
Generated Vendored
+836
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,836 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftheader.h
*
* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library.
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTHEADER_H_
#define FTHEADER_H_
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }` block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_BEGIN_HEADER
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
# else
# define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
# endif
#endif
/*@***********************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_END_HEADER */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
/* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
/* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }` block when included from a */
/* C++ compiler. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_END_HEADER
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define FT_END_HEADER }
# else
# define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
# endif
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* header_file_macros
*
* @title:
* Header File Macros
*
* @abstract:
* Macro definitions used to `#include` specific header files.
*
* @description:
* In addition to the normal scheme of including header files like
*
* ```
* #include <freetype/freetype.h>
* #include <freetype/ftmm.h>
* #include <freetype/ftglyph.h>
* ```
*
* it is possible to used named macros instead. They can be used
* directly in `#include` statements as in
*
* ```
* #include FT_FREETYPE_H
* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
* #include FT_GLYPH_H
* ```
*
* These macros were introduced to overcome the infamous 8.3~naming rule
* required by DOS (and `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H` is a lot more meaningful
* than `ftmm.h`).
*
*/
/* configuration files */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 configuration data.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
* instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
*
*/
#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
#endif
/* */
/* public headers */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FREETYPE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* base FreeType~2 API.
*
*/
#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYSTEM_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
* and stream i/o).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_IMAGE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing type
* definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
* scan-converter parameters).
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
*
* It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LIST_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* list management API of FreeType~2.
*
* (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
*
*/
#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OUTLINE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SIZES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
*
*/
#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MODULE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_RENDER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the driver modules.
*
*/
#define FT_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftdriver.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CFF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the TrueType driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PCF_DRIVER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing
* structures and macros related to the PCF driver module.
*
* Deprecated since version~2.9; use @FT_DRIVER_H instead.
*
*/
#define FT_PCF_DRIVER_H FT_DRIVER_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
*
*/
#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
* etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
* definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of TrueType four-byte 'tags' which identify blocks in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BDF_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a face.
*
*/
#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CID_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which access CID font information from a face.
*
*/
#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GZIP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LZW_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BZIP2_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.
*
*/
#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_WINFONTS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
*
*/
#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GLYPH_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional glyph management component.
*
*/
#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BITMAP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
*
*/
#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_BBOX_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
*
*/
#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_CACHE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
*
*/
#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MAC_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access fonts
* embedded in resource forks.
*
* This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
* compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
*
*/
#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
*
*/
#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded 'name' strings in
* SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
*
*/
#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables ('BASE',
* 'GDEF', 'GPOS', 'GSUB', 'JSTF').
*
*/
#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables ('feat',
* 'mort', 'morx', 'bsln', 'just', 'kern', 'opbd', 'trak', 'prop').
*
*/
#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_PFR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
*
*/
#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_STROKER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
*/
#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_SYNTHESIS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
*/
#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to font formats.
*/
#define FT_FONT_FORMATS_H <freetype/ftfntfmt.h>
/* deprecated */
#define FT_XFREE86_H FT_FONT_FORMATS_H
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
* cosines and arc tangents).
*/
#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_INCREMENTAL_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which performs incremental glyph loading.
*/
#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_GASP_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
*/
#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ADVANCES_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_COLOR_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which handles the OpenType 'CPAL' table.
*/
#define FT_COLOR_H <freetype/ftcolor.h>
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_OTSVG_H
*
* @description:
* A macro used in `#include` statements to name the file containing the
* FreeType~2 API which handles the OpenType 'SVG~' glyphs.
*/
#define FT_OTSVG_H <freetype/otsvg.h>
/* */
/* These header files don't need to be included by the user. */
#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
#define FT_PARAMETER_TAGS_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
/* Deprecated macros. */
#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ftparams.h>
/* `FT_CACHE_H` is the only header file needed for the cache subsystem. */
#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
/* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
/* default to `FT_CACHE_H` at the moment just in case, but we know */
/* of no rogue client that uses them. */
/* */
#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H FT_CACHE_H
/* TODO(david): Move this section below to a different header */
#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#if defined( _MSC_VER ) /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
/* We disable the warning `conditional expression is constant' here */
/* in order to compile cleanly with the maximum level of warnings. */
/* In particular, the warning complains about stuff like `while(0)' */
/* which is very useful in macro definitions. There is no benefit */
/* in having it enabled. */
#pragma warning( disable : 4127 )
#endif /* _MSC_VER */
#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
#endif /* FTHEADER_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/config/ftmodule.h
Generated Vendored
+21
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
/* This is a generated file. */
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_svg_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_sdf_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_bitmap_sdf_renderer_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
/* EOF */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/config/ftoption.h
Generated Vendored
+1014
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/config/ftstdlib.h
Generated Vendored
+185
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftstdlib.h
*
* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification
* only).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This file is used to group all `#includes` to the ANSI~C library that
* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the
* standard functions within the FreeType source code.
*
* Load a file which defines `FTSTDLIB_H_` before this one to override it.
*
*/
#ifndef FTSTDLIB_H_
#define FTSTDLIB_H_
#include <stddef.h>
#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
/**************************************************************************
*
* integer limits
*
* `UINT_MAX` and `ULONG_MAX` are used to automatically compute the size of
* `int` and `long` in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works for all
* platforms the library has been tested on. We also check `ULLONG_MAX`
* to see whether we can use 64-bit `long long` later on.
*
* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide integer
* types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32~bits wide (e.g., some old Crays where
* `int` is 36~bits), we do not make any guarantee about the correct
* behaviour of FreeType~2 with all fonts.
*
* In these cases, `ftconfig.h` will refuse to compile anyway with a
* message like 'couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar.
*
*/
#include <limits.h>
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
#define FT_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
#define FT_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
#ifdef LLONG_MAX
#define FT_LLONG_MAX LLONG_MAX
#endif
#ifdef LLONG_MIN
#define FT_LLONG_MIN LLONG_MIN
#endif
#ifdef ULLONG_MAX
#define FT_ULLONG_MAX ULLONG_MAX
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* character and string processing
*
*/
#include <string.h>
#define ft_memchr memchr
#define ft_memcmp memcmp
#define ft_memcpy memcpy
#define ft_memmove memmove
#define ft_memset memset
#define ft_strcat strcat
#define ft_strcmp strcmp
#define ft_strcpy strcpy
#define ft_strlen strlen
#define ft_strncmp strncmp
#define ft_strncpy strncpy
#define ft_strrchr strrchr
#define ft_strstr strstr
/**************************************************************************
*
* file handling
*
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#define FT_FILE FILE
#define ft_fclose fclose
#define ft_fopen fopen
#define ft_fread fread
#define ft_fseek fseek
#define ft_ftell ftell
#define ft_snprintf snprintf
/**************************************************************************
*
* sorting
*
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#define ft_qsort qsort
/**************************************************************************
*
* memory allocation
*
*/
#define ft_scalloc calloc
#define ft_sfree free
#define ft_smalloc malloc
#define ft_srealloc realloc
/**************************************************************************
*
* miscellaneous
*
*/
#define ft_strtol strtol
#define ft_getenv getenv
/**************************************************************************
*
* execution control
*
*/
#include <setjmp.h>
#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
/* `jmp_buf` is defined as a macro */
/* on certain platforms */
#define ft_longjmp longjmp
#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
/* The following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
/* `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` or `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE` are defined. */
#include <stdarg.h>
#endif /* FTSTDLIB_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/config/integer-types.h
Generated Vendored
+250
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* config/integer-types.h
*
* FreeType integer types definitions.
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FREETYPE_CONFIG_INTEGER_TYPES_H_
#define FREETYPE_CONFIG_INTEGER_TYPES_H_
/* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char` */
/* has 16~bits. ANSI~C says that `sizeof(char)` is always~1. Since an */
/* `int` has 16~bits also for this system, `sizeof(int)` gives~1 which */
/* is probably unexpected. */
/* */
/* `CHAR_BIT` (defined in `limits.h`) gives the number of bits in a */
/* `char` type. */
#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
#endif
#ifndef FT_SIZEOF_INT
/* The size of an `int` type. */
#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 16 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_INT ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
#endif
#endif /* !defined(FT_SIZEOF_INT) */
#ifndef FT_SIZEOF_LONG
/* The size of a `long` type. A five-byte `long` (as used e.g. on the */
/* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#else
#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
#endif
#endif /* !defined(FT_SIZEOF_LONG) */
#ifndef FT_SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
/* The size of a `long long` type if available */
#if defined( FT_ULLONG_MAX ) && FT_ULLONG_MAX >= 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG_LONG ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#else
#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG_LONG 0
#endif
#endif /* !defined(FT_SIZEOF_LONG_LONG) */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* basic_types
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Int16
*
* @description:
* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type.
*/
typedef signed short FT_Int16;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UInt16
*
* @description:
* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type.
*/
typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
/* */
/* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
#if 0
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Int32
*
* @description:
* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration.
*/
typedef signed XXX FT_Int32;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UInt32
*
* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration.
*/
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Int64
*
* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support;
* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary).
*/
typedef signed XXX FT_Int64;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UInt64
*
* A typedef for a 64bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on the
* configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support;
* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary).
*/
typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt64;
/* */
#endif
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
typedef signed int FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
typedef signed long FT_Int32;
typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
#else
#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
#endif
/* look up an integer type that is at least 32~bits */
#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
typedef int FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= ( 32 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
typedef long FT_Fast;
typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
#endif
/* determine whether we have a 64-bit integer type */
#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#define FT_INT64 long
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long
#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG_LONG >= ( 64 / FT_CHAR_BIT )
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
/**************************************************************************
*
* A 64-bit data type may create compilation problems if you compile in
* strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable other 64-bit data types if
* `__STDC__` is defined. You can however ignore this rule by defining the
* `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64` configuration macro.
*/
#elif !defined( __STDC__ ) || defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
#if defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
/* this compiler provides the `__int64` type */
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
/* XXXX: We should probably check the value of `__BORLANDC__` in order */
/* to test the compiler version. */
/* this compiler provides the `__int64` type */
#define FT_INT64 __int64
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64
#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) && __WATCOMC__ >= 1100 /* Watcom C++ */
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
/* GCC provides the `long long` type */
#define FT_INT64 long long int
#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int
#endif /* !__STDC__ */
#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT) */
#ifdef FT_INT64
typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64;
typedef FT_UINT64 FT_UInt64;
#endif
#endif /* FREETYPE_CONFIG_INTEGER_TYPES_H_ */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/config/mac-support.h
Generated Vendored
+49
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* config/mac-support.h
*
* Mac/OS X support configuration header.
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FREETYPE_CONFIG_MAC_SUPPORT_H_
#define FREETYPE_CONFIG_MAC_SUPPORT_H_
/**************************************************************************
*
* Mac support
*
* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead
* providing a new configuration file.
*/
#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
/* No Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x. */
/* `AvailabilityMacros.h` is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */
/* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion. */
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
#endif
#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
#undef FT_MACINTOSH
#endif
#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
/* Classic MacOS compilers */
#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
#if TARGET_OS_MAC
#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
#endif
#endif /* Mac support */
#endif /* FREETYPE_CONFIG_MAC_SUPPORT_H_ */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/config/public-macros.h
Generated Vendored
+138
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* config/public-macros.h
*
* Define a set of compiler macros used in public FreeType headers.
*
* Copyright (C) 2020-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/*
* The definitions in this file are used by the public FreeType headers
* and thus should be considered part of the public API.
*
* Other compiler-specific macro definitions that are not exposed by the
* FreeType API should go into
* `include/freetype/internal/compiler-macros.h` instead.
*/
#ifndef FREETYPE_CONFIG_PUBLIC_MACROS_H_
#define FREETYPE_CONFIG_PUBLIC_MACROS_H_
/*
* `FT_BEGIN_HEADER` and `FT_END_HEADER` might have already been defined
* by `freetype/config/ftheader.h`, but we don't want to include this
* header here, so redefine the macros here only when needed. Their
* definition is very stable, so keeping them in sync with the ones in the
* header should not be a maintenance issue.
*/
#ifndef FT_BEGIN_HEADER
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
#else
#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* empty */
#endif
#endif /* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
#ifndef FT_END_HEADER
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_END_HEADER }
#else
#define FT_END_HEADER /* empty */
#endif
#endif /* FT_END_HEADER */
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*
* Mark a function declaration as public. This ensures it will be
* properly exported to client code. Place this before a function
* declaration.
*
* NOTE: This macro should be considered an internal implementation
* detail, and not part of the FreeType API. It is only defined here
* because it is needed by `FT_EXPORT`.
*/
/* Visual C, mingw */
#if defined( _WIN32 )
#if defined( FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY ) && defined( DLL_EXPORT )
#define FT_PUBLIC_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE __declspec( dllexport )
#elif defined( DLL_IMPORT )
#define FT_PUBLIC_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE __declspec( dllimport )
#endif
/* gcc, clang */
#elif ( defined( __GNUC__ ) && __GNUC__ >= 4 ) || defined( __clang__ )
#define FT_PUBLIC_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE \
__attribute__(( visibility( "default" ) ))
/* Sun */
#elif defined( __SUNPRO_C ) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x550
#define FT_PUBLIC_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE __global
#endif
#ifndef FT_PUBLIC_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE
#define FT_PUBLIC_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE /* empty */
#endif
/*
* Define a public FreeType API function. This ensures it is properly
* exported or imported at build time. The macro parameter is the
* function's return type as in:
*
* FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
* FT_Object_Method( FT_Object obj,
* ... );
*
* NOTE: This requires that all `FT_EXPORT` uses are inside
* `FT_BEGIN_HEADER ... FT_END_HEADER` blocks. This guarantees that the
* functions are exported with C linkage, even when the header is included
* by a C++ source file.
*/
#define FT_EXPORT( x ) FT_PUBLIC_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE extern x
/*
* `FT_UNUSED` indicates that a given parameter is not used -- this is
* only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings.
*
* Technically, this was not meant to be part of the public API, but some
* third-party code depends on it.
*/
#ifndef FT_UNUSED
#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
#endif
/*
* Support for casts in both C and C++.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_STATIC_CAST( type, var ) static_cast<type>(var)
#define FT_REINTERPRET_CAST( type, var ) reinterpret_cast<type>(var)
#define FT_STATIC_BYTE_CAST( type, var ) \
static_cast<type>( static_cast<unsigned char>( var ) )
#else
#define FT_STATIC_CAST( type, var ) (type)(var)
#define FT_REINTERPRET_CAST( type, var ) (type)(var)
#define FT_STATIC_BYTE_CAST( type, var ) (type)(unsigned char)(var)
#endif
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FREETYPE_CONFIG_PUBLIC_MACROS_H_ */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/freetype.h
Generated Vendored
+5337
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftadvanc.h
Generated Vendored
+188
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftadvanc.h
*
* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 2008-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTADVANC_H_
#define FTADVANC_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* quick_advance
*
* @title:
* Quick retrieval of advance values
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
* glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
* without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @order:
* FT_Get_Advance
* FT_Get_Advances
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY
*
* @description:
* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags` parameter of the
* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions.
*
* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the
* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very quick
* advance computation.
*
* Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, or
* light-hinted can have their advance width computed very quickly.
*
* Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling, and
* hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by comparison.
*/
#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000L
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Advance
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an @FT_Face.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* The source @FT_Face handle.
*
* gindex ::
* The glyph index.
*
* load_flags ::
* A set of bit flags similar to those used when calling
* @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind of advances you need.
*
* @output:
* padvance ::
* The advance value. If scaling is performed (based on the value of
* `load_flags`), the advance value is in 16.16 format. Otherwise, it
* is in font units.
*
* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the vertical advance
* corresponding to a vertical layout. Otherwise, it is the horizontal
* advance in a horizontal layout.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0 means success.
*
* @note:
* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and if
* the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to retrieve
* the advances.
*
* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed by
* the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvance );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Advances
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an @FT_Face.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* The source @FT_Face handle.
*
* start ::
* The first glyph index.
*
* count ::
* The number of advance values you want to retrieve.
*
* load_flags ::
* A set of bit flags similar to those used when calling
* @FT_Load_Glyph.
*
* @output:
* padvance ::
* The advance values. This array, to be provided by the caller, must
* contain at least `count` elements.
*
* If scaling is performed (based on the value of `load_flags`), the
* advance values are in 16.16 format. Otherwise, they are in font
* units.
*
* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the vertical advances
* corresponding to a vertical layout. Otherwise, they are the
* horizontal advances in a horizontal layout.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0 means success.
*
* @note:
* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and if
* the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to retrieve
* the advances.
*
* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't transformed by
* the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt start,
FT_UInt count,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvances );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTADVANC_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftbbox.h
Generated Vendored
+101
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftbbox.h
*
* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding
* boxes.
*
* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical
* reasons. It may well be integrated in 'ftoutln' later.
*
*/
#ifndef FTBBOX_H_
#define FTBBOX_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* outline_processing
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_BBox
*
* @description:
* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower than
* computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced algorithm
* that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes coincide. Otherwise,
* the outline Bezier arcs are traversed to extract their extrema.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the source outline.
*
* @output:
* abbox ::
* The outline's exact bounding box.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with
* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get
* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph at a
* large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can properly shift
* and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, which can be
* eventually converted back to font units.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *abbox );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBBOX_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftbdf.h
Generated Vendored
+212
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftbdf.h
*
* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTBDF_H_
#define FTBDF_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* bdf_fonts
*
* @title:
* BDF and PCF Files
*
* @abstract:
* BDF and PCF specific API.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF and
* PCF fonts.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* BDF_PropertyType
*
* @description:
* A list of BDF property types.
*
* @values:
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
* Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
* Property is a string atom.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
* Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
* Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
*/
typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
{
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
} BDF_PropertyType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given BDF/PCF
* property.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* BDF_PropertyRec
*
* @description:
* This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
*
* @fields:
* type ::
* The property type.
*
* u.atom ::
* The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM. May be
* `NULL`, indicating an empty string.
*
* u.integer ::
* A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
*
* u.cardinal ::
* An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
{
BDF_PropertyType type;
union {
const char* atom;
FT_Int32 integer;
FT_UInt32 cardinal;
} u;
} BDF_PropertyRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to the BDF
* specification.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* acharset_encoding ::
* Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* acharset_registry ::
* Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
const char* *acharset_encoding,
const char* *acharset_registry );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* name ::
* The property name.
*
* @output:
* aproperty ::
* The property.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
* otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
* font.
*
* A 'property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
* ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
* `info->props` array within a `FontRec` structure of a PCF font.
*
* Integer properties are always stored as 'signed' within PCF fonts;
* consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
* for BDF fonts only.
*
* In case of error, `aproperty->type` is always set to
* @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
const char* prop_name,
BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBDF_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftbitmap.h
Generated Vendored
+329
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftbitmap.h
*
* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2004-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTBITMAP_H_
#define FTBITMAP_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#include <freetype/ftcolor.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* bitmap_handling
*
* @title:
* Bitmap Handling
*
* @abstract:
* Handling FT_Bitmap objects.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects,
* automatically adjusting the target's bitmap buffer size as needed.
*
* Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's 'flow' (as
* indicated by the sign of the `pitch` field in @FT_Bitmap).
*
* To set the flow, assign an appropriate positive or negative value to
* the `pitch` field of the target @FT_Bitmap object after calling
* @FT_Bitmap_Init but before calling any of the other functions
* described here.
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Init
*
* @description:
* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure.
*
* @inout:
* abitmap ::
* A pointer to the bitmap structure.
*
* @note:
* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Bitmap_New`.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_Init( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Copy
*
* @description:
* Copy a bitmap into another one.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* source ::
* A handle to the source bitmap.
*
* @output:
* target ::
* A handle to the target bitmap.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* `source->buffer` and `target->buffer` must neither be equal nor
* overlap.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Embolden
*
* @description:
* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength` pixels
* wider and `yStrength` pixels higher. The left and bottom borders are
* kept unchanged.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* xStrength ::
* How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. Expressed in 26.6
* pixel format.
*
* yStrength ::
* How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. Expressed in 26.6
* pixel format.
*
* @inout:
* bitmap ::
* A handle to the target bitmap.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The current implementation restricts `xStrength` to be less than or
* equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO.
*
* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, you
* should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first.
*
* Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format are
* converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp).
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
FT_Pos xStrength,
FT_Pos yStrength );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Convert
*
* @description:
* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp to
* a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per
* line (a.k.a. the 'pitch') a multiple of `alignment`.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* source ::
* The source bitmap.
*
* alignment ::
* The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this argument. Common
* values are 1, 2, or 4.
*
* @output:
* target ::
* The target bitmap.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without
* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated).
*
* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object.
*
* The `library` argument is taken to have access to FreeType's memory
* handling functions.
*
* `source->buffer` and `target->buffer` must neither be equal nor
* overlap.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target,
FT_Int alignment );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Blend
*
* @description:
* Blend a bitmap onto another bitmap, using a given color.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* source ::
* The source bitmap, which can have any @FT_Pixel_Mode format.
*
* source_offset ::
* The offset vector to the upper left corner of the source bitmap in
* 26.6 pixel format. It should represent an integer offset; the
* function will set the lowest six bits to zero to enforce that.
*
* color ::
* The color used to draw `source` onto `target`.
*
* @inout:
* target ::
* A handle to an `FT_Bitmap` object. It should be either initialized
* as empty with a call to @FT_Bitmap_Init, or it should be of type
* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA.
*
* atarget_offset ::
* The offset vector to the upper left corner of the target bitmap in
* 26.6 pixel format. It should represent an integer offset; the
* function will set the lowest six bits to zero to enforce that.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function doesn't perform clipping.
*
* The bitmap in `target` gets allocated or reallocated as needed; the
* vector `atarget_offset` is updated accordingly.
*
* In case of allocation or reallocation, the bitmap's pitch is set to
* `4 * width`. Both `source` and `target` must have the same bitmap
* flow (as indicated by the sign of the `pitch` field).
*
* `source->buffer` and `target->buffer` must neither be equal nor
* overlap.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Blend( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap* source,
const FT_Vector source_offset,
FT_Bitmap* target,
FT_Vector *atarget_offset,
FT_Color color );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap
*
* @description:
* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap`.
*
* @input:
* slot ::
* The glyph slot.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function is to be used in combination with @FT_Bitmap_Embolden.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Bitmap_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy a bitmap object initialized with @FT_Bitmap_Init.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* bitmap ::
* The bitmap object to be freed.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The `library` argument is taken to have access to FreeType's memory
* handling functions.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBITMAP_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftbzip2.h
Generated Vendored
+102
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftbzip2.h
*
* Bzip2-compressed stream support.
*
* Copyright (C) 2010-2023 by
* Joel Klinghed.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTBZIP2_H_
#define FTBZIP2_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* bzip2
*
* @title:
* BZIP2 Streams
*
* @abstract:
* Using bzip2-compressed font files.
*
* @description:
* In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed
* stream from it and re-open the face with it.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream,
* which significantly undermines the performance.
*
* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2` fonts that come with
* XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close` on the new stream will
* **not** call `FT_Stream_Close` on the source stream. None of the
* stream objects will be released to the heap.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTBZIP2_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftcache.h
Generated Vendored
+1087
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftchapters.h
Generated Vendored
+168
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference.
* It is used by the python script that generates the HTML files.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* general_remarks
*
* @title:
* General Remarks
*
* @sections:
* preamble
* header_inclusion
* user_allocation
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* core_api
*
* @title:
* Core API
*
* @sections:
* basic_types
* library_setup
* face_creation
* font_testing_macros
* sizing_and_scaling
* glyph_retrieval
* character_mapping
* information_retrieval
* other_api_data
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* extended_api
*
* @title:
* Extended API
*
* @sections:
* glyph_variants
* color_management
* layer_management
* glyph_management
* mac_specific
* sizes_management
* header_file_macros
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* format_specific
*
* @title:
* Format-Specific API
*
* @sections:
* multiple_masters
* truetype_tables
* type1_tables
* sfnt_names
* bdf_fonts
* cid_fonts
* pfr_fonts
* winfnt_fonts
* svg_fonts
* font_formats
* gasp_table
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* module_specific
*
* @title:
* Controlling FreeType Modules
*
* @sections:
* auto_hinter
* cff_driver
* t1_cid_driver
* tt_driver
* pcf_driver
* ot_svg_driver
* properties
* parameter_tags
* lcd_rendering
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* cache_subsystem
*
* @title:
* Cache Sub-System
*
* @sections:
* cache_subsystem
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* support_api
*
* @title:
* Support API
*
* @sections:
* computations
* list_processing
* outline_processing
* quick_advance
* bitmap_handling
* raster
* glyph_stroker
* system_interface
* module_management
* gzip
* lzw
* bzip2
* debugging_apis
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @chapter:
* error_codes
*
* @title:
* Error Codes
*
* @sections:
* error_enumerations
* error_code_values
*
*/
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftcid.h
Generated Vendored
+167
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftcid.h
*
* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2007-2023 by
* Dereg Clegg and Michael Toftdal.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTCID_H_
#define FTCID_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* cid_fonts
*
* @title:
* CID Fonts
*
* @abstract:
* CID-keyed font-specific API.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font-specific
* functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
* "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* registry ::
* The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* ordering ::
* The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* supplement ::
* The supplement.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.6
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
const char* *registry,
const char* *ordering,
FT_Int *supplement );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In contrast
* to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns successfully also
* for CID-keyed fonts in an SFNT wrapper.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* is_cid ::
* The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, returning
* an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
FT_Bool *is_cid );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* glyph_index ::
* The input glyph index.
*
* @output:
* cid ::
* The CID as an @FT_UInt.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, returning
* an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_UInt *cid );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTCID_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftcolor.h
Generated Vendored
+1667
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftdriver.h
Generated Vendored
+1246
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/fterrdef.h
Generated Vendored
+283
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* fterrdef.h
*
* FreeType error codes (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* error_code_values
*
* @title:
* Error Code Values
*
* @abstract:
* All possible error codes returned by FreeType functions.
*
* @description:
* The list below is taken verbatim from the file `fterrdef.h` (loaded
* automatically by including `FT_FREETYPE_H`). The first argument of the
* `FT_ERROR_DEF_` macro is the error label; by default, the prefix
* `FT_Err_` gets added so that you get error names like
* `FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource`. The second argument is the error code,
* and the last argument an error string, which is not used by FreeType.
*
* Within your application you should **only** use error names and
* **never** its numeric values! The latter might (and actually do)
* change in forthcoming FreeType versions.
*
* Macro `FT_NOERRORDEF_` defines `FT_Err_Ok`, which is always zero. See
* the 'Error Enumerations' subsection how to automatically generate a
* list of error strings.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Err_XXX
*
*/
/* generic errors */
FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00,
"no error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01,
"cannot open resource" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02,
"unknown file format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03,
"broken file" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04,
"invalid FreeType version" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05,
"module version is too low" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06,
"invalid argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07,
"unimplemented feature" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08,
"broken table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09,
"broken offset within table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A,
"array allocation size too large" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B,
"missing module" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C,
"missing property" )
/* glyph/character errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10,
"invalid glyph index" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11,
"invalid character code" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12,
"unsupported glyph image format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13,
"cannot render this glyph format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14,
"invalid outline" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15,
"invalid composite glyph" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16,
"too many hints" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17,
"invalid pixel size" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_SVG_Document, 0x18,
"invalid SVG document" )
/* handle errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20,
"invalid object handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21,
"invalid library handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22,
"invalid module handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23,
"invalid face handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24,
"invalid size handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25,
"invalid glyph slot handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26,
"invalid charmap handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27,
"invalid cache manager handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28,
"invalid stream handle" )
/* driver errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30,
"too many modules" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31,
"too many extensions" )
/* memory errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40,
"out of memory" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41,
"unlisted object" )
/* stream errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51,
"cannot open stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52,
"invalid stream seek" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53,
"invalid stream skip" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54,
"invalid stream read" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55,
"invalid stream operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56,
"invalid frame operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57,
"nested frame access" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58,
"invalid frame read" )
/* raster errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60,
"raster uninitialized" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61,
"raster corrupted" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62,
"raster overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63,
"negative height while rastering" )
/* cache errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70,
"too many registered caches" )
/* TrueType and SFNT errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80,
"invalid opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81,
"too few arguments" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82,
"stack overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83,
"code overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84,
"bad argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85,
"division by zero" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86,
"invalid reference" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87,
"found debug opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88,
"found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89,
"nested DEFS" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A,
"invalid code range" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B,
"execution context too long" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C,
"too many function definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D,
"too many instruction definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E,
"SFNT font table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F,
"horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90,
"locations (loca) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91,
"name table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92,
"character map (cmap) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93,
"horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94,
"PostScript (post) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95,
"invalid horizontal metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96,
"invalid character map (cmap) format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97,
"invalid ppem value" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98,
"invalid vertical metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99,
"could not find context" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A,
"invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B,
"invalid PostScript (post) table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( DEF_In_Glyf_Bytecode, 0x9C,
"found FDEF or IDEF opcode in glyf bytecode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bitmap, 0x9D,
"missing bitmap in strike" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_SVG_Hooks, 0x9E,
"SVG hooks have not been set" )
/* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0,
"opcode syntax error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1,
"argument stack underflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2,
"ignore" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3,
"no Unicode glyph name found" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4,
"glyph too big for hinting" )
/* BDF errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0,
"`STARTFONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1,
"`FONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2,
"`SIZE' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3,
"`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4,
"`CHARS' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5,
"`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6,
"`ENCODING' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7,
"`BBX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8,
"`BBX' too big" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9,
"Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA,
"Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
/* */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/fterrors.h
Generated Vendored
+296
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* fterrors.h
*
* FreeType error code handling (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* error_enumerations
*
* @title:
* Error Enumerations
*
* @abstract:
* How to handle errors and error strings.
*
* @description:
* The header file `fterrors.h` (which is automatically included by
* `freetype.h`) defines the handling of FreeType's enumeration
* constants. It can also be used to generate error message strings
* with a small macro trick explained below.
*
* **Error Formats**
*
* The configuration macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS` can be
* defined in `ftoption.h` in order to make the higher byte indicate the
* module where the error has happened (this is not compatible with
* standard builds of FreeType~2, however). See the file `ftmoderr.h`
* for more details.
*
* **Error Message Strings**
*
* Error definitions are set up with special macros that allow client
* applications to build a table of error message strings. The strings
* are not included in a normal build of FreeType~2 to save space (most
* client applications do not use them).
*
* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including
* this file.
*
* ```
* FT_ERROR_START_LIST
* ```
*
* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of the
* error list. It is followed by several `FT_ERROR_DEF` calls.
*
* ```
* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s )
* ```
*
* This macro is called to define one single error. 'e' is the error
* code identifier (e.g., `Invalid_Argument`), 'v' is the error's
* numerical value, and 's' is the corresponding error string.
*
* ```
* FT_ERROR_END_LIST
* ```
*
* This macro ends the list.
*
* Additionally, you have to undefine `FTERRORS_H_` before #including
* this file.
*
* Here is a simple example.
*
* ```
* #undef FTERRORS_H_
* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s },
* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST {
* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, NULL } };
*
* const struct
* {
* int err_code;
* const char* err_msg;
* } ft_errors[] =
*
* #include <freetype/fterrors.h>
* ```
*
* An alternative to using an array is a switch statement.
*
* ```
* #undef FTERRORS_H_
* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST switch ( error_code ) {
* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) case v: return s;
* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST }
* ```
*
* If you use `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS`, `error_code` should
* be replaced with `FT_ERROR_BASE(error_code)` in the last example.
*/
/* */
/* In previous FreeType versions we used `__FTERRORS_H__`. However, */
/* using two successive underscores in a non-system symbol name */
/* violates the C (and C++) standard, so it was changed to the */
/* current form. In spite of this, we have to make */
/* */
/* ``` */
/* #undefine __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* ``` */
/* */
/* work for backward compatibility. */
/* */
#if !( defined( FTERRORS_H_ ) && defined ( __FTERRORS_H__ ) )
#define FTERRORS_H_
#define __FTERRORS_H__
/* include module base error codes */
#include <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
/* By default, we use `FT_Err_`. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
#endif
/* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
#endif
#else
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
/* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
/* enumeration type. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
#define FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS
#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
/* this macro is used to define an error */
#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
/* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#endif
/* now include the error codes */
#include <freetype/fterrdef.h>
#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#undef FT_ERRORDEF
#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */
#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#endif
/* FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS: Control whether function prototypes should be */
/* included with */
/* */
/* #include <freetype/fterrors.h> */
/* */
/* This is only true where `FT_ERRORDEF` is */
/* undefined. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED: Actual multiple-inclusion protection of */
/* `fterrors.h`. */
#ifdef FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS
#undef FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS
#ifndef FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED
#define FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Error_String
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the description of a valid FreeType error code.
*
* @input:
* error_code ::
* A valid FreeType error code.
*
* @return:
* A C~string or `NULL`, if any error occurred.
*
* @note:
* FreeType has to be compiled with `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ERROR_STRINGS` or
* `FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR` to get meaningful descriptions.
* 'error_string' will be `NULL` otherwise.
*
* Module identification will be ignored:
*
* ```c
* strcmp( FT_Error_String( FT_Err_Unknown_File_Format ),
* FT_Error_String( BDF_Err_Unknown_File_Format ) ) == 0;
* ```
*/
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Error_String( FT_Error error_code );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FT_ERR_PROTOS_DEFINED */
#endif /* FT_INCLUDE_ERR_PROTOS */
#endif /* !(FTERRORS_H_ && __FTERRORS_H__) */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftfntfmt.h
Generated Vendored
+93
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftfntfmt.h
*
* Support functions for font formats.
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTFNTFMT_H_
#define FTFNTFMT_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* font_formats
*
* @title:
* Font Formats
*
* @abstract:
* Getting the font format.
*
* @description:
* The single function in this section can be used to get the font format.
* Note that this information is not needed normally; however, there are
* special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is important to
* differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Font_Format
*
* @description:
* Return a string describing the format of a given face. Possible values
* are 'TrueType', 'Type~1', 'BDF', 'PCF', 'Type~42', 'CID~Type~1', 'CFF',
* 'PFR', and 'Windows~FNT'.
*
* The return value is suitable to be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* Input face handle.
*
* @return:
* Font format string. `NULL` in case of error.
*
* @note:
* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Get_X11_Font_Format`.
*/
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTFNTFMT_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftgasp.h
Generated Vendored
+143
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftgasp.h
*
* Access of TrueType's 'gasp' table (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2007-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTGASP_H_
#define FTGASP_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gasp_table
*
* @title:
* Gasp Table
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieving TrueType 'gasp' table entries.
*
* @description:
* The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
* font for specific entries in its 'gasp' table, if any. This is mainly
* useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the bytecode
* interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_GASP_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
* function.
*
* @values:
* FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
* This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
* It is up to the client to decide what to do.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
* This **really** means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit
* is not set, no hinting gets applied.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
* Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
* If not set, do monochrome rendering.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
* If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
*
* @note:
* The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT` and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY` are to be
* used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that,
* `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING` and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT` are to
* be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT` and
* `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY` are consequently ignored).
*
* 'ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
* protected by patents.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x04
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Gasp
*
* @description:
* For a TrueType or OpenType font file, return the rasterizer behaviour
* flags from the font's 'gasp' table corresponding to a given character
* pixel size.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* The source face handle.
*
* ppem ::
* The vertical character pixel size.
*
* @return:
* Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
* 'gasp' table in the face.
*
* @note:
* If you want to use the MM functionality of OpenType variation fonts
* (i.e., using @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates and friends), call this
* function **after** setting an instance since the return values can
* change.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt ppem );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGASP_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftglyph.h
Generated Vendored
+750
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,750 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftglyph.h
*
* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions that
* can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph bitmaps and
* outlines from a given face.
*
* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server or
* text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty handy
* for many other simple uses of the library.
*
*/
#ifndef FTGLYPH_H_
#define FTGLYPH_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* glyph_management
*
* @title:
* Glyph Management
*
* @abstract:
* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data.
*
* @description:
* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data through
* generic @FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a bitmap,
* a vector outline, or even images in other formats. These objects are
* detached from @FT_Face, contrary to @FT_GlyphSlot.
*
*/
/* forward declaration to a private type */
typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Glyph
*
* @description:
* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a
* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph bitmap
* or pointer.
*
* @note:
* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release
* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling
* @FT_Done_FreeType.
*/
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_GlyphRec
*
* @description:
* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its advance
* width in 16.16 fixed-point format.
*
* @fields:
* library ::
* A handle to the FreeType library object.
*
* clazz ::
* A pointer to the glyph's class. Private.
*
* format ::
* The format of the glyph's image.
*
* advance ::
* A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width.
*/
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
{
FT_Library library;
const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
FT_Glyph_Format format;
FT_Vector advance;
} FT_GlyphRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_BitmapGlyph
*
* @description:
* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is a
* 'sub-class' of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec.
*/
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_BitmapGlyphRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a
* 'sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.
*
* @fields:
* root ::
* The root fields of @FT_Glyph.
*
* left ::
* The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance from the
* current pen position to the left border of the glyph bitmap.
*
* top ::
* The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from the current
* pen position to the top border of the glyph bitmap. This distance
* is positive for upwards~y!
*
* bitmap ::
* A descriptor for the bitmap.
*
* @note:
* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have
* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP`. This lets you access the
* bitmap's contents easily.
*
* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph and
* is thus created and destroyed with it.
*/
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Int left;
FT_Int top;
FT_Bitmap bitmap;
} FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_OutlineGlyph
*
* @description:
* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This is a
* 'sub-class' of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec.
*/
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_OutlineGlyphRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This really is
* a 'sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec.
*
* @fields:
* root ::
* The root @FT_Glyph fields.
*
* outline ::
* A descriptor for the outline.
*
* @note:
* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have
* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE`. This lets you access the
* outline's content easily.
*
* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are
* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE
* was used in @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char.
*
* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are destroyed
* with it.
*/
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Outline outline;
} FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_SvgGlyph
*
* @description:
* A handle to an object used to model an SVG glyph. This is a
* 'sub-class' of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_SvgGlyphRec.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef struct FT_SvgGlyphRec_* FT_SvgGlyph;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_SvgGlyphRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used for OT-SVG glyphs. This is a 'sub-class' of
* @FT_GlyphRec.
*
* @fields:
* root ::
* The root @FT_GlyphRec fields.
*
* svg_document ::
* A pointer to the SVG document.
*
* svg_document_length ::
* The length of `svg_document`.
*
* glyph_index ::
* The index of the glyph to be rendered.
*
* metrics ::
* A metrics object storing the size information.
*
* units_per_EM ::
* The size of the EM square.
*
* start_glyph_id ::
* The first glyph ID in the glyph range covered by this document.
*
* end_glyph_id ::
* The last glyph ID in the glyph range covered by this document.
*
* transform ::
* A 2x2 transformation matrix to apply to the glyph while rendering
* it.
*
* delta ::
* Translation to apply to the glyph while rendering.
*
* @note:
* The Glyph Management API requires @FT_Glyph or its 'sub-class' to have
* all the information needed to completely define the glyph's rendering.
* Outline-based glyphs can directly apply transformations to the outline
* but this is not possible for an SVG document that hasn't been parsed.
* Therefore, the transformation is stored along with the document. In
* the absence of a 'ViewBox' or 'Width'/'Height' attribute, the size of
* the ViewPort should be assumed to be 'units_per_EM'.
*/
typedef struct FT_SvgGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Byte* svg_document;
FT_ULong svg_document_length;
FT_UInt glyph_index;
FT_Size_Metrics metrics;
FT_UShort units_per_EM;
FT_UShort start_glyph_id;
FT_UShort end_glyph_id;
FT_Matrix transform;
FT_Vector delta;
} FT_SvgGlyphRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Glyph
*
* @description:
* A function used to create a new empty glyph image. Note that the
* created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the FreeType library object.
*
* format ::
* The format of the glyph's image.
*
* @output:
* aglyph ::
* A handle to the glyph object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Glyph( FT_Library library,
FT_Glyph_Format format,
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Glyph
*
* @description:
* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that the
* created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.
*
* @input:
* slot ::
* A handle to the source glyph slot.
*
* @output:
* aglyph ::
* A handle to the glyph object. `NULL` in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Because `*aglyph->advance.x` and `*aglyph->advance.y` are 16.16
* fixed-point numbers, `slot->advance.x` and `slot->advance.y` (which
* are in 26.6 fixed-point format) must be in the range ]-32768;32768[.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Copy
*
* @description:
* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created
* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph.
*
* @input:
* source ::
* A handle to the source glyph object.
*
* @output:
* target ::
* A handle to the target glyph object. `NULL` in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph *target );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Transform
*
* @description:
* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable.
*
* @inout:
* glyph ::
* A handle to the target glyph object.
*
* @input:
* matrix ::
* A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply.
*
* delta ::
* A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are expressed in
* 1/64 of a pixel.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable).
*
* @note:
* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's advance
* vector.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode
*
* @description:
* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned.
*
* @values:
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED ::
* Return unscaled font units.
*
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS ::
* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates.
*
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT ::
* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates.
*
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE ::
* Return coordinates in integer pixels.
*
* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS ::
* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates.
*/
typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
{
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
} FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode` values instead */
#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox
*
* @description:
* Return a glyph's 'control box'. The control box encloses all the
* outline's points, including Bezier control points. Though it
* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be
* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline that
* contains Bezier outside arcs).
*
* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding box
* can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments and arcs
* in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the 'ftbbox'
* component, which is dedicated to this single task.
*
* @input:
* glyph ::
* A handle to the source glyph object.
*
* mode ::
* The mode that indicates how to interpret the returned bounding box
* values.
*
* @output:
* acbox ::
* The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are expressed in
* 1/64 of pixels if it is grid-fitted.
*
* @note:
* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards
* convention.
*
* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode` must
* be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font units in 26.6
* pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS is another name for
* this constant.
*
* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with
* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get
* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph at a
* large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can properly shift
* and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox, which can be
* eventually converted back to font units.
*
* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that one
* can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in integer
* or 26.6 pixels) as:
*
* ```
* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin;
* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin;
* ```
*
* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode` is set to
* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted,
* which corresponds to:
*
* ```
* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin);
* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin);
* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax);
* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax);
* ```
*
* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode` to
* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE.
*
* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode` to
* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_UInt bbox_mode,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap
*
* @description:
* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object.
*
* @inout:
* the_glyph ::
* A pointer to a handle to the target glyph.
*
* @input:
* render_mode ::
* An enumeration that describes how the data is rendered.
*
* origin ::
* A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph image before
* rendering. Can be~0 (if no translation). The origin is expressed
* in 26.6 pixels.
*
* destroy ::
* A boolean that indicates that the original glyph image should be
* destroyed by this function. It is never destroyed in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable.
*
* The glyph image is translated with the `origin` vector before
* rendering.
*
* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle that will be
* _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). Typically,
* you would do something like the following (omitting error handling).
*
* ```
* FT_Glyph glyph;
* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap;
*
*
* // load glyph
* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );
*
* // extract glyph image
* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph );
*
* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old)
* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP )
* {
* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL,
* 0, 1 );
* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged
* ...
* }
*
* // access bitmap content by typecasting
* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph;
*
* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing
* ...
*
* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not)
* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph );
* ```
*
* Here is another example, again without error handling.
*
* ```
* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS]
*
*
* ...
*
* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )
* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) ||
* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyphs[idx] );
*
* ...
*
* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )
* {
* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx];
*
*
* ...
*
* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into
* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed)
* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 );
*
* ...
*
* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap );
* }
*
* ...
*
* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ )
* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] );
* ```
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
const FT_Vector* origin,
FT_Bool destroy );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Done_Glyph
*
* @description:
* Destroy a given glyph.
*
* @input:
* glyph ::
* A handle to the target glyph object. Can be `NULL`.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
/* */
/* other helpful functions */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* computations
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Matrix_Multiply
*
* @description:
* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b`.
*
* @input:
* a ::
* A pointer to matrix `a`.
*
* @inout:
* b ::
* A pointer to matrix `b`.
*
* @note:
* The result is undefined if either `a` or `b` is zero.
*
* Since the function uses wrap-around arithmetic, results become
* meaningless if the arguments are very large.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
FT_Matrix* b );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Matrix_Invert
*
* @description:
* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted.
*
* @inout:
* matrix ::
* A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGLYPH_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftgxval.h
Generated Vendored
+354
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftgxval.h
*
* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2004-2023 by
* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K,
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module.
* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology
* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan.
*
*/
#ifndef FTGXVAL_H_
#define FTGXVAL_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gx_validation
*
* @title:
* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation
*
* @abstract:
* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate some
* TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak,
* prop, lcar).
*
* @order:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
*
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
*
* Warning: Use `FT_VALIDATE_XXX` to validate a table.
* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers.
*
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
*
* @description:
* The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
* for the `table-length` argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1 )
/* */
/* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
* indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
* Validate 'feat' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
* Validate 'mort' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
* Validate 'morx' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
* Validate 'bsln' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_just ::
* Validate 'just' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
* Validate 'kern' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
* Validate 'opbd' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
* Validate 'trak' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
* Validate 'prop' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
* Validate 'lcar' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
* Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
* opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
FT_VALIDATE_just | \
FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
*
* table_length ::
* The size of the `tables` array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
* should be passed.
*
* @output:
* tables ::
* The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored. The array
* itself must be allocated by a client.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* each `tables` element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A `NULL` value
* indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
* application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
* the ability to validate the sfnt table.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
FT_UInt table_length );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer allocated by @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate to
* indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected type
* doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as invalid.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
* Handle the 'kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
* Handle the 'kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
* Handle the 'kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the
* offsets and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level
* library that actually does the text layout can access those tables
* without error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* The 'kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
* the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the dialect to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* ckern_table ::
* A pointer to the kern table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* `ckern_table`, by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A `NULL` value
* indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGXVAL_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftgzip.h
Generated Vendored
+151
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftgzip.h
*
* Gzip-compressed stream support.
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTGZIP_H_
#define FTGZIP_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gzip
*
* @title:
* GZIP Streams
*
* @abstract:
* Using gzip-compressed font files.
*
* @description:
* In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from it
* and re-open the face with it.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream,
* which significantly undermines the performance.
*
* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenGzip
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is mainly
* used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz` fonts that come with
* XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close` on the new stream will
* **not** call `FT_Stream_Close` on the source stream. None of the
* stream objects will be released to the heap.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Gzip_Uncompress
*
* @description:
* Decompress a zipped input buffer into an output buffer. This function
* is modeled after zlib's `uncompress` function.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A FreeType memory handle.
*
* input ::
* The input buffer.
*
* input_len ::
* The length of the input buffer.
*
* @output:
* output ::
* The output buffer.
*
* @inout:
* output_len ::
* Before calling the function, this is the total size of the output
* buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire uncompressed
* data (so the size of the uncompressed data must be known in
* advance). After calling the function, `output_len` is the size of
* the used data in `output`.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*
* @since:
* 2.5.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Gzip_Uncompress( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Byte* output,
FT_ULong* output_len,
const FT_Byte* input,
FT_ULong input_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTGZIP_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftimage.h
Generated Vendored
+1284
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftincrem.h
Generated Vendored
+348
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftincrem.h
*
* FreeType incremental loading (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTINCREM_H_
#define FTINCREM_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#include <freetype/ftparams.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* incremental
*
* @title:
* Incremental Loading
*
* @abstract:
* Custom Glyph Loading.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
* 'incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
* from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application.
*
* Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
* file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
* engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
*
* To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
* @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
* @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
* @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental
*
* @description:
* An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
* 'incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
* embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript
* interpreters), where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be
* overridden by different values.
*
* @note:
* It is up to client applications to create and implement
* @FT_Incremental objects, as long as they provide implementations for
* the methods @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc,
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc and
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
* See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
* to use incremental objects with FreeType.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
*
* @description:
* A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned by
* the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
*
* @fields:
* bearing_x ::
* Left bearing, in font units.
*
* bearing_y ::
* Top bearing, in font units.
*
* advance ::
* Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* advance_v ::
* Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* @note:
* These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
* value of the `vertical` argument to the function
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
{
FT_Long bearing_x;
FT_Long bearing_y;
FT_Long advance;
FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
} FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_Metrics
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
* during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
* enabled.
*
* Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
* file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
* the 'glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
* **unencrypted** charstring bytes, without any `lenIV` header. It is
* undefined for any other format.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* @output:
* adata ::
* A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
* accessed as a read-only byte block).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If this function returns successfully the method
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release the
* data bytes.
*
* Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
* compound glyphs.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Data* adata );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
* successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* data ::
* A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
* as a read-only byte block).
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_Data* data );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
* before accessing its data. This allows for handling font types such
* as PCL~XL Format~1, Class~2 downloaded TrueType fonts, where the glyph
* metrics (`hmtx` and `vmtx` tables) are permitted to be omitted from
* the font, and the relevant metrics included in the header of the glyph
* outline data. Importantly, this is not intended to allow custom glyph
* metrics (for example, Postscript Metrics dictionaries), because that
* conflicts with the requirements of outline hinting. Such custom
* metrics must be handled separately, by the calling application.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* vertical ::
* If true, return vertical metrics.
*
* ametrics ::
* This parameter is used for both input and output. The original
* glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are not available
* all the values must be set to zero.
*
* @output:
* ametrics ::
* The glyph metrics in font units.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Bool vertical,
FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
*
* @description:
* A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data incrementally.
* Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
*
* @fields:
* get_glyph_data ::
* The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* free_glyph_data ::
* The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* get_glyph_metrics ::
* The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does not
* require it.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
{
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
} FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
*
* @description:
* A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
* wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
* @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
*
* ```
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
* FT_Parameter parameter;
* FT_Open_Args open_args;
*
*
* // set up incremental descriptor
* inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
* inc_int.object = my_object;
*
* // set up optional parameter
* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
* parameter.data = &inc_int;
*
* // set up FT_Open_Args structure
* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
* open_args.num_params = 1;
* open_args.params = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
*
* // open the font
* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
* ...
* ```
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
{
const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
FT_Incremental object;
} FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_Interface
*
* @description:
* A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
*
*/
typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTINCREM_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftlcdfil.h
Generated Vendored
+323
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftlcdfil.h
*
* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs
* (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTLCDFIL_H_
#define FTLCDFIL_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#include <freetype/ftparams.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* lcd_rendering
*
* @title:
* Subpixel Rendering
*
* @abstract:
* API to control subpixel rendering.
*
* @description:
* FreeType provides two alternative subpixel rendering technologies.
* Should you define `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` in your
* `ftoption.h` file, this enables ClearType-style rendering.
* Otherwise, Harmony LCD rendering is enabled. These technologies are
* controlled differently and API described below, although always
* available, performs its function when appropriate method is enabled
* and does nothing otherwise.
*
* ClearType-style LCD rendering exploits the color-striped structure of
* LCD pixels, increasing the available resolution in the direction of
* the stripe (usually horizontal RGB) by a factor of~3. Using the
* subpixel coverages unfiltered can create severe color fringes
* especially when rendering thin features. Indeed, to produce
* black-on-white text, the nearby color subpixels must be dimmed
* evenly. Therefore, an equalizing 5-tap FIR filter should be applied
* to subpixel coverages regardless of pixel boundaries and should have
* these properties:
*
* 1. It should be symmetrical, like {~a, b, c, b, a~}, to avoid
* any shifts in appearance.
*
* 2. It should be color-balanced, meaning a~+ b~=~c, to reduce color
* fringes by distributing the computed coverage for one subpixel to
* all subpixels equally.
*
* 3. It should be normalized, meaning 2a~+ 2b~+ c~=~1.0 to maintain
* overall brightness.
*
* Boxy 3-tap filter {0, 1/3, 1/3, 1/3, 0} is sharper but is less
* forgiving of non-ideal gamma curves of a screen (and viewing angles),
* beveled filters are fuzzier but more tolerant.
*
* Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter or @FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
* API to specify a low-pass filter, which is then applied to
* subpixel-rendered bitmaps generated through @FT_Render_Glyph.
*
* Harmony LCD rendering is suitable to panels with any regular subpixel
* structure, not just monitors with 3 color striped subpixels, as long
* as the color subpixels have fixed positions relative to the pixel
* center. In this case, each color channel can be rendered separately
* after shifting the outline opposite to the subpixel shift so that the
* coverage maps are aligned. This method is immune to color fringes
* because the shifts do not change integral coverage.
*
* The subpixel geometry must be specified by xy-coordinates for each
* subpixel. By convention they may come in the RGB order: {{-1/3, 0},
* {0, 0}, {1/3, 0}} for standard RGB striped panel or {{-1/6, 1/4},
* {-1/6, -1/4}, {1/3, 0}} for a certain PenTile panel.
*
* Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdGeometry API to specify subpixel positions.
* If one follows the RGB order convention, the same order applies to the
* resulting @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V bitmaps. Note,
* however, that the coordinate frame for the latter must be rotated
* clockwise. Harmony with default LCD geometry is equivalent to
* ClearType with light filter.
*
* As a result of ClearType filtering or Harmony shifts, the resulting
* dimensions of LCD bitmaps can be slightly wider or taller than the
* dimensions the original outline with regard to the pixel grid.
* For example, for @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds 2~subpixels to
* the left, and 2~subpixels to the right. The bitmap offset values are
* adjusted accordingly, so clients shouldn't need to modify their layout
* and glyph positioning code when enabling the filter.
*
* The ClearType and Harmony rendering is applicable to glyph bitmaps
* rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph, @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, and
* @FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap, when @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V
* is specified. This API does not control @FT_Outline_Render and
* @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
*
* The described algorithms can completely remove color artefacts when
* combined with gamma-corrected alpha blending in linear space. Each of
* the 3~alpha values (subpixels) must by independently used to blend one
* color channel. That is, red alpha blends the red channel of the text
* color with the red channel of the background pixel.
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_LcdFilter
*
* @description:
* A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
*
* @values:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
* Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
* results in sometimes severe color fringes.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
* This is a beveled, normalized, and color-balanced five-tap filter
* with weights of [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08] in 1/256 units.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
* this is a boxy, normalized, and color-balanced three-tap filter with
* weights of [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00] in 1/256 units.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 ::
* This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
* provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
* fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
* This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
* disabled or stay unsupported in the future. The second value is
* provided for compatibility with FontConfig, which historically used
* different enumeration, sometimes incorrectly forwarded to FreeType.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0 (`FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1` since 2.6.2)
*/
typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
{
FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 = 3,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
} FT_LcdFilter;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
*
* @description:
* This function is used to change filter applied to LCD decimated
* bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* filter ::
* The filter type.
*
* You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work well
* on most LCD screens.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Since 2.10.3 the LCD filtering is enabled with @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT.
* It is no longer necessary to call this function explicitly except
* to choose a different filter or disable filtering altogether with
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE.
*
* This function does nothing but returns `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature`
* if the configuration macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` is
* not defined in your build of the library.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
FT_LcdFilter filter );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
*
* @description:
* This function can be used to enable LCD filter with custom weights,
* instead of using presets in @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* weights ::
* A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
* uses them to specify the filter weights in 1/256 units.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function does nothing but returns `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature`
* if the configuration macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` is
* not defined in your build of the library.
*
* LCD filter weights can also be set per face using @FT_Face_Properties
* with @FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
unsigned char *weights );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_LcdFiveTapFilter
*
* @description:
* A typedef for passing the five LCD filter weights to
* @FT_Face_Properties within an @FT_Parameter structure.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS 5
typedef FT_Byte FT_LcdFiveTapFilter[FT_LCD_FILTER_FIVE_TAPS];
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Library_SetLcdGeometry
*
* @description:
* This function can be used to modify default positions of color
* subpixels, which controls Harmony LCD rendering.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* sub ::
* A pointer to an array of 3 vectors in 26.6 fractional pixel format;
* the function modifies the default values, see the note below.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Subpixel geometry examples:
*
* - {{-21, 0}, {0, 0}, {21, 0}} is the default, corresponding to 3 color
* stripes shifted by a third of a pixel. This could be an RGB panel.
*
* - {{21, 0}, {0, 0}, {-21, 0}} looks the same as the default but can
* specify a BGR panel instead, while keeping the bitmap in the same
* RGB888 format.
*
* - {{0, 21}, {0, 0}, {0, -21}} is the vertical RGB, but the bitmap
* stays RGB888 as a result.
*
* - {{-11, 16}, {-11, -16}, {22, 0}} is a certain PenTile arrangement.
*
* This function does nothing and returns `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature`
* in the context of ClearType-style subpixel rendering when
* `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING` is defined in your build of the
* library.
*
* @since:
* 2.10.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdGeometry( FT_Library library,
FT_Vector sub[3] );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLCDFIL_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftlist.h
Generated Vendored
+296
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftlist.h
*
* Generic list support for FreeType (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its data
* structures are defined in `freetype.h`.
*
*/
#ifndef FTLIST_H_
#define FTLIST_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* list_processing
*
* @title:
* List Processing
*
* @abstract:
* Simple management of lists.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various definitions related to list processing
* using doubly-linked nodes.
*
* @order:
* FT_List
* FT_ListNode
* FT_ListRec
* FT_ListNodeRec
*
* FT_List_Add
* FT_List_Insert
* FT_List_Find
* FT_List_Remove
* FT_List_Up
* FT_List_Iterate
* FT_List_Iterator
* FT_List_Finalize
* FT_List_Destructor
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Find
*
* @description:
* Find the list node for a given listed object.
*
* @input:
* list ::
* A pointer to the parent list.
* data ::
* The address of the listed object.
*
* @return:
* List node. `NULL` if it wasn't found.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
void* data );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Add
*
* @description:
* Append an element to the end of a list.
*
* @inout:
* list ::
* A pointer to the parent list.
* node ::
* The node to append.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Insert
*
* @description:
* Insert an element at the head of a list.
*
* @inout:
* list ::
* A pointer to parent list.
* node ::
* The node to insert.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Remove
*
* @description:
* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether the
* node is in the list!
*
* @input:
* node ::
* The node to remove.
*
* @inout:
* list ::
* A pointer to the parent list.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Up
*
* @description:
* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU lists.
*
* @inout:
* list ::
* A pointer to the parent list.
* node ::
* The node to move.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_List_Iterator
*
* @description:
* An FT_List iterator function that is called during a list parse by
* @FT_List_Iterate.
*
* @input:
* node ::
* The current iteration list node.
*
* user ::
* A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. Can be used to point
* to the iteration's state.
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
void* user );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Iterate
*
* @description:
* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element.
* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls
* returns a non-zero value.
*
* @input:
* list ::
* A handle to the list.
* iterator ::
* An iterator function, called on each node of the list.
* user ::
* A user-supplied field that is passed as the second argument to the
* iterator.
*
* @return:
* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
FT_List_Iterator iterator,
void* user );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_List_Destructor
*
* @description:
* An @FT_List iterator function that is called during a list
* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a given
* list.
*
* @input:
* system ::
* The current system object.
*
* data ::
* The current object to destroy.
*
* user ::
* A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can be used to
* point to the iteration's state.
*/
typedef void
(*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
void* data,
void* user );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_List_Finalize
*
* @description:
* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself.
*
* @input:
* list ::
* A handle to the list.
*
* destroy ::
* A list destructor that will be applied to each element of the list.
* Set this to `NULL` if not needed.
*
* memory ::
* The current memory object that handles deallocation.
*
* user ::
* A user-supplied field that is passed as the last argument to the
* destructor.
*
* @note:
* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or
* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
FT_List_Destructor destroy,
FT_Memory memory,
void* user );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLIST_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftlzw.h
Generated Vendored
+100
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftlzw.h
*
* LZW-compressed stream support.
*
* Copyright (C) 2004-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTLZW_H_
#define FTLZW_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* lzw
*
* @title:
* LZW Streams
*
* @abstract:
* Using LZW-compressed font files.
*
* @description:
* In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it and
* re-open the face with it.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream,
* which significantly undermines the performance.
*
* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenLZW
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is mainly
* used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z` fonts that come with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close` on the new stream will
* **not** call `FT_Stream_Close` on the source stream. None of the
* stream objects will be released to the heap.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature` if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTLZW_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftmac.h
Generated Vendored
+289
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftmac.h
*
* Additional Mac-specific API.
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
* NOTE: Include this file after `FT_FREETYPE_H` and after any
* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as
* 'Handle', 'FSSpec', 'FSRef', etc.)
*
*/
#ifndef FTMAC_H_
#define FTMAC_H_
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* gcc-3.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#if defined( __GNUC__ ) && \
( ( __GNUC__ >= 4 ) || \
( ( __GNUC__ == 3 ) && ( __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1 ) ) )
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__(( deprecated ))
#else
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#endif
#endif
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* mac_specific
*
* @title:
* Mac Specific Interface
*
* @abstract:
* Only available on the Macintosh.
*
* @description:
* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is compiled
* on a Macintosh.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Face_From_FOND
*
* @description:
* Create a new face object from a FOND resource.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library resource.
*
* @input:
* fond ::
* A FOND resource.
*
* face_index ::
* Only supported for the -1 'sanity check' special case.
*
* @output:
* aface ::
* A handle to a new face object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @example:
* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts that
* are installed in the system as follows.
*
* ```
* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName );
* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face );
* ```
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
Handle fond,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name
*
* @description:
* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.
*
* @input:
* fontName ::
* Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman Bold).
*
* @output:
* pathSpec ::
* FSSpec to the file. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
*
* face_index ::
* Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name
*
* @description:
* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font.
*
* @input:
* fontName ::
* Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.
*
* @output:
* pathSpec ::
* FSSpec to the file. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
*
* face_index ::
* Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name
*
* @description:
* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font name
* that is handled by ATS framework.
*
* @input:
* fontName ::
* Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework.
*
* @output:
* path ::
* Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing to @FT_New_Face.
* The client must allocate this buffer before calling this function.
*
* maxPathSize ::
* Lengths of the buffer `path` that client allocated.
*
* face_index ::
* Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
UInt8* path,
UInt32 maxPathSize,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec
*
* @description:
* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index
* using an FSSpec to the font file.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library resource.
*
* @input:
* spec ::
* FSSpec to the font file.
*
* face_index ::
* The index of the face within the resource. The first face has
* index~0.
* @output:
* aface ::
* A handle to a new face object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except it
* accepts an FSSpec instead of a path.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
const FSSpec *spec,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef
*
* @description:
* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index
* using an FSRef to the font file.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library resource.
*
* @input:
* spec ::
* FSRef to the font file.
*
* face_index ::
* The index of the face within the resource. The first face has
* index~0.
* @output:
* aface ::
* A handle to a new face object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except it accepts
* an FSRef instead of a path.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
const FSRef *ref,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMAC_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftmm.h
Generated Vendored
+805
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,805 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftmm.h
*
* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTMM_H_
#define FTMM_H_
#include <freetype/t1tables.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* multiple_masters
*
* @title:
* Multiple Masters
*
* @abstract:
* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts.
*
* @description:
* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple Master
* fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by setting
* design axis coordinates.
*
* Besides Adobe MM fonts, the interface supports Apple's TrueType GX and
* OpenType variation fonts. Some of the routines only work with Adobe
* MM fonts, others will work with all three types. They are similar
* enough that a consistent interface makes sense.
*
* For Adobe MM fonts, macro @FT_IS_SFNT returns false. For GX and
* OpenType variation fonts, it returns true.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MM_Axis
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple Masters
* fonts.
*
* This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @fields:
* name ::
* The axis's name.
*
* minimum ::
* The axis's minimum design coordinate.
*
* maximum ::
* The axis's maximum design coordinate.
*/
typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Long minimum;
FT_Long maximum;
} FT_MM_Axis;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Multi_Master
*
* @description:
* A structure to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters font.
*
* This structure can't be used for TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @fields:
* num_axis ::
* Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4.
*
* num_designs ::
* Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis even though the
* Type~1 specification strangely allows for intermediate designs to be
* present. This number cannot exceed~16.
*
* axis ::
* A table of axis descriptors.
*/
typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
} FT_Multi_Master;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Var_Axis
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a given axis in design space for Multiple
* Masters, TrueType GX, and OpenType variation fonts.
*
* @fields:
* name ::
* The axis's name. Not always meaningful for TrueType GX or OpenType
* variation fonts.
*
* minimum ::
* The axis's minimum design coordinate.
*
* def ::
* The axis's default design coordinate. FreeType computes meaningful
* default values for Adobe MM fonts.
*
* maximum ::
* The axis's maximum design coordinate.
*
* tag ::
* The axis's tag (the equivalent to 'name' for TrueType GX and
* OpenType variation fonts). FreeType provides default values for
* Adobe MM fonts if possible.
*
* strid ::
* The axis name entry in the font's 'name' table. This is another
* (and often better) version of the 'name' field for TrueType GX or
* OpenType variation fonts. Not meaningful for Adobe MM fonts.
*
* @note:
* The fields `minimum`, `def`, and `maximum` are 16.16 fractional values
* for TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts. For Adobe MM fonts, the
* values are whole numbers (i.e., the fractional part is zero).
*/
typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Fixed minimum;
FT_Fixed def;
FT_Fixed maximum;
FT_ULong tag;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Axis;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Var_Named_Style
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a named instance in a TrueType GX or OpenType
* variation font.
*
* This structure can't be used for Adobe MM fonts.
*
* @fields:
* coords ::
* The design coordinates for this instance. This is an array with one
* entry for each axis.
*
* strid ::
* The entry in 'name' table identifying this instance.
*
* psid ::
* The entry in 'name' table identifying a PostScript name for this
* instance. Value 0xFFFF indicates a missing entry.
*/
typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
{
FT_Fixed* coords;
FT_UInt strid;
FT_UInt psid; /* since 2.7.1 */
} FT_Var_Named_Style;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MM_Var
*
* @description:
* A structure to model the axes and space of an Adobe MM, TrueType GX,
* or OpenType variation font.
*
* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the others.
*
* @fields:
* num_axis ::
* The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for Adobe MM fonts; no
* limit in TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts.
*
* num_designs ::
* The number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis for Adobe MM
* fonts. Not meaningful for TrueType GX or OpenType variation fonts
* (where every glyph could have a different number of designs).
*
* num_namedstyles ::
* The number of named styles; a 'named style' is a tuple of design
* coordinates that has a string ID (in the 'name' table) associated
* with it. The font can tell the user that, for example,
* [Weight=1.5,Width=1.1] is 'Bold'. Another name for 'named style' is
* 'named instance'.
*
* For Adobe Multiple Masters fonts, this value is always zero because
* the format does not support named styles.
*
* axis ::
* An axis descriptor table. TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts
* contain slightly more data than Adobe MM fonts. Memory management
* of this pointer is done internally by FreeType.
*
* namedstyle ::
* A named style (instance) table. Only meaningful for TrueType GX and
* OpenType variation fonts. Memory management of this pointer is done
* internally by FreeType.
*/
typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
FT_Var_Axis* axis;
FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
} FT_MM_Var;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Multi_Master
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a variation descriptor of a given Adobe MM font.
*
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @output:
* amaster ::
* The Multiple Masters descriptor.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_MM_Var
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a variation descriptor for a given font.
*
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @output:
* amaster ::
* The variation descriptor. Allocates a data structure, which the
* user must deallocate with a call to @FT_Done_MM_Var after use.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Done_MM_Var
*
* @description:
* Free the memory allocated by @FT_Get_MM_Var.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle of the face's parent library object that was used in the
* call to @FT_Get_MM_Var to create `amaster`.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_MM_Var( FT_Library library,
FT_MM_Var *amaster );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* For Adobe MM fonts, choose an interpolated font design through design
* coordinates.
*
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @inout:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @input:
* num_coords ::
* The number of available design coordinates. If it is larger than
* the number of axes, ignore the excess values. If it is smaller than
* the number of axes, use default values for the remaining axes.
*
* coords ::
* An array of design coordinates.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the
* function with `num_coords` set to zero and `coords` set to `NULL`.
*
* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords` is larger than zero, this function sets
* the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field
* (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords` is zero,
* this bit flag gets unset.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Long* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* Choose an interpolated font design through design coordinates.
*
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
*
* @inout:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @input:
* num_coords ::
* The number of available design coordinates. If it is larger than
* the number of axes, ignore the excess values. If it is smaller than
* the number of axes, use default values for the remaining axes.
*
* coords ::
* An array of design coordinates.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The design coordinates are 16.16 fractional values for TrueType GX and
* OpenType variation fonts. For Adobe MM fonts, the values are supposed
* to be whole numbers (i.e., the fractional part is zero).
*
* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the
* function with `num_coords` set to zero and `coords` set to `NULL`.
* [Since 2.9] 'Default values' means the currently selected named
* instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected).
*
* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords` is larger than zero, this function sets
* the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field
* (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords` is zero,
* this bit flag gets unset.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* Get the design coordinates of the currently selected interpolated
* font.
*
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* num_coords ::
* The number of design coordinates to retrieve. If it is larger than
* the number of axes, set the excess values to~0.
*
* @output:
* coords ::
* The design coordinates array.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The design coordinates are 16.16 fractional values for TrueType GX and
* OpenType variation fonts. For Adobe MM fonts, the values are whole
* numbers (i.e., the fractional part is zero).
*
* @since:
* 2.7.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* Choose an interpolated font design through normalized blend
* coordinates.
*
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
*
* @inout:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @input:
* num_coords ::
* The number of available design coordinates. If it is larger than
* the number of axes, ignore the excess values. If it is smaller than
* the number of axes, use default values for the remaining axes.
*
* coords ::
* The design coordinates array. Each element is a 16.16 fractional
* value and must be between 0 and 1.0 for Adobe MM fonts, and between
* -1.0 and 1.0 for TrueType GX and OpenType variation fonts.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* [Since 2.8.1] To reset all axes to the default values, call the
* function with `num_coords` set to zero and `coords` set to `NULL`.
* [Since 2.9] 'Default values' means the currently selected named
* instance (or the base font if no named instance is selected).
*
* [Since 2.9] If `num_coords` is larger than zero, this function sets
* the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field
* (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `num_coords` is zero,
* this bit flag gets unset.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* Get the normalized blend coordinates of the currently selected
* interpolated font.
*
* This function works with all supported variation formats.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* num_coords ::
* The number of normalized blend coordinates to retrieve. If it is
* larger than the number of axes, set the excess values to~0.5 for
* Adobe MM fonts, and to~0 for TrueType GX and OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @output:
* coords ::
* The normalized blend coordinates array (as 16.16 fractional values).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.7.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates
*
* @description:
* This is another name of @FT_Get_MM_Blend_Coordinates.
*
* @since:
* 2.7.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_MM_WeightVector
*
* @description:
* For Adobe MM fonts, choose an interpolated font design by directly
* setting the weight vector.
*
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @inout:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @input:
* len ::
* The length of the weight vector array. If it is larger than the
* number of designs, the extra values are ignored. If it is less than
* the number of designs, the remaining values are set to zero.
*
* weightvector ::
* An array representing the weight vector.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Adobe Multiple Master fonts limit the number of designs, and thus the
* length of the weight vector to 16~elements.
*
* If `len` is larger than zero, this function sets the
* @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit in @FT_Face's `face_flags` field (i.e.,
* @FT_IS_VARIATION will return true). If `len` is zero, this bit flag
* is unset and the weight vector array is reset to the default values.
*
* The Adobe documentation also states that the values in the
* WeightVector array must total 1.0 +/-~0.001. In practice this does
* not seem to be enforced, so is not enforced here, either.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_WeightVector( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt len,
FT_Fixed* weightvector );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_MM_WeightVector
*
* @description:
* For Adobe MM fonts, retrieve the current weight vector of the font.
*
* This function can't be used with TrueType GX or OpenType variation
* fonts.
*
* @inout:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* len ::
* A pointer to the size of the array to be filled. If the size of the
* array is less than the number of designs, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument`
* is returned, and `len` is set to the required size (the number of
* designs). If the size of the array is greater than the number of
* designs, the remaining entries are set to~0. On successful
* completion, `len` is set to the number of designs (i.e., the number
* of values written to the array).
*
* @output:
* weightvector ::
* An array to be filled.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Adobe Multiple Master fonts limit the number of designs, and thus the
* length of the WeightVector to~16.
*
* @since:
* 2.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_WeightVector( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt* len,
FT_Fixed* weightvector );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit flags used in the return value of
* @FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags.
*
* @values:
* FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN ::
* The variation axis should not be exposed to user interfaces.
*
* @since:
* 2.8.1
*/
#define FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_HIDDEN 1
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags
*
* @description:
* Get the 'flags' field of an OpenType Variation Axis Record.
*
* Not meaningful for Adobe MM fonts (`*flags` is always zero).
*
* @input:
* master ::
* The variation descriptor.
*
* axis_index ::
* The index of the requested variation axis.
*
* @output:
* flags ::
* The 'flags' field. See @FT_VAR_AXIS_FLAG_XXX for possible values.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.8.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Var_Axis_Flags( FT_MM_Var* master,
FT_UInt axis_index,
FT_UInt* flags );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Named_Instance
*
* @description:
* Set or change the current named instance.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* instance_index ::
* The index of the requested instance, starting with value 1. If set
* to value 0, FreeType switches to font access without a named
* instance.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The function uses the value of `instance_index` to set bits 16-30 of
* the face's `face_index` field. It also resets any variation applied
* to the font, and the @FT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION bit of the face's
* `face_flags` field gets reset to zero (i.e., @FT_IS_VARIATION will
* return false).
*
* For Adobe MM fonts (which don't have named instances) this function
* simply resets the current face to the default instance.
*
* @since:
* 2.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Named_Instance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt instance_index );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Default_Named_Instance
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the index of the default named instance, to be used with
* @FT_Set_Named_Instance.
*
* The default instance of a variation font is that instance for which
* the nth axis coordinate is equal to `axis[n].def` (as specified in the
* @FT_MM_Var structure), with~n covering all axes.
*
* FreeType synthesizes a named instance for the default instance if the
* font does not contain such an entry.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @output:
* instance_index ::
* The index of the default named instance.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* For Adobe MM fonts (which don't have named instances) this function
* always returns zero for `instance_index`.
*
* @since:
* 2.13.1
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Default_Named_Instance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt *instance_index );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMM_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftmodapi.h
Generated Vendored
+807
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,807 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftmodapi.h
*
* FreeType modules public interface (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTMODAPI_H_
#define FTMODAPI_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* module_management
*
* @title:
* Module Management
*
* @abstract:
* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType.
*
* @description:
* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType.
* Internal and external modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at
* runtime. For example, an alternative renderer or proprietary font
* driver can be registered and prioritized. Additionally, some module
* properties can also be controlled.
*
* Here is a list of existing values of the `module_name` field in the
* @FT_Module_Class structure.
*
* ```
* autofitter
* bdf
* cff
* gxvalid
* otvalid
* pcf
* pfr
* psaux
* pshinter
* psnames
* raster1
* sfnt
* smooth
* truetype
* type1
* type42
* t1cid
* winfonts
* ```
*
* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module.
*
* @order:
* FT_Module
* FT_Module_Constructor
* FT_Module_Destructor
* FT_Module_Requester
* FT_Module_Class
*
* FT_Add_Module
* FT_Get_Module
* FT_Remove_Module
* FT_Add_Default_Modules
*
* FT_FACE_DRIVER_NAME
* FT_Property_Set
* FT_Property_Get
* FT_Set_Default_Properties
*
* FT_New_Library
* FT_Done_Library
* FT_Reference_Library
*
* FT_Renderer
* FT_Renderer_Class
*
* FT_Get_Renderer
* FT_Set_Renderer
*
* FT_Set_Debug_Hook
*
*/
/* module bit flags */
#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
/* scalable fonts */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
/* support vector outlines */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
/* own hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY 0x800 /* the driver's hinter */
/* produces LIGHT hints */
/* deprecated values */
#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
#define ft_module_driver_hints_lightly FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY
typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Module_Constructor
*
* @description:
* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object.
*
* @input:
* module ::
* The module to initialize.
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Module_Destructor
*
* @description:
* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object.
*
* @input:
* module ::
* The module to finalize.
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Module_Requester
*
* @description:
* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface.
*
* @input:
* module ::
* The module to be searched.
*
* name ::
* The name of the interface in the module.
*/
typedef FT_Module_Interface
(*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
const char* name );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Module_Class
*
* @description:
* The module class descriptor. While being a public structure necessary
* for FreeType's module bookkeeping, most of the fields are essentially
* internal, not to be used directly by an application.
*
* @fields:
* module_flags ::
* Bit flags describing the module.
*
* module_size ::
* The size of one module object/instance in bytes.
*
* module_name ::
* The name of the module.
*
* module_version ::
* The version, as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor).
*
* module_requires ::
* The version of FreeType this module requires, as a 16.16 fixed
* number (major.minor). Starts at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000.
*
* module_interface ::
* A typeless pointer to a structure (which varies between different
* modules) that holds the module's interface functions. This is
* essentially what `get_interface` returns.
*
* module_init ::
* The initializing function.
*
* module_done ::
* The finalizing function.
*
* get_interface ::
* The interface requesting function.
*/
typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
{
FT_ULong module_flags;
FT_Long module_size;
const FT_String* module_name;
FT_Fixed module_version;
FT_Fixed module_requires;
const void* module_interface;
FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
} FT_Module_Class;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Add_Module
*
* @description:
* Add a new module to a given library instance.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object.
*
* @input:
* clazz ::
* A pointer to class descriptor for the module.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, or
* if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Module
*
* @description:
* Find a module by its name.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object.
*
* module_name ::
* The module's name (as an ASCII string).
*
* @return:
* A module handle. 0~if none was found.
*
* @note:
* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you
* should look up the source code for details.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
const char* module_name );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Remove_Module
*
* @description:
* Remove a given module from a library instance.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to a library object.
*
* @input:
* module ::
* A handle to a module object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
FT_Module module );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_FACE_DRIVER_NAME
*
* @description:
* A macro that retrieves the name of a font driver from a face object.
*
* @note:
* The font driver name is a valid `module_name` for @FT_Property_Set
* and @FT_Property_Get. This is not the same as @FT_Get_Font_Format.
*
* @since:
* 2.11
*
*/
#define FT_FACE_DRIVER_NAME( face ) \
( ( *FT_REINTERPRET_CAST( FT_Module_Class**, \
( face )->driver ) )->module_name )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Set
*
* @description:
* Set a property for a given module.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in section
* @properties.
*
* Note that only a few modules have properties.
*
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the new
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value` is
* dependent on the property; see section @properties.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name` isn't a valid module name, or `property_name`
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value` doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example sets property 'bar' (a simple integer) in
* module 'foo' to value~1.
*
* ```
* FT_UInt bar;
*
*
* bar = 1;
* FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar );
* ```
*
* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system doesn't recognize module
* property changes. To avoid glyph lookup confusion within the cache
* you should call @FTC_Manager_Reset to completely flush the cache if a
* module property gets changed after @FTC_Manager_New has been called.
*
* It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache sub-system
* itself with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
const void* value );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Get
*
* @description:
* Get a module's property value.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in section
* @properties.
*
* @inout:
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the value
* of the property. The exact definition of `value` is dependent on
* the property; see section @properties.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name` isn't a valid module name, or `property_name`
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value` doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example gets property 'baz' (a range) in module 'foo'.
*
* ```
* typedef range_
* {
* FT_Int32 min;
* FT_Int32 max;
*
* } range;
*
* range baz;
*
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz );
* ```
*
* It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
void* value );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Default_Properties
*
* @description:
* If compilation option `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ENVIRONMENT_PROPERTIES` is
* set, this function reads the `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` environment
* variable to control driver properties. See section @properties for
* more.
*
* If the compilation option is not set, this function does nothing.
*
* `FREETYPE_PROPERTIES` has the following syntax form (broken here into
* multiple lines for better readability).
*
* ```
* <optional whitespace>
* <module-name1> ':'
* <property-name1> '=' <property-value1>
* <whitespace>
* <module-name2> ':'
* <property-name2> '=' <property-value2>
* ...
* ```
*
* Example:
*
* ```
* FREETYPE_PROPERTIES=truetype:interpreter-version=35 \
* cff:no-stem-darkening=0
* ```
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to a new library object.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Default_Properties( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Reference_Library
*
* @description:
* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library structure
* is created. This function increments the counter. @FT_Done_Library
* then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, otherwise it simply
* decrements the counter.
*
* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that
* reference @FT_Library objects.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a target library object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.2
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Library
*
* @description:
* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance from a
* given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries with
* distinct memory allocators within the same program. Note, however,
* that the used @FT_Memory structure is expected to remain valid for the
* life of the @FT_Library object.
*
* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to
* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module, and a
* call to @FT_Set_Default_Properties) instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to
* initialize the FreeType library.
*
* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a library
* instance.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the original memory object.
*
* @output:
* alibrary ::
* A pointer to handle of a new library object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of
* @FT_Reference_Library.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Library *alibrary );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Done_Library
*
* @description:
* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and discards
* all resource objects.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of
* @FT_Reference_Library.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_DebugHook_Func
*
* @description:
* A drop-in replacement (or rather a wrapper) for the bytecode or
* charstring interpreter's main loop function.
*
* Its job is essentially
*
* - to activate debug mode to enforce single-stepping,
*
* - to call the main loop function to interpret the next opcode, and
*
* - to show the changed context to the user.
*
* An example for such a main loop function is `TT_RunIns` (declared in
* FreeType's internal header file `src/truetype/ttinterp.h`).
*
* Have a look at the source code of the `ttdebug` FreeType demo program
* for an example of a drop-in replacement.
*
* @inout:
* arg ::
* A typeless pointer, to be cast to the main loop function's data
* structure (which depends on the font module). For TrueType fonts
* it is bytecode interpreter's execution context, `TT_ExecContext`,
* which is declared in FreeType's internal header file `tttypes.h`.
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_DEBUG_HOOK_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of named debug hook indices.
*
* @values:
* FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE::
* This hook index identifies the TrueType bytecode debugger.
*/
#define FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE 0
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Debug_Hook
*
* @description:
* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font
* format.
*
* While this is a public API function, an application needs access to
* FreeType's internal header files to do something useful.
*
* Have a look at the source code of the `ttdebug` FreeType demo program
* for an example of its usage.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object.
*
* @input:
* hook_index ::
* The index of the debug hook. You should use defined enumeration
* macros like @FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE.
*
* debug_hook ::
* The function used to debug the interpreter.
*
* @note:
* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only one (for the
* TrueType interpreter) is defined.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt hook_index,
FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Add_Default_Modules
*
* @description:
* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. This is
* only useful when you create a library object with @FT_New_Library
* (usually to plug a custom memory manager).
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to a new library object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* truetype_engine
*
* @title:
* The TrueType Engine
*
* @abstract:
* TrueType bytecode support.
*
* @description:
* This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
* bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_TrueTypeEngineType
*
* @description:
* A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode engine is
* implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used by the
* @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
*
* @values:
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
* The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
* Deprecated and removed.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers the full
* instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this was governed
* by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
{
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
} FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
*
* @description:
* Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of the
* TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A library instance.
*
* @return:
* A value indicating which level is supported.
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTMODAPI_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftmoderr.h
Generated Vendored
+204
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftmoderr.h
*
* FreeType module error offsets (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2001-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes.
*
* If the macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS` in `ftoption.h` is
* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as
* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For
* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format` has value 0x0003, the
* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format` has value 0x1303, the error
* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format` has value 0x1403, etc.
*
* Note that `FT_Err_Ok`, `TT_Err_Ok`, etc. are always equal to zero,
* including the high byte.
*
* If `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS` isn't set, the higher byte of an
* error value is set to zero.
*
* To hide the various `XXX_Err_` prefixes in the source code, FreeType
* provides some macros in `fttypes.h`.
*
* FT_ERR( err )
*
* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the `FT_ERR_PREFIX`
* macro) to `err`. For example, in the BDF module the line
*
* ```
* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline );
* ```
*
* expands to
*
* ```
* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline;
* ```
*
* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok` directly instead of
* `FT_ERR( Ok )`.
*
* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err )
* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err )
*
* Compare error code `errcode` with the error `err` for equality and
* inequality, respectively. Example:
*
* ```
* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) )
* ...
* ```
*
* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. Of
* course, if module errors are not active, the above example is the
* same as
*
* ```
* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline )
* ...
* ```
*
* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode )
* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode )
*
* Get base error and module error code, respectively.
*
* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily with
* something like
*
* ```
* #undef FTMODERR_H_
* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s },
* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST {
* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } };
*
* const struct
* {
* int mod_err_offset;
* const char* mod_err_msg
* } ft_mod_errors[] =
*
* #include <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
* ```
*
*/
#ifndef FTMODERR_H_
#define FTMODERR_H_
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
#else
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
#endif
#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#endif
FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Sdf, 0x1700, "Signed distance field raster module" )
#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#undef FT_MODERRDEF
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#endif /* FTMODERR_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftotval.h
Generated Vendored
+206
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftotval.h
*
* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2004-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
*
* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the
* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the
* OpenType specification.
*
*
*/
#ifndef FTOTVAL_H_
#define FTOTVAL_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* ot_validation
*
* @title:
* OpenType Validation
*
* @abstract:
* An API to validate OpenType tables.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate some
* OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
*
* @order:
* FT_OpenType_Validate
* FT_OpenType_Free
*
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
* indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
* Validate BASE table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
* Validate GDEF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
* Validate GPOS table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
* Validate GSUB table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
* Validate JSTF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
* Validate MATH table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
* Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
#define FT_VALIDATE_OT ( FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
FT_VALIDATE_MATH )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* BASE_table ::
* A pointer to the BASE table.
*
* GDEF_table ::
* A pointer to the GDEF table.
*
* GPOS_table ::
* A pointer to the GPOS table.
*
* GSUB_table ::
* A pointer to the GSUB table.
*
* JSTF_table ::
* A pointer to the JSTF table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
* @FT_OpenType_Free. A `NULL` value indicates that the table either
* doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
* validation.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOTVAL_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftoutln.h
Generated Vendored
+588
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftoutln.h
*
* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of
* most scalable font formats (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTOUTLN_H_
#define FTOUTLN_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* outline_processing
*
* @title:
* Outline Processing
*
* @abstract:
* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images.
*
* @description:
* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable
* glyph images known as 'outlines'. These can also be measured,
* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps.
*
* @order:
* FT_Outline
* FT_Outline_New
* FT_Outline_Done
* FT_Outline_Copy
* FT_Outline_Translate
* FT_Outline_Transform
* FT_Outline_Embolden
* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY
* FT_Outline_Reverse
* FT_Outline_Check
*
* FT_Outline_Get_CBox
* FT_Outline_Get_BBox
*
* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap
* FT_Outline_Render
* FT_Outline_Decompose
* FT_Outline_Funcs
* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc
* FT_Outline_LineToFunc
* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc
* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc
*
* FT_Orientation
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
*
* FT_OUTLINE_XXX
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Decompose
*
* @description:
* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual
* segments and Bezier arcs. This function also emits 'move to'
* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the source target.
*
* func_interface ::
* A table of 'emitters', i.e., function pointers called during
* decomposition to indicate path operations.
*
* @inout:
* user ::
* A typeless pointer that is passed to each emitter during the
* decomposition. It can be used to store the state during the
* decomposition.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Degenerate contours, segments, and Bezier arcs may be reported. In
* most cases, it is best to filter these out before using the outline
* for stroking or other path modification purposes (which may cause
* degenerate segments to become non-degenrate and visible, like when
* stroke caps are used or the path is otherwise outset). Some glyph
* outlines may contain deliberate degenerate single points for mark
* attachement.
*
* Similarly, the function returns success for an empty outline also
* (doing nothing, that is, not calling any emitter); if necessary, you
* should filter this out, too.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
void* user );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_New
*
* @description:
* Create a new outline of a given size.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object from where the outline is allocated.
* Note however that the new outline will **not** necessarily be
* **freed**, when destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType.
*
* numPoints ::
* The maximum number of points within the outline. Must be smaller
* than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535).
*
* numContours ::
* The maximum number of contours within the outline. This value must
* be in the range 0 to `numPoints`.
*
* @output:
* anoutline ::
* A handle to the new outline.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The reason why this function takes a `library` parameter is simply to
* use the library's memory allocator.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle of the library object used to allocate the outline.
*
* outline ::
* A pointer to the outline object to be discarded.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the outline's 'owner' field is not set, only the outline descriptor
* will be released.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Check
*
* @description:
* Check the contents of an outline descriptor.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A handle to a source outline.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* An empty outline, or an outline with a single point only is also
* valid.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_CBox
*
* @description:
* Return an outline's 'control box'. The control box encloses all the
* outline's points, including Bezier control points. Though it
* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be
* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline that
* contains Bezier outside arcs).
*
* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding box
* can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments and arcs
* in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the 'ftbbox'
* component, which is dedicated to this single task.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
*
* @output:
* acbox ::
* The outline's control box.
*
* @note:
* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Translate
*
* @description:
* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline.
*
* @inout:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
*
* @input:
* xOffset ::
* The horizontal offset.
*
* yOffset ::
* The vertical offset.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xOffset,
FT_Pos yOffset );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Copy
*
* @description:
* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the same
* sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this function is
* called.
*
* @input:
* source ::
* A handle to the source outline.
*
* @output:
* target ::
* A handle to the target outline.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
FT_Outline *target );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Transform
*
* @description:
* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful for
* applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc.
*
* @inout:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
*
* @input:
* matrix ::
* A pointer to the transformation matrix.
*
* @note:
* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the
* outline's points.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Matrix* matrix );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Embolden
*
* @description:
* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times
* `strength` pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and
* bottom borders as unchanged.
*
* Negative `strength` values to reduce the outline thickness are
* possible also.
*
* @inout:
* outline ::
* A handle to the target outline.
*
* @input:
* strength ::
* How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in 26.6 pixel format.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the glyph
* doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain
* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes handled
* incorrectly.
*
* If you need 'better' metrics values you should call
* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox.
*
* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with
* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph.
*
* @example:
* ```
* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT );
*
* if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE )
* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->glyph->outline, strength );
* ```
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos strength );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY
*
* @description:
* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength` pixels wider
* and `ystrength` pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to
* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both directions.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.10
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xstrength,
FT_Pos ystrength );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Reverse
*
* @description:
* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to ensure
* consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs.
*
* @inout:
* outline ::
* A pointer to the target outline descriptor.
*
* @note:
* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in the
* outline's `flags` field.
*
* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it knows
* what it is doing.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap
*
* @description:
* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply
* OR-ed to the target bitmap.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a FreeType library object.
*
* outline ::
* A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
*
* @inout:
* abitmap ::
* A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function does **not create** the bitmap, it only renders an
* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the
* various fields in `abitmap` should be set accordingly.
*
* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format.
*
* The value of the `num_grays` field in `abitmap` is ignored. If you
* select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 gray
* levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Render
*
* @description:
* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to a FreeType library object.
*
* outline ::
* A pointer to the source outline descriptor.
*
* @inout:
* params ::
* A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to describe the
* rendering operation.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This advanced function uses @FT_Raster_Params as an argument.
* The field `params.source` will be set to `outline` before the scan
* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is
* actually ignored. Either `params.target` must point to preallocated
* bitmap, or @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT must be set in `params.flags`
* allowing FreeType rasterizer to be used for direct composition,
* translucency, etc. See @FT_Raster_Params for more details.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Raster_Params* params );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Orientation
*
* @description:
* A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
*
* The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
* to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
*
* @values:
* FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
* According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must be
* filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
* According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise
* contours must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
* remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of the
* drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
* remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of the
* drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
* The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
* the glyph have different orientation.
*
*/
typedef enum FT_Orientation_
{
FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
} FT_Orientation;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
*
* @description:
* This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its fill
* orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by integrating the
* total area covered by the outline. The positive integral corresponds
* to the clockwise orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT is
* returned. The negative integral corresponds to the counter-clockwise
* orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE is returned.
*
* Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
* outlines.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A handle to the source outline.
*
* @return:
* The orientation.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTOUTLN_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftparams.h
Generated Vendored
+218
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftparams.h
*
* FreeType API for possible FT_Parameter tags (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 2017-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTPARAMS_H_
#define FTPARAMS_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* parameter_tags
*
* @title:
* Parameter Tags
*
* @abstract:
* Macros for driver property and font loading parameter tags.
*
* @description:
* This section contains macros for the @FT_Parameter structure that are
* used with various functions to activate some special functionality or
* different behaviour of various components of FreeType.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY
*
* @description:
* A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic
* family names in the 'name' table (introduced in OpenType version 1.4).
* Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that have a
* four-faces-per-family restriction.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
/* this constant is deprecated */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY \
FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY
*
* @description:
* A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore typographic
* subfamily names in the 'name' table (introduced in OpenType version
* 1.4). Use this for backward compatibility with legacy systems that
* have a four-faces-per-family restriction.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
/* this constant is deprecated */
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY \
FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate
* incremental glyph loading.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_SBIX
*
* @description:
* A tag for @FT_Parameter to make @FT_Open_Face ignore an 'sbix' table
* while loading a font. Use this if @FT_FACE_FLAG_SBIX is set and you
* want to access the outline glyphs in the font.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_SBIX \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 's', 'b', 'x' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
* corresponding argument specifies the five LCD filter weights for a
* given face (if using @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD, for example), overriding the
* global default values or the values set up with
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_LCD_FILTER_WEIGHTS \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'd', 'f' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
* corresponding 32bit signed integer argument overrides the font
* driver's random seed value with a face-specific one; see @random-seed.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_RANDOM_SEED \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'e', 'e', 'd' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING
*
* @description:
* An @FT_Parameter tag to be used with @FT_Face_Properties. The
* corresponding Boolean argument specifies whether to apply stem
* darkening, overriding the global default values or the values set up
* with @FT_Property_Set (see @no-stem-darkening).
*
* This is a passive setting that only takes effect if the font driver or
* autohinter honors it, which the CFF, Type~1, and CID drivers always
* do, but the autohinter only in 'light' hinting mode (as of version
* 2.9).
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_STEM_DARKENING \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'd', 'a', 'r', 'k' )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
*
* @description:
* Deprecated, no effect.
*
* Previously: A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure
* to indicate that unpatented methods only should be used by the
* TrueType bytecode interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING \
FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTPARAMS_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftpfr.h
Generated Vendored
+179
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftpfr.h
*
* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTPFR_H_
#define FTPFR_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* pfr_fonts
*
* @title:
* PFR Fonts
*
* @abstract:
* PFR/TrueDoc-specific API.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
*
* @description:
* Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
*
* @output:
* aoutline_resolution ::
* Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM` for
* non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be `NULL`).
*
* ametrics_resolution ::
* Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution` for
* non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be `NULL`).
*
* ametrics_x_scale ::
* A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed in
* metrics units to device subpixels. This is equivalent to
* `face->size->x_scale`, but for metrics only. Optional (parameter
* can be `NULL`).
*
* ametrics_y_scale ::
* Same as `ametrics_x_scale` but for the vertical direction.
* optional (parameter can be `NULL`).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
* However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution,
FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
*
* @description:
* Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
* The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
* @FT_Get_Kerning.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* left ::
* Index of the left glyph.
*
* right ::
* Index of the right glyph.
*
* @output:
* avector ::
* A kerning vector.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function always return distances in original PFR metrics units.
* This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED mode,
* which always returns distances converted to outline units.
*
* You can use the value of the `x_scale` and `y_scale` parameters
* returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device subpixels.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt left,
FT_UInt right,
FT_Vector *avector );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Advance
*
* @description:
* Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
* from a PFR font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* gindex ::
* The glyph index.
*
* @output:
* aadvance ::
* The glyph advance in metrics units.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You can use the `x_scale` or `y_scale` results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
* to convert the advance to device subpixels (i.e., 1/64 of pixels).
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Pos *aadvance );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTPFR_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftrender.h
Generated Vendored
+244
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftrender.h
*
* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTRENDER_H_
#define FTRENDER_H_
#include <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
#include <freetype/ftglyph.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* module_management
*
*/
/* create a new glyph object */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* destroys a given glyph object */
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_BBox* abbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph target );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* deprecated */
#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
struct FT_Glyph_Class_
{
FT_Long glyph_size;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init;
FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done;
FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy;
FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform;
FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox;
FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare;
};
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Render_Mode mode,
const FT_Vector* origin );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_BBox* cbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_ULong mode_tag,
FT_Pointer mode_ptr );
/* deprecated identifiers */
#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Renderer_Class
*
* @description:
* The renderer module class descriptor.
*
* @fields:
* root ::
* The root @FT_Module_Class fields.
*
* glyph_format ::
* The glyph image format this renderer handles.
*
* render_glyph ::
* A method used to render the image that is in a given glyph slot into
* a bitmap.
*
* transform_glyph ::
* A method used to transform the image that is in a given glyph slot.
*
* get_glyph_cbox ::
* A method used to access the glyph's cbox.
*
* set_mode ::
* A method used to pass additional parameters.
*
* raster_class ::
* For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. This is a pointer to
* its raster's class.
*/
typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_
{
FT_Module_Class root;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph;
FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph;
FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox;
FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode;
const FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class;
} FT_Renderer_Class;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Renderer
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object.
*
* format ::
* The glyph format.
*
* @return:
* A renderer handle. 0~if none found.
*
* @note:
* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, or
* if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great.
*
* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a
* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Glyph_Format format );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Set_Renderer
*
* @description:
* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode.
*
* @inout:
* library ::
* A handle to the library object.
*
* @input:
* renderer ::
* A handle to the renderer object.
*
* num_params ::
* The number of additional parameters.
*
* parameters ::
* Additional parameters.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph images
* in the renderer's known format into bitmaps.
*
* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats.
*
* Currently, no FreeType renderer module uses `parameters`; you should
* thus always pass `NULL` as the value.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_UInt num_params,
FT_Parameter* parameters );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTRENDER_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftsizes.h
Generated Vendored
+159
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftsizes.h
*
* FreeType size objects management (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions.
* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases where
* they are needed.
*
*/
#ifndef FTSIZES_H_
#define FTSIZES_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* sizes_management
*
* @title:
* Size Management
*
* @abstract:
* Managing multiple sizes per face.
*
* @description:
* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an @FT_Size
* object is automatically created and used to store all pixel-size
* dependent information, available in the `face->size` field.
*
* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, mostly
* in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the same font
* family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size.
*
* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only modify the
* contents of the current 'active' size; you thus need to use
* @FT_Activate_Size to change it.
*
* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, especially
* if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious when using these.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_New_Size
*
* @description:
* Create a new size object from a given face object.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to a parent face object.
*
* @output:
* asize ::
* A handle to a new size object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size for
* upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size,
* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Size( FT_Face face,
FT_Size* size );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Done_Size
*
* @description:
* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face automatically
* discards all size objects allocated with @FT_New_Size.
*
* @input:
* size ::
* A handle to a target size object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Activate_Size
*
* @description:
* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a given
* face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like @FT_Load_Glyph or
* @FT_Load_Char only use the one that has been activated last to
* determine the 'current character pixel size'.
*
* This function can be used to 'activate' a previously created size
* object.
*
* @input:
* size ::
* A handle to a target size object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `face` is the size's parent face object, this function changes the
* value of `face->size` to the input size handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSIZES_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftsnames.h
Generated Vendored
+272
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftsnames.h
*
* Simple interface to access SFNT 'name' tables (which are used
* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification).
*
* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names!
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTSNAMES_H_
#define FTSNAMES_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#include <freetype/ftparams.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* sfnt_names
*
* @title:
* SFNT Names
*
* @abstract:
* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files.
*
* @description:
* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of a
* special names table ('name') in font files. This table contains
* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, like
* family name, copyright, version, etc.
*
* The definitions below are used to access them if available.
*
* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names!
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_SfntName
*
* @description:
* A structure used to model an SFNT 'name' table entry.
*
* @fields:
* platform_id ::
* The platform ID for `string`. See @TT_PLATFORM_XXX for possible
* values.
*
* encoding_id ::
* The encoding ID for `string`. See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX,
* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, @TT_MS_ID_XXX, and @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX for possible
* values.
*
* language_id ::
* The language ID for `string`. See @TT_MAC_LANGID_XXX and
* @TT_MS_LANGID_XXX for possible values.
*
* Registered OpenType values for `language_id` are always smaller than
* 0x8000; values equal or larger than 0x8000 usually indicate a
* language tag string (introduced in OpenType version 1.6). Use
* function @FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag with `language_id` as its argument to
* retrieve the associated language tag.
*
* name_id ::
* An identifier for `string`. See @TT_NAME_ID_XXX for possible
* values.
*
* string ::
* The 'name' string. Note that its format differs depending on the
* (platform,encoding) pair, being either a string of bytes (without a
* terminating `NULL` byte) or containing UTF-16BE entities.
*
* string_len ::
* The length of `string` in bytes.
*
* @note:
* Please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification for more
* details.
*/
typedef struct FT_SfntName_
{
FT_UShort platform_id;
FT_UShort encoding_id;
FT_UShort language_id;
FT_UShort name_id;
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
} FT_SfntName;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT 'name' table.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* @return:
* The number of strings in the 'name' table.
*
* @note:
* This function always returns an error if the config macro
* `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a string of the SFNT 'name' table for a given index.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* idx ::
* The index of the 'name' string.
*
* @output:
* aname ::
* The indexed @FT_SfntName structure.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The `string` array returned in the `aname` structure is not
* null-terminated. Note that you don't have to deallocate `string` by
* yourself; FreeType takes care of it if you call @FT_Done_Face.
*
* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available
* 'name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right platform,
* encoding, and name ID.
*
* 'name' table format~1 entries can use language tags also, see
* @FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag.
*
* This function always returns an error if the config macro
* `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt idx,
FT_SfntName *aname );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_SfntLangTag
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a language tag entry from an SFNT 'name' table.
*
* @fields:
* string ::
* The language tag string, encoded in UTF-16BE (without trailing
* `NULL` bytes).
*
* string_len ::
* The length of `string` in **bytes**.
*
* @note:
* Please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification for more
* details.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*/
typedef struct FT_SfntLangTag_
{
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
} FT_SfntLangTag;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the language tag associated with a language ID of an SFNT
* 'name' table entry.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* langID ::
* The language ID, as returned by @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name. This is always a
* value larger than 0x8000.
*
* @output:
* alangTag ::
* The language tag associated with the 'name' table entry's language
* ID.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The `string` array returned in the `alangTag` structure is not
* null-terminated. Note that you don't have to deallocate `string` by
* yourself; FreeType takes care of it if you call @FT_Done_Face.
*
* Only 'name' table format~1 supports language tags. For format~0
* tables, this function always returns FT_Err_Invalid_Table. For
* invalid format~1 language ID values, FT_Err_Invalid_Argument is
* returned.
*
* This function always returns an error if the config macro
* `TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES` is not defined in `ftoption.h`.
*
* @since:
* 2.8
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Sfnt_LangTag( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt langID,
FT_SfntLangTag *alangTag );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSNAMES_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftstroke.h
Generated Vendored
+773
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,773 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftstroke.h
*
* FreeType path stroker (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2002-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTSTROKE_H_
#define FTSTROKE_H_
#include <freetype/ftoutln.h>
#include <freetype/ftglyph.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* glyph_stroker
*
* @title:
* Glyph Stroker
*
* @abstract:
* Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
*
* @description:
* This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial glyph.
* It also allows you to retrieve the 'outside' and/or the 'inside'
* borders of the stroke.
*
* This can be useful to generate 'bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
* displayed with a colored (and anti-aliased) border around their
* shape.
*
* @order:
* FT_Stroker
*
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* FT_Stroker_New
* FT_Stroker_Set
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stroker
*
* @description:
* Opaque handle to a path stroker object.
*/
typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
*
* @description:
* These values determine how two joining lines are rendered in a
* stroker.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
* Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used to join
* two lines smoothly.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
* Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of the joined
* lines is filled by enclosing the triangular region of the corner
* with a straight line between the outer corners of each stroke.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the miter
* limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes for the two
* segments are extended until they meet at an angle. A bevel join
* (see above) is used if the segments meet at too sharp an angle and
* the outer edges meet beyond a distance corresponding to the meter
* limit. This prevents long spikes being created.
* `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED` generates a miter line join as
* used in PostScript and PDF.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE ::
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if the miter
* limit is exceeded. The intersection of the strokes is clipped
* perpendicularly to the bisector, at a distance corresponding to
* the miter limit. This prevents long spikes being created.
* `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE` generates a mitered line join
* as used in XPS. `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER` is an alias for
* `FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE`, retained for backward
* compatibility.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
{
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3
} FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
*
* @description:
* These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are rendered in
* a stroke.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last point
* itself.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the last point.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a square around the last point.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_
{
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
} FT_Stroker_LineCap;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* @description:
* These values are used to select a given stroke border in
* @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
* Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
* Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* @note:
* Applications are generally interested in the 'inside' and 'outside'
* borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
* 'left' and 'right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
* drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
*
* You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
* @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
*/
typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_
{
FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
} FT_StrokerBorder;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the 'inside'
* borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the 'outside'
* borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_New
*
* @description:
* Create a new stroker object.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* FreeType library handle.
*
* @output:
* astroker ::
* A new stroker object handle. `NULL` in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library,
FT_Stroker *astroker );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Set
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object's attributes.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* radius ::
* The border radius.
*
* line_cap ::
* The line cap style.
*
* line_join ::
* The line join style.
*
* miter_limit ::
* The maximum reciprocal sine of half-angle at the miter join,
* expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value.
*
* @note:
* The `radius` is expressed in the same units as the outline
* coordinates.
*
* The `miter_limit` multiplied by the `radius` gives the maximum size
* of a miter spike, at which it is clipped for
* @FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE or replaced with a bevel join for
* @FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Fixed radius,
FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap,
FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join,
FT_Fixed miter_limit );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes. You should
* call this function before beginning a new series of calls to
* @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
*
* @description:
* A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with the stroker.
* The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved later by functions like
* @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The source outline.
*
* opened ::
* A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead of
* a closed one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `opened` is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
* path, and the stroker generates two distinct 'border' outlines.
*
* If `opened` is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
* stroker generates a single 'stroke' outline.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Bool opened );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
*
* @description:
* Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the start vector.
*
* open ::
* A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is not
* stored as an @FT_Outline object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to,
FT_Bool open );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* @description:
* Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath. If the
* subpath was not 'opened', this function 'draws' a single line segment
* to the start position when needed.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
*
* @description:
* 'Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path, from
* the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
*
* @description:
* 'Draw' a single quadratic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control ::
* A pointer to a Bezier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* @description:
* 'Draw' a single cubic Bezier in the stroker's current sub-path, from
* the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control1 ::
* A pointer to the first Bezier control point.
*
* control2 ::
* A pointer to second Bezier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control1,
FT_Vector* control2,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths with the
* stroker. It returns the number of points and contours necessary to
* export one of the 'border' or 'stroke' outlines generated by the
* stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is 'closed', the stroker generates two
* independent 'border' outlines, named 'left' and 'right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is 'opened', the stroker merges the
* 'border' outlines with caps. The 'left' border receives all points,
* while the 'right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to retrieve
* the counts associated to both borders.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to export the
* corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and contours to your
* outline, but does not try to resize its arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*
* @note:
* Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to get
* sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to receive
* all new data.
*
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is 'closed', the stroker generates two
* independent 'border' outlines, named 'left' and 'right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is 'opened', the stroker merges the
* 'border' outlines with caps. The 'left' border receives all points,
* while the 'right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to retrieve
* all borders at once.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths with the
* stroker. It returns the number of points and contours necessary to
* export all points/borders from the stroked outline/path.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to export all
* borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and contours to your
* outline, but does not try to resize its arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy a stroker object.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle. Can be `NULL`.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts to
* account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool destroy );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but only
* return either its inside or outside border.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* inside ::
* A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise the outside
* border.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts to
* account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool inside,
FT_Bool destroy );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSTROKE_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftsynth.h
Generated Vendored
+104
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftsynth.h
*
* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting
* (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2000-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/********* *********/
/********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/
/********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/
/********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/
/********* *********/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */
/* 'standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
/* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */
/* code resource that should be copied into the application and */
/* adapted to the particular needs. */
#ifndef FTSYNTH_H_
#define FTSYNTH_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* Embolden a glyph by a 'reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
/* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */
/* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
/* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */
/* increased by the strength of the emboldening -- this even affects */
/* mono-width fonts! */
/* */
/* You can also call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* Precisely adjust the glyph weight either horizontally or vertically. */
/* The `xdelta` and `ydelta` values are fractions of the face Em size */
/* (in fixed-point format). Considering that a regular face would have */
/* stem widths on the order of 0.1 Em, a delta of 0.05 (0x0CCC) should */
/* be very noticeable. To increase or decrease the weight, use positive */
/* or negative values, respectively. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_AdjustWeight( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Fixed xdelta,
FT_Fixed ydelta );
/* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* Slant an outline glyph by a given sine of an angle. You can apply */
/* slant along either x- or y-axis by choosing a corresponding non-zero */
/* argument. If both slants are non-zero, some affine transformation */
/* will result. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Slant( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Fixed xslant,
FT_Fixed yslant );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSYNTH_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftsystem.h
Generated Vendored
+350
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftsystem.h
*
* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTSYSTEM_H_
#define FTSYSTEM_H_
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* system_interface
*
* @title:
* System Interface
*
* @abstract:
* How FreeType manages memory and i/o.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various definitions related to memory management
* and i/o access. You need to understand this information if you want to
* use a custom memory manager or you own i/o streams.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Memory
*
* @description:
* A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
* @FT_MemoryRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Alloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to allocate `size` bytes from `memory`.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* size ::
* The size in bytes to allocate.
*
* @return:
* Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long size );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Free_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to release a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* block ::
* The address of the target memory block.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
void* block );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Realloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* cur_size ::
* The block's current size in bytes.
*
* new_size ::
* The block's requested new size.
*
* block ::
* The block's current address.
*
* @return:
* New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage.
*
* @note:
* In case of error, the old block must still be available.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long cur_size,
long new_size,
void* block );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MemoryRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
*
* @fields:
* user ::
* A generic typeless pointer for user data.
*
* alloc ::
* A pointer type to an allocation function.
*
* free ::
* A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
*
* realloc ::
* A pointer type to a reallocation function.
*
*/
struct FT_MemoryRec_
{
void* user;
FT_Alloc_Func alloc;
FT_Free_Func free;
FT_Realloc_Func realloc;
};
/**************************************************************************
*
* I / O M A N A G E M E N T
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stream
*
* @description:
* A handle to an input stream.
*
* @also:
* See @FT_StreamRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given stream
* object.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamDesc
*
* @description:
* A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used
* to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*` in an input stream.
*
*/
typedef union FT_StreamDesc_
{
long value;
void* pointer;
} FT_StreamDesc;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_IoFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the source stream.
*
* offset ::
* The offset from the start of the stream to seek to.
*
* buffer ::
* The address of the read buffer.
*
* count ::
* The number of bytes to read from the stream.
*
* @return:
* If count >~0, return the number of bytes effectively read by the
* stream (after seeking to `offset`). If count ==~0, return the status
* of the seek operation (non-zero indicates an error).
*
*/
typedef unsigned long
(*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream,
unsigned long offset,
unsigned char* buffer,
unsigned long count );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_CloseFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to close a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the target stream.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe an input stream.
*
* @input:
* base ::
* For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
* byte in memory. This field should always be set to `NULL` for
* disk-based streams.
*
* size ::
* The stream size in bytes.
*
* In case of compressed streams where the size is unknown before
* actually doing the decompression, the value is set to 0x7FFFFFFF.
* (Note that this size value can occur for normal streams also; it is
* thus just a hint.)
*
* pos ::
* The current position within the stream.
*
* descriptor ::
* This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is
* used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*`
* pointers.
*
* pathname ::
* This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often
* useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
* (where available).
*
* read ::
* The stream's input function.
*
* close ::
* The stream's close function.
*
* memory ::
* The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set internally
* by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream implementations.
*
* cursor ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames. In particular, the `FT_GET_XXX` macros use this instead of
* the `pos` field.
*
* limit ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_
{
unsigned char* base;
unsigned long size;
unsigned long pos;
FT_StreamDesc descriptor;
FT_StreamDesc pathname;
FT_Stream_IoFunc read;
FT_Stream_CloseFunc close;
FT_Memory memory;
unsigned char* cursor;
unsigned char* limit;
} FT_StreamRec;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTSYSTEM_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/fttrigon.h
Generated Vendored
+350
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* fttrigon.h
*
* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2001-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTTRIGON_H_
#define FTTRIGON_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* computations
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Angle
*
* @description:
* This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the
* angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees.
*
*/
typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI
*
* @description:
* The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_2PI
*
* @description:
* The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI2
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI4
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sin
*
* @description:
* Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The sinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Cos
*
* @description:
* Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The cosinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Tan
*
* @description:
* Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The tangent value.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Atan2
*
* @description:
* Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in the 2d
* plane.
*
* @input:
* x ::
* The horizontal vector coordinate.
*
* y ::
* The vertical vector coordinate.
*
* @return:
* The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x,
FT_Fixed y );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Angle_Diff
*
* @description:
* Return the difference between two angles. The result is always
* constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
*
* @input:
* angle1 ::
* First angle.
*
* angle2 ::
* Second angle.
*
* @return:
* Constrained value of `angle2-angle1`.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1,
FT_Angle angle2 );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Unit
*
* @description:
* Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the
* call, the value of `vec.x` will be `cos(angle)`, and the value of
* `vec.y` will be `sin(angle)`.
*
* This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
* given angle quickly.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Rotate
*
* @description:
* Rotate a vector by a given angle.
*
* @inout:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Length
*
* @description:
* Return the length of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @return:
* The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
* vector coordinates.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Polarize
*
* @description:
* Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed *length,
FT_Angle *angle );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_From_Polar
*
* @description:
* Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @input:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed length,
FT_Angle angle );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTRIGON_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/fttypes.h
Generated Vendored
+617
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,617 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* fttypes.h
*
* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTTYPES_H_
#define FTTYPES_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#include <freetype/ftsystem.h>
#include <freetype/ftimage.h>
#include <stddef.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* basic_types
*
* @title:
* Basic Data Types
*
* @abstract:
* The basic data types defined by the library.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2,
* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More
* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. Note
* that FreeType does not use floating-point data types. Fractional
* values are represented by fixed-point integers, with lower bits
* storing the fractional part.
*
* @order:
* FT_Byte
* FT_Bytes
* FT_Char
* FT_Int
* FT_UInt
* FT_Int16
* FT_UInt16
* FT_Int32
* FT_UInt32
* FT_Int64
* FT_UInt64
* FT_Short
* FT_UShort
* FT_Long
* FT_ULong
* FT_Bool
* FT_Offset
* FT_PtrDist
* FT_String
* FT_Tag
* FT_Error
* FT_Fixed
* FT_Pointer
* FT_Pos
* FT_Vector
* FT_BBox
* FT_Matrix
* FT_FWord
* FT_UFWord
* FT_F2Dot14
* FT_UnitVector
* FT_F26Dot6
* FT_Data
*
* FT_MAKE_TAG
*
* FT_Generic
* FT_Generic_Finalizer
*
* FT_Bitmap
* FT_Pixel_Mode
* FT_Palette_Mode
* FT_Glyph_Format
* FT_IMAGE_TAG
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Bool
*
* @description:
* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual,
* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively.
*/
typedef unsigned char FT_Bool;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_FWord
*
* @description:
* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font
* units.
*/
typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UFWord
*
* @description:
* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font
* units.
*/
typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Char
*
* @description:
* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type.
*/
typedef signed char FT_Char;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Byte
*
* @description:
* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type.
*/
typedef unsigned char FT_Byte;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Bytes
*
* @description:
* A typedef for constant memory areas.
*/
typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Tag
*
* @description:
* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format).
*/
typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_String
*
* @description:
* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings.
*/
typedef char FT_String;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Short
*
* @description:
* A typedef for signed short.
*/
typedef signed short FT_Short;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UShort
*
* @description:
* A typedef for unsigned short.
*/
typedef unsigned short FT_UShort;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Int
*
* @description:
* A typedef for the int type.
*/
typedef signed int FT_Int;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_UInt
*
* @description:
* A typedef for the unsigned int type.
*/
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Long
*
* @description:
* A typedef for signed long.
*/
typedef signed long FT_Long;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_ULong
*
* @description:
* A typedef for unsigned long.
*/
typedef unsigned long FT_ULong;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_F2Dot14
*
* @description:
* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors.
*/
typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_F26Dot6
*
* @description:
* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel coordinates.
*/
typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Fixed
*
* @description:
* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling
* values or matrix coefficients.
*/
typedef signed long FT_Fixed;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Error
*
* @description:
* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted as a
* successful operation.
*/
typedef int FT_Error;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Pointer
*
* @description:
* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer.
*/
typedef void* FT_Pointer;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Offset
*
* @description:
* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t` type, i.e., the largest
* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, or a
* memory block size.
*/
typedef size_t FT_Offset;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_PtrDist
*
* @description:
* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t` type, i.e., the largest
* _signed_ integer type used to express the distance between two
* pointers.
*/
typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_UnitVector
*
* @description:
* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses
* FT_F2Dot14 types.
*
* @fields:
* x ::
* Horizontal coordinate.
*
* y ::
* Vertical coordinate.
*/
typedef struct FT_UnitVector_
{
FT_F2Dot14 x;
FT_F2Dot14 y;
} FT_UnitVector;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Matrix
*
* @description:
* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are in
* 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is:
*
* ```
* x' = x*xx + y*xy
* y' = x*yx + y*yy
* ```
*
* @fields:
* xx ::
* Matrix coefficient.
*
* xy ::
* Matrix coefficient.
*
* yx ::
* Matrix coefficient.
*
* yy ::
* Matrix coefficient.
*/
typedef struct FT_Matrix_
{
FT_Fixed xx, xy;
FT_Fixed yx, yy;
} FT_Matrix;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Data
*
* @description:
* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length.
*
* @fields:
* pointer ::
* The data.
*
* length ::
* The length of the data in bytes.
*/
typedef struct FT_Data_
{
const FT_Byte* pointer;
FT_UInt length;
} FT_Data;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Generic_Finalizer
*
* @description:
* Describe a function used to destroy the 'client' data of any FreeType
* object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for details of
* usage.
*
* @input:
* The address of the FreeType object that is under finalization. Its
* client data is accessed through its `generic` field.
*/
typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)( void* object );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Generic
*
* @description:
* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a
* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API
* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object.
*
* Some FreeType object contains a `generic` field, of type `FT_Generic`,
* which usage is left to client applications and font servers.
*
* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well as
* the address of a 'finalizer' function, which will be called by
* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous
* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor in
* the `finalizer` field).
*
* @fields:
* data ::
* A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This field is
* completely ignored by the FreeType library.
*
* finalizer ::
* A pointer to a 'generic finalizer' function, which will be called
* when the object is destroyed. If this field is set to `NULL`, no
* code will be called.
*/
typedef struct FT_Generic_
{
void* data;
FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer;
} FT_Generic;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_MAKE_TAG
*
* @description:
* This macro converts four-letter tags that are used to label TrueType
* tables into an `FT_Tag` type, to be used within FreeType.
*
* @note:
* The produced values **must** be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine this
* macro.
*/
#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
( ( FT_STATIC_BYTE_CAST( FT_Tag, _x1 ) << 24 ) | \
( FT_STATIC_BYTE_CAST( FT_Tag, _x2 ) << 16 ) | \
( FT_STATIC_BYTE_CAST( FT_Tag, _x3 ) << 8 ) | \
FT_STATIC_BYTE_CAST( FT_Tag, _x4 ) )
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* list_processing
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_ListNode
*
* @description:
* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an @FT_List
* record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an FT_ListNode is a
* handle to a single list element.
*/
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_List
*
* @description:
* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec).
*/
typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_ListNodeRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to hold a single list element.
*
* @fields:
* prev ::
* The previous element in the list. `NULL` if first.
*
* next ::
* The next element in the list. `NULL` if last.
*
* data ::
* A typeless pointer to the listed object.
*/
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_
{
FT_ListNode prev;
FT_ListNode next;
void* data;
} FT_ListNodeRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_ListRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are used
* in many parts of FreeType.
*
* @fields:
* head ::
* The head (first element) of doubly-linked list.
*
* tail ::
* The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list.
*/
typedef struct FT_ListRec_
{
FT_ListNode head;
FT_ListNode tail;
} FT_ListRec;
/* */
#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 )
#define FT_BOOL( x ) FT_STATIC_CAST( FT_Bool, (x) != 0 )
/* concatenate C tokens */
#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y
#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
/* see `ftmoderr.h` for descriptions of the following macros */
#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )
#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF )
#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTTYPES_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ftwinfnt.h
Generated Vendored
+276
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ftwinfnt.h
*
* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data.
*
* Copyright (C) 2003-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef FTWINFNT_H_
#define FTWINFNT_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* winfnt_fonts
*
* @title:
* Window FNT Files
*
* @abstract:
* Windows FNT-specific API.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT-specific
* functions.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of valid values for the `charset` byte in @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec.
* Exact mapping tables for the various 'cpXXXX' encodings (except for
* 'cp1361') can be found at 'ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public/' in the
* `MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS` subdirectory. 'cp1361' is roughly a
* superset of `MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT`.
*
* @values:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
* This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a 'don't
* care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value. When
* querying for information about the character set of the font that is
* currently selected into a specified device context, this return
* value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
* There is no known mapping table available.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
* Mac Roman encoding.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
* From Michael Poettgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
*
* The 'Windows Font Mapping' article says that `FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM` is
* used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon`,
* `roman.fon`, and `script.fon` on Windows.
*
* The 'CreateFont' documentation says: The `FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM` value
* specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
*
* The 'IFIMETRICS' documentation from the 'Windows Driver Development
* Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific character set. The
* OEM character set is system dependent.
*
* In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., 'cp1252'), denotes the
* second default codepage that most international versions of Windows
* have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
*
* https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/desktop/intl/code-page-identifiers
* ,
*
* and is used for the 'DOS boxes', to support legacy applications. A
* German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage 1252
* and OEM codepage 850.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
* A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
* A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
* A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
* A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different ordering
* and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
* A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
* A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
* ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
* A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
* ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
* A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
* A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
* A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
* A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
* A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
* For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
* characters.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
* Korean (Johab).
*/
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec
*
* @description:
* Windows FNT Header info.
*/
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
{
FT_UShort version;
FT_ULong file_size;
FT_Byte copyright[60];
FT_UShort file_type;
FT_UShort nominal_point_size;
FT_UShort vertical_resolution;
FT_UShort horizontal_resolution;
FT_UShort ascent;
FT_UShort internal_leading;
FT_UShort external_leading;
FT_Byte italic;
FT_Byte underline;
FT_Byte strike_out;
FT_UShort weight;
FT_Byte charset;
FT_UShort pixel_width;
FT_UShort pixel_height;
FT_Byte pitch_and_family;
FT_UShort avg_width;
FT_UShort max_width;
FT_Byte first_char;
FT_Byte last_char;
FT_Byte default_char;
FT_Byte break_char;
FT_UShort bytes_per_row;
FT_ULong device_offset;
FT_ULong face_name_offset;
FT_ULong bits_pointer;
FT_ULong bits_offset;
FT_Byte reserved;
FT_ULong flags;
FT_UShort A_space;
FT_UShort B_space;
FT_UShort C_space;
FT_UShort color_table_offset;
FT_ULong reserved1[4];
} FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_WinFNT_Header
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure.
*/
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* aheader ::
* The WinFNT header.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face,
FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* FTWINFNT_H_ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/otsvg.h
Generated Vendored
+336
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* otsvg.h
*
* Interface for OT-SVG support related things (specification).
*
* Copyright (C) 2022-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, Werner Lemberg, and Moazin Khatti.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef OTSVG_H_
#define OTSVG_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* svg_fonts
*
* @title:
* OpenType SVG Fonts
*
* @abstract:
* OT-SVG API between FreeType and an external SVG rendering library.
*
* @description:
* This section describes the four hooks necessary to render SVG
* 'documents' that are contained in an OpenType font's 'SVG~' table.
*
* For more information on the implementation, see our standard hooks
* based on 'librsvg' in the [FreeType Demo
* Programs](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/freetype/freetype-demos)
* repository.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* SVG_Lib_Init_Func
*
* @description:
* A callback that is called when the first OT-SVG glyph is rendered in
* the lifetime of an @FT_Library object. In a typical implementation,
* one would want to allocate a structure and point the `data_pointer`
* to it and perform any library initializations that might be needed.
*
* @inout:
* data_pointer ::
* The SVG rendering module stores a pointer variable that can be used
* by clients to store any data that needs to be shared across
* different hooks. `data_pointer` is essentially a pointer to that
* pointer such that it can be written to as well as read from.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0 means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*SVG_Lib_Init_Func)( FT_Pointer *data_pointer );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* SVG_Lib_Free_Func
*
* @description:
* A callback that is called when the `ot-svg` module is being freed.
* It is only called if the init hook was called earlier. This means
* that neither the init nor the free hook is called if no OT-SVG glyph
* is rendered.
*
* In a typical implementation, one would want to free any state
* structure that was allocated in the init hook and perform any
* library-related closure that might be needed.
*
* @inout:
* data_pointer ::
* The SVG rendering module stores a pointer variable that can be used
* by clients to store any data that needs to be shared across
* different hooks. `data_pointer` is essentially a pointer to that
* pointer such that it can be written to as well as read from.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef void
(*SVG_Lib_Free_Func)( FT_Pointer *data_pointer );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* SVG_Lib_Render_Func
*
* @description:
* A callback that is called to render an OT-SVG glyph. This callback
* hook is called right after the preset hook @SVG_Lib_Preset_Slot_Func
* has been called with `cache` set to `TRUE`. The data necessary to
* render is available through the handle @FT_SVG_Document, which is set
* in the `other` field of @FT_GlyphSlotRec.
*
* The render hook is expected to render the SVG glyph to the bitmap
* buffer that is allocated already at `slot->bitmap.buffer`. It also
* sets the `num_grays` value as well as `slot->format`.
*
* @input:
* slot ::
* The slot to render.
*
* @inout:
* data_pointer ::
* The SVG rendering module stores a pointer variable that can be used
* by clients to store any data that needs to be shared across
* different hooks. `data_pointer` is essentially a pointer to that
* pointer such that it can be written to as well as read from.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0 means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*SVG_Lib_Render_Func)( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Pointer *data_pointer );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* SVG_Lib_Preset_Slot_Func
*
* @description:
* A callback that is called to preset the glyph slot. It is called from
* two places.
*
* 1. When `FT_Load_Glyph` needs to preset the glyph slot.
*
* 2. Right before the `svg` module calls the render callback hook.
*
* When it is the former, the argument `cache` is set to `FALSE`. When
* it is the latter, the argument `cache` is set to `TRUE`. This
* distinction has been made because many calculations that are necessary
* for presetting a glyph slot are the same needed later for the render
* callback hook. Thus, if `cache` is `TRUE`, the hook can _cache_ those
* calculations in a memory block referenced by the state pointer.
*
* This hook is expected to preset the slot by setting parameters such as
* `bitmap_left`, `bitmap_top`, `width`, `rows`, `pitch`, and
* `pixel_mode`. It is also expected to set all the metrics for the slot
* including the vertical advance if it is not already set. Typically,
* fonts have horizontal advances but not vertical ones. If those are
* available, they had already been set, otherwise they have to be
* estimated and set manually. The hook must take into account the
* transformations that have been set, and translate the transformation
* matrices into the SVG coordinate system, as the original matrix is
* intended for the TTF/CFF coordinate system.
*
* @input:
* slot ::
* The glyph slot that has the SVG document loaded.
*
* cache ::
* See description.
*
* @inout:
* data_pointer ::
* The SVG rendering module stores a pointer variable that can be used
* by clients to store any data that needs to be shared across
* different hooks. `data_pointer` is essentially a pointer to that
* pointer such that it can be written to as well as read from.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0 means success.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*SVG_Lib_Preset_Slot_Func)( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Bool cache,
FT_Pointer *state );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* SVG_RendererHooks
*
* @description:
* A structure that stores the four hooks needed to render OT-SVG glyphs
* properly. The structure is publicly used to set the hooks via the
* @svg-hooks driver property.
*
* The behavior of each hook is described in its documentation. One
* thing to note is that the preset hook and the render hook often need
* to do the same operations; therefore, it's better to cache the
* intermediate data in a state structure to avoid calculating it twice.
* For example, in the preset hook one can draw the glyph on a recorder
* surface and later create a bitmap surface from it in the render hook.
*
* All four hooks must be non-NULL.
*
* @fields:
* init_svg ::
* The initialization hook.
*
* free_svg ::
* The cleanup hook.
*
* render_hook ::
* The render hook.
*
* preset_slot ::
* The preset hook.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef struct SVG_RendererHooks_
{
SVG_Lib_Init_Func init_svg;
SVG_Lib_Free_Func free_svg;
SVG_Lib_Render_Func render_svg;
SVG_Lib_Preset_Slot_Func preset_slot;
} SVG_RendererHooks;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_SVG_DocumentRec
*
* @description:
* A structure that models one SVG document.
*
* @fields:
* svg_document ::
* A pointer to the SVG document.
*
* svg_document_length ::
* The length of `svg_document`.
*
* metrics ::
* A metrics object storing the size information.
*
* units_per_EM ::
* The size of the EM square.
*
* start_glyph_id ::
* The first glyph ID in the glyph range covered by this document.
*
* end_glyph_id ::
* The last glyph ID in the glyph range covered by this document.
*
* transform ::
* A 2x2 transformation matrix to apply to the glyph while rendering
* it.
*
* delta ::
* The translation to apply to the glyph while rendering.
*
* @note:
* When an @FT_GlyphSlot object `slot` is passed down to a renderer, the
* renderer can only access the `metrics` and `units_per_EM` fields via
* `slot->face`. However, when @FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap sets up a dummy
* object, it has no way to set a `face` object. Thus, metrics
* information and `units_per_EM` (which is necessary for OT-SVG) has to
* be stored separately.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef struct FT_SVG_DocumentRec_
{
FT_Byte* svg_document;
FT_ULong svg_document_length;
FT_Size_Metrics metrics;
FT_UShort units_per_EM;
FT_UShort start_glyph_id;
FT_UShort end_glyph_id;
FT_Matrix transform;
FT_Vector delta;
} FT_SVG_DocumentRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_SVG_Document
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_SVG_DocumentRec object.
*
* @since:
* 2.12
*/
typedef struct FT_SVG_DocumentRec_* FT_SVG_Document;
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* OTSVG_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/t1tables.h
Generated Vendored
+793
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* t1tables.h
*
* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification
* only).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef T1TABLES_H_
#define T1TABLES_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* type1_tables
*
* @title:
* Type 1 Tables
*
* @abstract:
* Type~1-specific font tables.
*
* @description:
* This section contains the definition of Type~1-specific tables,
* including structures related to other PostScript font formats.
*
* @order:
* PS_FontInfoRec
* PS_FontInfo
* PS_PrivateRec
* PS_Private
*
* CID_FaceDictRec
* CID_FaceDict
* CID_FaceInfoRec
* CID_FaceInfo
*
* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
*
* T1_Blend_Flags
* T1_EncodingType
* PS_Dict_Keys
*
*/
/* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
/* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* PS_FontInfoRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary.
* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own
* FontInfo dictionary.
*/
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_
{
FT_String* version;
FT_String* notice;
FT_String* full_name;
FT_String* family_name;
FT_String* weight;
FT_Long italic_angle;
FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch;
FT_Short underline_position;
FT_UShort underline_thickness;
} PS_FontInfoRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* PS_FontInfo
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure.
*/
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* T1_FontInfo
*
* @description:
* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but kept
* to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.
*/
typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* PS_PrivateRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. Note
* that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own Private
* dictionary.
*/
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_
{
FT_Int unique_id;
FT_Int lenIV;
FT_Byte num_blue_values;
FT_Byte num_other_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_other_blues;
FT_Short blue_values[14];
FT_Short other_blues[10];
FT_Short family_blues [14];
FT_Short family_other_blues[10];
FT_Fixed blue_scale;
FT_Int blue_shift;
FT_Int blue_fuzz;
FT_UShort standard_width[1];
FT_UShort standard_height[1];
FT_Byte num_snap_widths;
FT_Byte num_snap_heights;
FT_Bool force_bold;
FT_Bool round_stem_up;
FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */
FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Long language_group;
FT_Long password;
FT_Short min_feature[2];
} PS_PrivateRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* PS_Private
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure.
*/
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* T1_Private
*
* @description:
* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but kept
* to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.
*/
typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* T1_Blend_Flags
*
* @description:
* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a given
* blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support Multiple
* Masters fonts.
*
* @values:
* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION ::
* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS ::
* T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE ::
* T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES ::
* T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES ::
* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH ::
* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT ::
* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS ::
* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS ::
* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE ::
* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT ::
* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES ::
* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES ::
* T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD ::
*/
typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_
{
/* required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
/* required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
T1_BLEND_MAX /* do not remove */
} T1_Blend_Flags;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `T1_Blend_Flags` values instead */
#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX
/* */
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4
/* maximum number of elements in a design map */
#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20
/* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
typedef struct PS_DesignMap_
{
FT_Byte num_points;
FT_Long* design_points;
FT_Fixed* blend_points;
} PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
/* backward compatible definition */
typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap;
typedef struct PS_BlendRec_
{
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* weight_vector;
FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector;
PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
FT_ULong blend_bitflags;
FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
/* since 2.3.0 */
/* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */
/* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */
/* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
/* in the font and associated metrics files */
FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
FT_UInt num_default_design_vector;
} PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
/* backward compatible definition */
typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* CID_FaceDictRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. In
* most cases, they are part of the font's '/FDArray' array. Within a
* CID font file, such (internal) subfont dictionaries are enclosed by
* '%ADOBeginFontDict' and '%ADOEndFontDict' comments.
*
* Note that `CID_FaceDictRec` misses a field for the '/FontName'
* keyword, specifying the subfont's name (the top-level font name is
* given by the '/CIDFontName' keyword). This is an oversight, but it
* doesn't limit the 'cid' font module's functionality because FreeType
* neither needs this entry nor gives access to CID subfonts.
*/
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_
{
PS_PrivateRec private_dict;
FT_UInt len_buildchar;
FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold;
FT_Pos stroke_width;
FT_Fixed expansion_factor; /* this is a duplicate of */
/* `private_dict->expansion_factor' */
FT_Byte paint_type;
FT_Byte font_type;
FT_Matrix font_matrix;
FT_Vector font_offset;
FT_UInt num_subrs;
FT_ULong subrmap_offset;
FT_UInt sd_bytes;
} CID_FaceDictRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* CID_FaceDict
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure.
*/
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* CID_FontDict
*
* @description:
* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceDictRec. It is deprecated but
* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of
* FreeType.
*/
typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* CID_FaceInfoRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to represent CID Face information.
*/
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_
{
FT_String* cid_font_name;
FT_Fixed cid_version;
FT_Int cid_font_type;
FT_String* registry;
FT_String* ordering;
FT_Int supplement;
PS_FontInfoRec font_info;
FT_BBox font_bbox;
FT_ULong uid_base;
FT_Int num_xuid;
FT_ULong xuid[16];
FT_ULong cidmap_offset;
FT_UInt fd_bytes;
FT_UInt gd_bytes;
FT_ULong cid_count;
FT_UInt num_dicts;
CID_FaceDict font_dicts;
FT_ULong data_offset;
} CID_FaceInfoRec;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* CID_FaceInfo
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure.
*/
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* CID_Info
*
* @description:
* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but kept
* to maintain source compatibility between various versions of FreeType.
*/
typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
*
* @description:
* Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph names.
* This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro, except that
* certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect glyph name tables.
*
* When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
* names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* face handle
*
* @return:
* Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_info ::
* A pointer to a @PS_FontInfoRec object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* String pointers within the @PS_FontInfoRec structure are owned by the
* face and don't need to be freed by the caller. Missing entries in the
* font's FontInfo dictionary are represented by `NULL` pointers.
*
* The following font formats support this feature: 'Type~1', 'Type~42',
* 'CFF', 'CID~Type~1'. For other font formats this function returns the
* `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument` error code.
*
* @example:
* ```
* PS_FontInfoRec font_info;
*
*
* error = FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( face, &font_info );
* ...
* ```
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face,
PS_FontInfo afont_info );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_private ::
* A pointer to a @PS_PrivateRec object.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
*
* Only the 'Type~1' font format supports this feature. For other font
* formats this function returns the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument` error
* code.
*
* @example:
* ```
* PS_PrivateRec font_private;
*
*
* error = FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( face, &font_private );
* ...
* ```
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face,
PS_Private afont_private );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* T1_EncodingType
*
* @description:
* An enumeration describing the 'Encoding' entry in a Type 1 dictionary.
*
* @values:
* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE ::
* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY ::
* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD ::
* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1 ::
* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT ::
*
* @since:
* 2.4.8
*/
typedef enum T1_EncodingType_
{
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT
} T1_EncodingType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* PS_Dict_Keys
*
* @description:
* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify the
* Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve.
*
* @values:
* PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE ::
* PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX ::
* PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX ::
* PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE ::
* PS_DICT_FONT_NAME ::
* PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS ::
* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY ::
* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING ::
* PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE ::
* PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS ::
* PS_DICT_SUBR ::
* PS_DICT_STD_HW ::
* PS_DICT_STD_VW ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES ::
* PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE ::
* PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES ::
* PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES ::
* PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES ::
* PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE ::
* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE ::
* PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H ::
* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H ::
* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V ::
* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V ::
* PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD ::
* PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP ::
* PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE ::
* PS_DICT_LEN_IV ::
* PS_DICT_PASSWORD ::
* PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP ::
* PS_DICT_VERSION ::
* PS_DICT_NOTICE ::
* PS_DICT_FULL_NAME ::
* PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME ::
* PS_DICT_WEIGHT ::
* PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH ::
* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION ::
* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS ::
* PS_DICT_FS_TYPE ::
* PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE ::
*
* @since:
* 2.4.8
*/
typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_
{
/* conventionally in the font dictionary */
PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */
/* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */
PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */
/* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */
PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE
} PS_Dict_Keys;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* key ::
* An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve.
*
* idx ::
* For array values, this specifies the index to be returned.
*
* value ::
* A pointer to memory into which to write the value.
*
* valen_len ::
* The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value.
*
* @output:
* value ::
* The value matching the above key, if it exists.
*
* @return:
* The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested value
* (if it exists, -1 otherwise).
*
* @note:
* The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of
* the face, but are 'fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them
* belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the
* 'read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be
* used to manipulate the face.
*
* `value` is a void pointer because the values returned can be of
* various types.
*
* If either `value` is `NULL` or `value_len` is too small, just the
* required memory size for the requested entry is returned.
*
* The `idx` parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for
* example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys
* from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It
* is ignored for atomic values.
*
* `PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE` returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To
* get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by 65536000.0
* (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale).
*
* IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can
* be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP, ND,
* and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be
* available either.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument` error code.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.8
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face,
PS_Dict_Keys key,
FT_UInt idx,
void *value,
FT_Long value_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* T1TABLES_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/ttnameid.h
Generated Vendored
+1235
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/tttables.h
Generated Vendored
+855
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,855 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* tttables.h
*
* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface
* (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef TTTABLES_H_
#define TTTABLES_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* truetype_tables
*
* @title:
* TrueType Tables
*
* @abstract:
* TrueType-specific table types and functions.
*
* @description:
* This section contains definitions of some basic tables specific to
* TrueType and OpenType as well as some routines used to access and
* process them.
*
* @order:
* TT_Header
* TT_HoriHeader
* TT_VertHeader
* TT_OS2
* TT_Postscript
* TT_PCLT
* TT_MaxProfile
*
* FT_Sfnt_Tag
* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table
* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
*
* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID
* FT_Get_CMap_Format
*
* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* TT_Header
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a TrueType font header table. All fields follow
* the OpenType specification. The 64-bit timestamps are stored in
* two-element arrays `Created` and `Modified`, first the upper then
* the lower 32~bits.
*/
typedef struct TT_Header_
{
FT_Fixed Table_Version;
FT_Fixed Font_Revision;
FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust;
FT_Long Magic_Number;
FT_UShort Flags;
FT_UShort Units_Per_EM;
FT_ULong Created [2];
FT_ULong Modified[2];
FT_Short xMin;
FT_Short yMin;
FT_Short xMax;
FT_Short yMax;
FT_UShort Mac_Style;
FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
FT_Short Font_Direction;
FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format;
FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format;
} TT_Header;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* TT_HoriHeader
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a TrueType horizontal header, the 'hhea' table,
* as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, 'hmtx'.
*
* @fields:
* Version ::
* The table version.
*
* Ascender ::
* The font's ascender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the
* top-most of all glyph points found in the font.
*
* This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the
* font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found
* in the font (maybe ASCII).
*
* You should use the `sTypoAscender` field of the 'OS/2' table instead
* if you want the correct one.
*
* Descender ::
* The font's descender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the
* bottom-most of all glyph points found in the font. It is negative.
*
* This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the
* font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found
* in the font (maybe ASCII).
*
* You should use the `sTypoDescender` field of the 'OS/2' table
* instead if you want the correct one.
*
* Line_Gap ::
* The font's line gap, i.e., the distance to add to the ascender and
* descender to get the BTB, i.e., the baseline-to-baseline distance
* for the font.
*
* advance_Width_Max ::
* This field is the maximum of all advance widths found in the font.
* It can be used to compute the maximum width of an arbitrary string
* of text.
*
* min_Left_Side_Bearing ::
* The minimum left side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
*
* min_Right_Side_Bearing ::
* The minimum right side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
*
* xMax_Extent ::
* The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the 'width' of a glyph's
* bounding box) for all glyphs in the font.
*
* caret_Slope_Rise ::
* The rise coefficient of the cursor's slope of the cursor
* (slope=rise/run).
*
* caret_Slope_Run ::
* The run coefficient of the cursor's slope.
*
* caret_Offset ::
* The cursor's offset for slanted fonts.
*
* Reserved ::
* 8~reserved bytes.
*
* metric_Data_Format ::
* Always~0.
*
* number_Of_HMetrics ::
* Number of HMetrics entries in the 'hmtx' table -- this value can be
* smaller than the total number of glyphs in the font.
*
* long_metrics ::
* A pointer into the 'hmtx' table.
*
* short_metrics ::
* A pointer into the 'hmtx' table.
*
* @note:
* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can
* change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if
* the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `caret_Slope_Rise`,
* `caret_Slope_Run`, and `caret_Offset`.
*/
typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */
FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */
FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */
FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the OpenType specification */
/* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* 'hmtx' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_HoriHeader;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* TT_VertHeader
*
* @description:
* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the 'vhea'
* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, 'vmtx'.
*
* @fields:
* Version ::
* The table version.
*
* Ascender ::
* The font's ascender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the
* top-most of all glyph points found in the font.
*
* This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the
* font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found
* in the font (maybe ASCII).
*
* You should use the `sTypoAscender` field of the 'OS/2' table instead
* if you want the correct one.
*
* Descender ::
* The font's descender, i.e., the distance from the baseline to the
* bottom-most of all glyph points found in the font. It is negative.
*
* This value is invalid in many fonts, as it is usually set by the
* font designer, and often reflects only a portion of the glyphs found
* in the font (maybe ASCII).
*
* You should use the `sTypoDescender` field of the 'OS/2' table
* instead if you want the correct one.
*
* Line_Gap ::
* The font's line gap, i.e., the distance to add to the ascender and
* descender to get the BTB, i.e., the baseline-to-baseline distance
* for the font.
*
* advance_Height_Max ::
* This field is the maximum of all advance heights found in the font.
* It can be used to compute the maximum height of an arbitrary string
* of text.
*
* min_Top_Side_Bearing ::
* The minimum top side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
*
* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing ::
* The minimum bottom side bearing of all glyphs within the font.
*
* yMax_Extent ::
* The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the 'height' of a glyph's
* bounding box) for all glyphs in the font.
*
* caret_Slope_Rise ::
* The rise coefficient of the cursor's slope of the cursor
* (slope=rise/run).
*
* caret_Slope_Run ::
* The run coefficient of the cursor's slope.
*
* caret_Offset ::
* The cursor's offset for slanted fonts.
*
* Reserved ::
* 8~reserved bytes.
*
* metric_Data_Format ::
* Always~0.
*
* number_Of_VMetrics ::
* Number of VMetrics entries in the 'vmtx' table -- this value can be
* smaller than the total number of glyphs in the font.
*
* long_metrics ::
* A pointer into the 'vmtx' table.
*
* short_metrics ::
* A pointer into the 'vmtx' table.
*
* @note:
* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can
* change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if
* the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `Ascender`, `Descender`,
* `Line_Gap`, `caret_Slope_Rise`, `caret_Slope_Run`, and `caret_Offset`.
*/
typedef struct TT_VertHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */
FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum top-sb */
FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum bottom-sb */
FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* ymax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the OpenType specification */
/* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* 'vmtx' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_VertHeader;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* TT_OS2
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a TrueType 'OS/2' table. All fields comply to
* the OpenType specification.
*
* Note that we now support old Mac fonts that do not include an 'OS/2'
* table. In this case, the `version` field is always set to 0xFFFF.
*
* @note:
* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can
* change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if
* the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `sCapHeight`, `sTypoAscender`,
* `sTypoDescender`, `sTypoLineGap`, `sxHeight`, `usWinAscent`,
* `usWinDescent`, `yStrikeoutPosition`, `yStrikeoutSize`,
* `ySubscriptXOffset`, `ySubScriptXSize`, `ySubscriptYOffset`,
* `ySubscriptYSize`, `ySuperscriptXOffset`, `ySuperscriptXSize`,
* `ySuperscriptYOffset`, and `ySuperscriptYSize`.
*
* Possible values for bits in the `ulUnicodeRangeX` fields are given by
* the @TT_UCR_XXX macros.
*/
typedef struct TT_OS2_
{
FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
FT_Short xAvgCharWidth;
FT_UShort usWeightClass;
FT_UShort usWidthClass;
FT_UShort fsType;
FT_Short ySubscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset;
FT_Short yStrikeoutSize;
FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition;
FT_Short sFamilyClass;
FT_Byte panose[10];
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */
FT_Char achVendID[4];
FT_UShort fsSelection;
FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex;
FT_UShort usLastCharIndex;
FT_Short sTypoAscender;
FT_Short sTypoDescender;
FT_Short sTypoLineGap;
FT_UShort usWinAscent;
FT_UShort usWinDescent;
/* only version 1 and higher: */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
/* only version 2 and higher: */
FT_Short sxHeight;
FT_Short sCapHeight;
FT_UShort usDefaultChar;
FT_UShort usBreakChar;
FT_UShort usMaxContext;
/* only version 5 and higher: */
FT_UShort usLowerOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20 points) */
FT_UShort usUpperOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20 points) */
} TT_OS2;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* TT_Postscript
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a TrueType 'post' table. All fields comply to
* the OpenType specification. This structure does not reference a
* font's PostScript glyph names; use @FT_Get_Glyph_Name to retrieve
* them.
*
* @note:
* For an OpenType variation font, the values of the following fields can
* change after a call to @FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates (and friends) if
* the font contains an 'MVAR' table: `underlinePosition` and
* `underlineThickness`.
*/
typedef struct TT_Postscript_
{
FT_Fixed FormatType;
FT_Fixed italicAngle;
FT_Short underlinePosition;
FT_Short underlineThickness;
FT_ULong isFixedPitch;
FT_ULong minMemType42;
FT_ULong maxMemType42;
FT_ULong minMemType1;
FT_ULong maxMemType1;
/* Glyph names follow in the 'post' table, but we don't */
/* load them by default. */
} TT_Postscript;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* TT_PCLT
*
* @description:
* A structure to model a TrueType 'PCLT' table. All fields comply to
* the OpenType specification.
*/
typedef struct TT_PCLT_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_ULong FontNumber;
FT_UShort Pitch;
FT_UShort xHeight;
FT_UShort Style;
FT_UShort TypeFamily;
FT_UShort CapHeight;
FT_UShort SymbolSet;
FT_Char TypeFace[16];
FT_Char CharacterComplement[8];
FT_Char FileName[6];
FT_Char StrokeWeight;
FT_Char WidthType;
FT_Byte SerifStyle;
FT_Byte Reserved;
} TT_PCLT;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* TT_MaxProfile
*
* @description:
* The maximum profile ('maxp') table contains many max values, which can
* be used to pre-allocate arrays for speeding up glyph loading and
* hinting.
*
* @fields:
* version ::
* The version number.
*
* numGlyphs ::
* The number of glyphs in this TrueType font.
*
* maxPoints ::
* The maximum number of points in a non-composite TrueType glyph. See
* also `maxCompositePoints`.
*
* maxContours ::
* The maximum number of contours in a non-composite TrueType glyph.
* See also `maxCompositeContours`.
*
* maxCompositePoints ::
* The maximum number of points in a composite TrueType glyph. See
* also `maxPoints`.
*
* maxCompositeContours ::
* The maximum number of contours in a composite TrueType glyph. See
* also `maxContours`.
*
* maxZones ::
* The maximum number of zones used for glyph hinting.
*
* maxTwilightPoints ::
* The maximum number of points in the twilight zone used for glyph
* hinting.
*
* maxStorage ::
* The maximum number of elements in the storage area used for glyph
* hinting.
*
* maxFunctionDefs ::
* The maximum number of function definitions in the TrueType bytecode
* for this font.
*
* maxInstructionDefs ::
* The maximum number of instruction definitions in the TrueType
* bytecode for this font.
*
* maxStackElements ::
* The maximum number of stack elements used during bytecode
* interpretation.
*
* maxSizeOfInstructions ::
* The maximum number of TrueType opcodes used for glyph hinting.
*
* maxComponentElements ::
* The maximum number of simple (i.e., non-composite) glyphs in a
* composite glyph.
*
* maxComponentDepth ::
* The maximum nesting depth of composite glyphs.
*
* @note:
* This structure is only used during font loading.
*/
typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_
{
FT_Fixed version;
FT_UShort numGlyphs;
FT_UShort maxPoints;
FT_UShort maxContours;
FT_UShort maxCompositePoints;
FT_UShort maxCompositeContours;
FT_UShort maxZones;
FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints;
FT_UShort maxStorage;
FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs;
FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs;
FT_UShort maxStackElements;
FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions;
FT_UShort maxComponentElements;
FT_UShort maxComponentDepth;
} TT_MaxProfile;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Sfnt_Tag
*
* @description:
* An enumeration to specify indices of SFNT tables loaded and parsed by
* FreeType during initialization of an SFNT font. Used in the
* @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function.
*
* @values:
* FT_SFNT_HEAD ::
* To access the font's @TT_Header structure.
*
* FT_SFNT_MAXP ::
* To access the font's @TT_MaxProfile structure.
*
* FT_SFNT_OS2 ::
* To access the font's @TT_OS2 structure.
*
* FT_SFNT_HHEA ::
* To access the font's @TT_HoriHeader structure.
*
* FT_SFNT_VHEA ::
* To access the font's @TT_VertHeader structure.
*
* FT_SFNT_POST ::
* To access the font's @TT_Postscript structure.
*
* FT_SFNT_PCLT ::
* To access the font's @TT_PCLT structure.
*/
typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_
{
FT_SFNT_HEAD,
FT_SFNT_MAXP,
FT_SFNT_OS2,
FT_SFNT_HHEA,
FT_SFNT_VHEA,
FT_SFNT_POST,
FT_SFNT_PCLT,
FT_SFNT_MAX
} FT_Sfnt_Tag;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Sfnt_Tag` */
/* values instead */
#define ft_sfnt_head FT_SFNT_HEAD
#define ft_sfnt_maxp FT_SFNT_MAXP
#define ft_sfnt_os2 FT_SFNT_OS2
#define ft_sfnt_hhea FT_SFNT_HHEA
#define ft_sfnt_vhea FT_SFNT_VHEA
#define ft_sfnt_post FT_SFNT_POST
#define ft_sfnt_pclt FT_SFNT_PCLT
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table
*
* @description:
* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table stored within a face.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source.
*
* tag ::
* The index of the SFNT table.
*
* @return:
* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be `NULL` in case of
* error, or if the corresponding table was not found **OR** loaded from
* the file.
*
* Use a typecast according to `tag` to access the structure elements.
*
* @note:
* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it.
*
* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded by
* the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for a
* list.
*
* @example:
* Here is an example demonstrating access to the 'vhea' table.
*
* ```
* TT_VertHeader* vert_header;
*
*
* vert_header =
* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, FT_SFNT_VHEA );
* ```
*/
FT_EXPORT( void* )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_Sfnt_Tag tag );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
*
* @description:
* Load any SFNT font table into client memory.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* tag ::
* The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use value~0 if you want to
* access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the
* definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
* one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
*
* offset ::
* The starting offset in the table (or file if tag~==~0).
*
* @output:
* buffer ::
* The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory
* array is big enough to hold the data.
*
* @inout:
* length ::
* If the `length` parameter is `NULL`, try to load the whole table.
* Return an error code if it fails.
*
* Else, if `*length` is~0, exit immediately while returning the
* table's (or file) full size in it.
*
* Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
* starting offset.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
* function with `*length` set to~0, as in the following example:
*
* ```
* FT_ULong length = 0;
*
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
*
* buffer = malloc( length );
* if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
* ```
*
* Note that structures like @TT_Header or @TT_OS2 can't be used with
* this function; they are limited to @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table. Reason is that
* those structures depend on the processor architecture, with varying
* size (e.g. 32bit vs. 64bit) or order (big endian vs. little endian).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_ULong tag,
FT_Long offset,
FT_Byte* buffer,
FT_ULong* length );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
*
* @description:
* Return information on an SFNT table.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* table_index ::
* The index of an SFNT table. The function returns
* FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
*
* @inout:
* tag ::
* The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is `NULL`,
* `table_index` is ignored, and `length` returns the number of SFNT
* tables in the font.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables,
* depending on `tag`).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as
* missing.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt table_index,
FT_ULong *tag,
FT_ULong *length );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID
*
* @description:
* Return cmap language ID as specified in the OpenType standard.
* Definitions of language ID values are in file @FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H.
*
* @input:
* charmap ::
* The target charmap.
*
* @return:
* The language ID of `charmap`. If `charmap` doesn't belong to an SFNT
* face, just return~0 as the default value.
*
* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is
* 0xFFFFFFFF.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CMap_Format
*
* @description:
* Return the format of an SFNT 'cmap' table.
*
* @input:
* charmap ::
* The target charmap.
*
* @return:
* The format of `charmap`. If `charmap` doesn't belong to an SFNT face,
* return -1.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* TTTABLES_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/freetype/tttags.h
Generated Vendored
+124
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* tttags.h
*
* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only).
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
#ifndef TTAGS_H_
#define TTAGS_H_
#include <freetype/freetype.h>
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
#define TTAG_CBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_CBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_CFF2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', '2' )
#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )
#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
#define TTAG_COLR FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'O', 'L', 'R' )
#define TTAG_CPAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'P', 'A', 'L' )
#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )
#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_HVAR FT_MAKE_TAG( 'H', 'V', 'A', 'R' )
#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )
#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
#define TTAG_MVAR FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'V', 'A', 'R' )
#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )
#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
#define TTAG_sbix FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'b', 'i', 'x' )
#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )
#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
#define TTAG_SVG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'V', 'G', ' ' )
#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )
#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )
#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_VVAR FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'V', 'A', 'R' )
#define TTAG_wOFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'O', 'F', 'F' )
#define TTAG_wOF2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'O', 'F', '2' )
/* used by "Keyboard.dfont" on legacy Mac OS X */
#define TTAG_0xA5kbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 0xA5, 'k', 'b', 'd' )
/* used by "LastResort.dfont" on legacy Mac OS X */
#define TTAG_0xA5lst FT_MAKE_TAG( 0xA5, 'l', 's', 't' )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* TTAGS_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/freetype2/ft2build.h
Generated Vendored
+42
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/****************************************************************************
*
* ft2build.h
*
* FreeType 2 build and setup macros.
*
* Copyright (C) 1996-2023 by
* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
*
* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used,
* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project
* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute
* this file you indicate that you have read the license and
* understand and accept it fully.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* This is the 'entry point' for FreeType header file inclusions, to be
* loaded before all other header files.
*
* A typical example is
*
* ```
* #include <ft2build.h>
* #include <freetype/freetype.h>
* ```
*
*/
#ifndef FT2BUILD_H_
#define FT2BUILD_H_
#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
#endif /* FT2BUILD_H_ */
/* END */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-arabic.h
Generated Vendored
+81
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/* fribidi-arabic.h - do Arabic shaping to presentation forms
*
* Copyright (C) 2005 Behdad Esfahbod
*
* This file is part of GNU FriBidi.
*
* GNU FriBidi is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* GNU FriBidi is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with GNU FriBidi; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
* For licensing issues, contact <fribidi.license@gmail.com> or write to
* Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc., PO Box 13445-389, Tehran, Iran.
*
* Author(s):
* Behdad Esfahbod, 2005
*/
#ifndef _FRIBIDI_ARABIC_H
#define _FRIBIDI_ARABIC_H
#include "fribidi-common.h"
#include "fribidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-flags.h"
#include "fribidi-bidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-joining.h"
#include "fribidi-begindecls.h"
/* fribidi_shape_arabic - do Arabic shaping
*
* The actual shaping that is done depends on the flags set. Only flags
* starting with FRIBIDI_FLAG_SHAPE_ARAB_ affect this function.
* Currently these are:
*
* * FRIBIDI_FLAG_SHAPE_MIRRORING: Do mirroring.
* * FRIBIDI_FLAG_SHAPE_ARAB_PRES: Shape Arabic characters to their
* presentation form glyphs.
* * FRIBIDI_FLAG_SHAPE_ARAB_LIGA: Form mandatory Arabic ligatures.
* * FRIBIDI_FLAG_SHAPE_ARAB_CONSOLE: Perform additional Arabic shaping
* suitable for text rendered on
* grid terminals with no mark
* rendering capabilities.
*
* Of the above, FRIBIDI_FLAG_SHAPE_ARAB_CONSOLE is only used in special
* cases, but the rest are recommended in any environment that doesn't have
* other means for doing Arabic shaping. The set of extra flags that enable
* this level of Arabic support has a shortcut named FRIBIDI_FLAGS_ARABIC.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY void
fribidi_shape_arabic (
FriBidiFlags flags, /* shaping flags */
const FriBidiLevel *embedding_levels,
const FriBidiStrIndex len, /* input string length */
FriBidiArabicProp *ar_props, /* input/output Arabic properties as
* computed by fribidi_join_arabic */
FriBidiChar *str /* string to shape */
);
#include "fribidi-enddecls.h"
#endif /* !_FRIBIDI_ARABIC_H */
/* Editor directions:
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 2
* indent-tabs-mode: t
* tab-width: 8
* End:
* vim: textwidth=78: autoindent: cindent: shiftwidth=2: tabstop=8:
*/
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-begindecls.h
Generated Vendored
+3
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
#ifdef FRIBIDI_BEGIN_DECLS
FRIBIDI_BEGIN_DECLS
#endif /* FRIBIDI_BEGIN_DECLS */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-bidi-types-list.h
Generated Vendored
+96
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
#ifndef __FRIBIDI_DOC
/* FriBidi
* fribidi-bidi-types-list.h - list of bidi types
*
* Author:
* Behdad Esfahbod, 2001, 2002, 2004
*
* Copyright (C) 2004 Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Behdad Esfahbod
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with this library, in a file named COPYING; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
* Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*
* For licensing issues, contact <fribidi.license@gmail.com>.
*/
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#endif /* !__FRIBIDI_DOC */
#ifndef _FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE
# define _FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE(x,y)
#endif
#ifndef _FRIBIDI_ADD_ALIAS
# define _FRIBIDI_ADD_ALIAS(x1,x2)
#endif
#if !defined(_FRIBIDI_PAR_TYPES) || defined(_FRIBIDI_ALL_TYPES)
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (LTR, 'L') /* Left-To-Right letter */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (RTL, 'R') /* Right-To-Left letter */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (AL, 'A') /* Arabic Letter */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (EN, '1') /* European Numeral */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (AN, '9') /* Arabic Numeral */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (ES, 'w') /* European number Separator */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (ET, 'w') /* European number Terminator */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (CS, 'w') /* Common Separator */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (NSM, '`') /* Non Spacing Mark */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (BN, 'b') /* Boundary Neutral */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (BS, 'B') /* Block Separator */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (SS, 'S') /* Segment Separator */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (WS, '_') /* WhiteSpace */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (ON, 'n') /* Other Neutral */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (LRE, '+') /* Left-to-Right Embedding */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (RLE, '+') /* Right-to-Left Embedding */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (LRO, '+') /* Left-to-Right Override */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (RLO, '+') /* Right-to-Left Override */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (PDF, '-') /* Pop Directional Flag */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (LRI, '+') /* Left-to-Right Isolate */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (RLI, '+') /* Right-to-Left Isolate */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (FSI, '+') /* First-Strong Isolate */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (PDI, '-') /* Pop Directional Isolate */
#if defined(_FRIBIDI_ADD_ALIAS)
_FRIBIDI_ADD_ALIAS (L, LTR)
_FRIBIDI_ADD_ALIAS (R, RTL)
_FRIBIDI_ADD_ALIAS (B, BS)
_FRIBIDI_ADD_ALIAS (S, SS)
#endif /* _FRIBIDI_ADD_ALIAS */
#if defined(_FRIBIDI_SENTINEL_TYPE) || defined(_FRIBIDI_ALL_TYPES)
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (SENTINEL, '$') /* SENTINEL */
#endif /* _FRIBIDI_SENTINEL_TYPES || _FRIBIDI_ALL_TYPES*/
#endif /* !_FRIBIDI_PAR_TYPES || _FRIBIDI_ALL_TYPES */
#if defined(_FRIBIDI_PAR_TYPES) || defined(_FRIBIDI_ALL_TYPES)
# if !defined(_FRIBIDI_ALL_TYPES)
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (LTR, 'L') /* Left-To-Right paragraph */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (RTL, 'R') /* Right-To-Left paragraph */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (ON, 'n') /* directiOn-Neutral paragraph */
# endif /* !_FRIBIDI_ALL_TYPES */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (WLTR, 'l') /* Weak Left To Right paragraph */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (WRTL, 'r') /* Weak Right To Left paragraph */
#endif /* _FRIBIDI_PAR_TYPES || _FRIBIDI_ALL_TYPES*/
#if defined(_FRIBIDI_ENUM_TYPES)
typedef enum {
# define _FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE _FRIBIDI_ENUM_ADD_TYPE
# include "fribidi-bidi-types-list.h"
# undef _FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE
_FRIBIDI_TYPES_MAX
} _FRIBIDI_ENUM_TYPES
#endif /* _FRIBIDI_ENUM_TYPES */
#ifndef __FRIBIDI_DOC
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* !__FRIBIDI_DOC */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-bidi-types.h
Generated Vendored
+405
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
/* FriBidi
* fribidi-bidi-types.h - character bidi types
*
* Author:
* Behdad Esfahbod, 2001, 2002, 2004
*
* Copyright (C) 2004 Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Behdad Esfahbod
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with this library, in a file named COPYING; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
* Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*
* For licensing issues, contact <fribidi.license@gmail.com>.
*/
#ifndef _FRIBIDI_BIDI_TYPES_H
#define _FRIBIDI_BIDI_TYPES_H
#include "fribidi-common.h"
#include "fribidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-begindecls.h"
typedef signed char FriBidiLevel;
/*
* Define bit masks that bidi types are based on, each mask has
* only one bit set.
*/
/* RTL mask better be the least significant bit. */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_RTL 0x00000001L /* Is right to left */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_ARABIC 0x00000002L /* Is arabic */
/* Each char can be only one of the three following. */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_STRONG 0x00000010L /* Is strong */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_WEAK 0x00000020L /* Is weak */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_NEUTRAL 0x00000040L /* Is neutral */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_SENTINEL 0x00000080L /* Is sentinel */
/* Sentinels are not valid chars, just identify the start/end of strings. */
/* Each char can be only one of the six following. */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_LETTER 0x00000100L /* Is letter: L, R, AL */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_NUMBER 0x00000200L /* Is number: EN, AN */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_NUMSEPTER 0x00000400L /* Is separator or terminator: ES, ET, CS */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_SPACE 0x00000800L /* Is space: BN, BS, SS, WS */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_EXPLICIT 0x00001000L /* Is explicit mark: LRE, RLE, LRO, RLO, PDF */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_ISOLATE 0x00008000L /* Is isolate mark: LRI, RLI, FSI, PDI */
/* Can be set only if FRIBIDI_MASK_SPACE is also set. */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_SEPARATOR 0x00002000L /* Is text separator: BS, SS */
/* Can be set only if FRIBIDI_MASK_EXPLICIT is also set. */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_OVERRIDE 0x00004000L /* Is explicit override: LRO, RLO */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_FIRST 0x02000000L /* Whether direction is determined by first strong */
/* The following exist to make types pairwise different, some of them can
* be removed but are here because of efficiency (make queries faster). */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_ES 0x00010000L
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_ET 0x00020000L
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_CS 0x00040000L
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_NSM 0x00080000L
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_BN 0x00100000L
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_BS 0x00200000L
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_SS 0x00400000L
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_WS 0x00800000L
/* We reserve a single bit for user's private use: we will never use it. */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_PRIVATE 0x01000000L
/*
* Define values for FriBidiCharType
*/
/* Strong types */
/* Left-To-Right letter */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_LTR_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_STRONG | FRIBIDI_MASK_LETTER )
/* Right-To-Left letter */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_RTL_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_STRONG | FRIBIDI_MASK_LETTER \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_RTL)
/* Arabic Letter */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_AL_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_STRONG | FRIBIDI_MASK_LETTER \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_RTL | FRIBIDI_MASK_ARABIC )
/* Left-to-Right Embedding */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_LRE_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_STRONG | FRIBIDI_MASK_EXPLICIT)
/* Right-to-Left Embedding */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_RLE_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_STRONG | FRIBIDI_MASK_EXPLICIT \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_RTL )
/* Left-to-Right Override */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_LRO_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_STRONG | FRIBIDI_MASK_EXPLICIT \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_OVERRIDE )
/* Right-to-Left Override */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_RLO_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_STRONG | FRIBIDI_MASK_EXPLICIT \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_RTL | FRIBIDI_MASK_OVERRIDE )
/* Weak types */
/* Pop Directional Flag*/
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_PDF_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_WEAK | FRIBIDI_MASK_EXPLICIT )
/* European Numeral */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_EN_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_WEAK | FRIBIDI_MASK_NUMBER )
/* Arabic Numeral */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_AN_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_WEAK | FRIBIDI_MASK_NUMBER \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_ARABIC )
/* European number Separator */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_ES_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_WEAK | FRIBIDI_MASK_NUMSEPTER \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_ES )
/* European number Terminator */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_ET_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_WEAK | FRIBIDI_MASK_NUMSEPTER \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_ET )
/* Common Separator */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_CS_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_WEAK | FRIBIDI_MASK_NUMSEPTER \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_CS )
/* Non Spacing Mark */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_NSM_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_WEAK | FRIBIDI_MASK_NSM )
/* Boundary Neutral */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_BN_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_WEAK | FRIBIDI_MASK_SPACE \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_BN )
/* Neutral types */
/* Block Separator */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_BS_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_NEUTRAL | FRIBIDI_MASK_SPACE \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_SEPARATOR | FRIBIDI_MASK_BS )
/* Segment Separator */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_SS_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_NEUTRAL | FRIBIDI_MASK_SPACE \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_SEPARATOR | FRIBIDI_MASK_SS )
/* WhiteSpace */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_WS_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_NEUTRAL | FRIBIDI_MASK_SPACE \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_WS )
/* Other Neutral */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_ON_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_NEUTRAL )
/* The following are used in specifying paragraph direction only. */
/* Weak Left-To-Right */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_WLTR_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_WEAK )
/* Weak Right-To-Left */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_WRTL_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_WEAK | FRIBIDI_MASK_RTL )
/* start or end of text (run list) SENTINEL. Only used internally */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_SENTINEL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_SENTINEL )
/* Private types for applications. More private types can be obtained by
* summing up from this one. */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_PRIVATE ( FRIBIDI_MASK_PRIVATE )
/* New types in Unicode 6.3 */
/* Left-to-Right Isolate */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_LRI_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_NEUTRAL | FRIBIDI_MASK_ISOLATE )
/* Right-to-Left Isolate */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_RLI_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_NEUTRAL | FRIBIDI_MASK_ISOLATE | FRIBIDI_MASK_RTL )
/* First strong isolate */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_FSI_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_NEUTRAL | FRIBIDI_MASK_ISOLATE | FRIBIDI_MASK_FIRST )
/* Pop Directional Isolate*/
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_PDI_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_NEUTRAL | FRIBIDI_MASK_WEAK | FRIBIDI_MASK_ISOLATE )
/* Define Enums only if sizeof(int) == 4 (UTF-32), and not compiling C++.
* The problem with C++ is that then casts between int32 and enum will fail!
*/
#if defined(__FRIBIDI_DOC) || (FRIBIDI_SIZEOF_INT+0 == 4 && !defined(__cplusplus))
typedef enum
{
# define _FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE(TYPE,SYMBOL) \
FRIBIDI_TYPE_##TYPE = FRIBIDI_TYPE_##TYPE##_VAL,
# include "fribidi-bidi-types-list.h"
# undef _FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE
_FRIBIDI_TYPE_SENTINEL = FRIBIDI_TYPE_SENTINEL /* Don't use this */
} FriBidiCharType;
typedef enum
{
# define _FRIBIDI_PAR_TYPES
# define _FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE(TYPE,SYMBOL) \
FRIBIDI_PAR_##TYPE = FRIBIDI_TYPE_##TYPE##_VAL,
# include "fribidi-bidi-types-list.h"
# undef _FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE
# undef _FRIBIDI_PAR_TYPES
_FRIBIDI_PAR_SENTINEL = FRIBIDI_TYPE_SENTINEL /* Don't use this */
} FriBidiParType;
#else
typedef uint32_t FriBidiCharType;
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_LTR FRIBIDI_TYPE_LTR_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_RTL FRIBIDI_TYPE_RTL_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_AL FRIBIDI_TYPE_AL_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_EN FRIBIDI_TYPE_EN_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_AN FRIBIDI_TYPE_AN_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_ES FRIBIDI_TYPE_ES_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_ET FRIBIDI_TYPE_ET_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_CS FRIBIDI_TYPE_CS_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_NSM FRIBIDI_TYPE_NSM_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_BN FRIBIDI_TYPE_BN_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_BS FRIBIDI_TYPE_BS_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_SS FRIBIDI_TYPE_SS_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_WS FRIBIDI_TYPE_WS_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_ON FRIBIDI_TYPE_ON_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_LRE FRIBIDI_TYPE_LRE_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_RLE FRIBIDI_TYPE_RLE_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_LRO FRIBIDI_TYPE_LRO_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_RLO FRIBIDI_TYPE_RLO_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_PDF FRIBIDI_TYPE_PDF_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_LRI FRIBIDI_TYPE_LRI_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_RLI FRIBIDI_TYPE_RLI_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_FSI FRIBIDI_TYPE_FSI_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_TYPE_PDI FRIBIDI_TYPE_PDI_VAL
typedef uint32_t FriBidiParType;
# define FRIBIDI_PAR_LTR FRIBIDI_TYPE_LTR_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_PAR_RTL FRIBIDI_TYPE_RTL_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_PAR_ON FRIBIDI_TYPE_ON_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_PAR_WLTR FRIBIDI_TYPE_WLTR_VAL
# define FRIBIDI_PAR_WRTL FRIBIDI_TYPE_WRTL_VAL
#endif
/* Please don't use these two type names, use FRIBIDI_PAR_* form instead. */
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_WLTR FRIBIDI_PAR_WLTR
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_WRTL FRIBIDI_PAR_WRTL
/*
* Defining macros for needed queries, It is fully dependent on the
* implementation of FriBidiCharType.
*/
/* Is right-to-left level? */
#define FRIBIDI_LEVEL_IS_RTL(lev) ((lev) & 1)
/* Return the bidi type corresponding to the direction of the level number,
FRIBIDI_TYPE_LTR for evens and FRIBIDI_TYPE_RTL for odds. */
#define FRIBIDI_LEVEL_TO_DIR(lev) \
(FRIBIDI_LEVEL_IS_RTL (lev) ? FRIBIDI_TYPE_RTL : FRIBIDI_TYPE_LTR)
/* Return the minimum level of the direction, 0 for FRIBIDI_TYPE_LTR and
1 for FRIBIDI_TYPE_RTL and FRIBIDI_TYPE_AL. */
#define FRIBIDI_DIR_TO_LEVEL(dir) \
((FriBidiLevel) (FRIBIDI_IS_RTL (dir) ? 1 : 0))
/* Is right to left: RTL, AL, RLE, RLO? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_RTL(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_RTL)
/* Is arabic: AL, AN? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_ARABIC(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_ARABIC)
/* Is strong? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_STRONG(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_STRONG)
/* Is weak? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_WEAK(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_WEAK)
/* Is neutral? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_NEUTRAL(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_NEUTRAL)
/* Is sentinel? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_SENTINEL(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_SENTINEL)
/* Is letter: L, R, AL? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_LETTER(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_LETTER)
/* Is number: EN, AN? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_NUMBER(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_NUMBER)
/* Is number separator or terminator: ES, ET, CS? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_NUMBER_SEPARATOR_OR_TERMINATOR(p) \
((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_NUMSEPTER)
/* Is space: BN, BS, SS, WS? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_SPACE(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_SPACE)
/* Is explicit mark: LRE, RLE, LRO, RLO, PDF? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_EXPLICIT(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_EXPLICIT)
/* Is isolator */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_ISOLATE(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_ISOLATE)
/* Is text separator: BS, SS? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_SEPARATOR(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_SEPARATOR)
/* Is explicit override: LRO, RLO? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_OVERRIDE(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_OVERRIDE)
/* Some more: */
/* Is left to right letter: LTR? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_LTR_LETTER(p) \
((p) & (FRIBIDI_MASK_LETTER | FRIBIDI_MASK_RTL) == FRIBIDI_MASK_LETTER)
/* Is right to left letter: RTL, AL? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_RTL_LETTER(p) \
((p) & (FRIBIDI_MASK_LETTER | FRIBIDI_MASK_RTL) \
== (FRIBIDI_MASK_LETTER | FRIBIDI_MASK_RTL))
/* Is ES or CS: ES, CS? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_ES_OR_CS(p) \
((p) & (FRIBIDI_MASK_ES | FRIBIDI_MASK_CS))
/* Is explicit or BN: LRE, RLE, LRO, RLO, PDF, BN? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_EXPLICIT_OR_BN(p) \
((p) & (FRIBIDI_MASK_EXPLICIT | FRIBIDI_MASK_BN))
/* Is explicit or BN or NSM: LRE, RLE, LRO, RLO, PDF, BN, NSM? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_EXPLICIT_OR_BN_OR_NSM(p) \
((p) & (FRIBIDI_MASK_EXPLICIT | FRIBIDI_MASK_BN | FRIBIDI_MASK_NSM))
/* Is explicit or BN or NSM: LRE, RLE, LRO, RLO, PDF, BN, NSM? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_EXPLICIT_OR_ISOLATE_OR_BN_OR_NSM(p) \
((p) & (FRIBIDI_MASK_EXPLICIT | FRIBIDI_MASK_ISOLATE | FRIBIDI_MASK_BN | FRIBIDI_MASK_NSM))
/* Is explicit or BN or WS: LRE, RLE, LRO, RLO, PDF, BN, WS? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_EXPLICIT_OR_BN_OR_WS(p) \
((p) & (FRIBIDI_MASK_EXPLICIT | FRIBIDI_MASK_BN | FRIBIDI_MASK_WS))
/* Is explicit or separator or BN or WS: LRE, RLE, LRO, RLO, PDF, BS, SS, BN, WS? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_EXPLICIT_OR_SEPARATOR_OR_BN_OR_WS(p) \
((p) & (FRIBIDI_MASK_EXPLICIT | FRIBIDI_MASK_SEPARATOR \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_BN | FRIBIDI_MASK_WS))
/* Is private-use type for application? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_PRIVATE(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_PRIVATE)
/* Define some conversions. */
/* Change numbers to RTL: EN,AN -> RTL. */
#define FRIBIDI_CHANGE_NUMBER_TO_RTL(p) \
(FRIBIDI_IS_NUMBER(p) ? FRIBIDI_TYPE_RTL : (p))
/* Override status of an explicit mark:
* LRO,LRE->LTR, RLO,RLE->RTL, otherwise->ON. */
#define FRIBIDI_EXPLICIT_TO_OVERRIDE_DIR(p) \
(FRIBIDI_IS_OVERRIDE(p) ? FRIBIDI_LEVEL_TO_DIR(FRIBIDI_DIR_TO_LEVEL(p)) \
: FRIBIDI_TYPE_ON)
/* Weaken type for paragraph fallback purposes:
* LTR->WLTR, RTL->WRTL. */
#define FRIBIDI_WEAK_PARAGRAPH(p) (FRIBIDI_PAR_WLTR | ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_RTL))
/* Functions finally */
/* fribidi_get_bidi_type - get character bidi type
*
* This function returns the bidi type of a character as defined in Table 3.7
* Bidirectional Character Types of the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm
* available at
* http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/#Bidirectional_Character_Types, using
* data provided in file UnicodeData.txt of the Unicode Character Database
* available at http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt.
*
* There are a few macros defined in fribidi-bidi-types.h for querying a bidi
* type.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY FriBidiCharType
fribidi_get_bidi_type (
FriBidiChar ch /* input character */
) FRIBIDI_GNUC_CONST;
/* fribidi_get_bidi_types - get bidi types for an string of characters
*
* This function finds the bidi types of an string of characters. See
* fribidi_get_bidi_type() for more information about the bidi types returned
* by this function.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY void fribidi_get_bidi_types (
const FriBidiChar *str, /* input string */
const FriBidiStrIndex len, /* input string length */
FriBidiCharType *btypes /* output bidi types */
);
/* fribidi_get_bidi_type_name - get bidi type name
*
* This function returns the bidi type name of a character type. The
* returned string is a static string and should not be freed.
*
* The type names are the same as ones defined in Table 3.7 Bidirectional
* Character Types of the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm available at
* http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/#Bidirectional_Character_Types, with a
* few modifications: L->LTR, R->RTL, B->BS, S->SS.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY const char *fribidi_get_bidi_type_name (
FriBidiCharType t /* input bidi type */
) FRIBIDI_GNUC_CONST;
#include "fribidi-enddecls.h"
#endif /* !_FRIBIDI_BIDI_TYPES_H */
/* Editor directions:
* vim:textwidth=78:tabstop=8:shiftwidth=2:autoindent:cindent
*/
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-bidi.h
Generated Vendored
+142
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
/* FriBidi
* fribidi-bidi.h - bidirectional algorithm
*
* Authors:
* Behdad Esfahbod, 2001, 2002, 2004
* Dov Grobgeld, 1999, 2000
*
* Copyright (C) 2004 Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc
* Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Behdad Esfahbod
* Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Dov Grobgeld
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with this library, in a file named COPYING; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
* Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*
* For licensing issues, contact <fribidi.license@gmail.com>.
*/
#ifndef _FRIBIDI_BIDI_H
#define _FRIBIDI_BIDI_H
#include "fribidi-common.h"
#include "fribidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-flags.h"
#include "fribidi-bidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-begindecls.h"
/* fribidi_get_par_direction - get base paragraph direction
*
* This function finds the base direction of a single paragraph,
* as defined by rule P2 of the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm available at
* http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/#P2.
*
* You typically do not need this function as
* fribidi_get_par_embedding_levels() knows how to compute base direction
* itself, but you may need this to implement a more sophisticated paragraph
* direction handling. Note that you can pass more than a paragraph to this
* function and the direction of the first non-neutral paragraph is returned,
* which is a very good heuristic to set direction of the neutral paragraphs
* at the beginning of text. For other neutral paragraphs, you better use the
* direction of the previous paragraph.
*
* Returns: Base pargraph direction. No weak paragraph direction is returned,
* only LTR, RTL, or ON.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY FriBidiParType fribidi_get_par_direction (
const FriBidiCharType *bidi_types, /* input list of bidi types as returned by
fribidi_get_bidi_types() */
const FriBidiStrIndex len /* input string length */
);
/* fribidi_get_par_embedding_levels_ex - get bidi embedding levels of a paragraph
*
* This function finds the bidi embedding levels of a single paragraph,
* as defined by the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm available at
* http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/. This function implements rules P2 to
* I1 inclusive, and parts 1 to 3 of L1, except for rule X9 which is
* implemented in fribidi_remove_bidi_marks(). Part 4 of L1 is implemented
* in fribidi_reorder_line().
*
* There are a few macros defined in fribidi-bidi-types.h to work with this
* embedding levels.
*
* Returns: Maximum level found plus one, or zero if any error occurred
* (memory allocation failure most probably).
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY FriBidiLevel
fribidi_get_par_embedding_levels_ex (
const FriBidiCharType *bidi_types, /* input list of bidi types as returned by
fribidi_get_bidi_types() */
const FriBidiBracketType *bracket_types, /* input list of bracket types as returned by
fribidi_get_bracket_types() */
const FriBidiStrIndex len, /* input string length of the paragraph */
FriBidiParType *pbase_dir, /* requested and resolved paragraph
* base direction */
FriBidiLevel *embedding_levels /* output list of embedding levels */
) FRIBIDI_GNUC_WARN_UNUSED;
/* fribidi_reorder_line - reorder a line of logical string to visual
*
* This function reorders the characters in a line of text from logical to
* final visual order. This function implements part 4 of rule L1, and rules
* L2 and L3 of the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm available at
* http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/#Reordering_Resolved_Levels.
*
* As a side effect it also sets position maps if not NULL.
*
* You should provide the resolved paragraph direction and embedding levels as
* set by fribidi_get_par_embedding_levels(). Also note that the embedding
* levels may change a bit. To be exact, the embedding level of any sequence
* of white space at the end of line is reset to the paragraph embedding level
* (That is part 4 of rule L1).
*
* Note that the bidi types and embedding levels are not reordered. You can
* reorder these (or any other) arrays using the map later. The user is
* responsible to initialize map to something sensible, like an identity
* mapping, or pass NULL if no map is needed.
*
* There is an optional part to this function, which is whether non-spacing
* marks for right-to-left parts of the text should be reordered to come after
* their base characters in the visual string or not. Most rendering engines
* expect this behavior, but console-based systems for example do not like it.
* This is controlled by the FRIBIDI_FLAG_REORDER_NSM flag. The flag is on
* in FRIBIDI_FLAGS_DEFAULT.
*
* Returns: Maximum level found in this line plus one, or zero if any error
* occurred (memory allocation failure most probably).
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY FriBidiLevel fribidi_reorder_line (
FriBidiFlags flags, /* reorder flags */
const FriBidiCharType *bidi_types, /* input list of bidi types as returned by
fribidi_get_bidi_types() */
const FriBidiStrIndex len, /* input length of the line */
const FriBidiStrIndex off, /* input offset of the beginning of the line
in the paragraph */
const FriBidiParType base_dir, /* resolved paragraph base direction */
FriBidiLevel *embedding_levels, /* input list of embedding levels,
as returned by
fribidi_get_par_embedding_levels */
FriBidiChar *visual_str, /* visual string to reorder */
FriBidiStrIndex *map /* a map of string indices which is reordered
* to reflect where each glyph ends up. */
) FRIBIDI_GNUC_WARN_UNUSED;
#include "fribidi-enddecls.h"
#endif /* !_FRIBIDI_BIDI_H */
/* Editor directions:
* vim:textwidth=78:tabstop=8:shiftwidth=2:autoindent:cindent
*/
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-brackets.h
Generated Vendored
+89
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
/* fribidi-brackets.h - get bracket character property
*
* Copyright (C) 2004 Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc
* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2004 Behdad Esfahbod
* Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2017 Dov Grobgeld
*
* This file is part of GNU FriBidi.
*
* GNU FriBidi is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* GNU FriBidi is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with GNU FriBidi; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
* For licensing issues, contact <fribidi.license@gmail.com> or write to
* Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc., PO Box 13445-389, Tehran, Iran.
*
* Author(s):
* Behdad Esfahbod, 2001, 2002, 2004
* Dov Grobgeld, 1999, 2000, 2017
*/
#ifndef _FRIBIDI_BRACKETS_H
#define _FRIBIDI_BRACKETS_H
#include "fribidi-common.h"
#include "fribidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-bidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-begindecls.h"
/* fribidi_get_bracket - get bracketed character
*
* This function finds the bracketed equivalent of a character as defined in
* the file BidiBrackets.txt of the Unicode Character Database available at
* http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/BidiBrackets.txt.
*
* If the input character is a declared as a brackets character in the
* Unicode standard and has a bracketed equivalent. The matching bracketed
* character is put in the output, otherwise the input character itself is
* put.
*
* Returns: The bracket type of the character. Use the
* FRIBIDI_IS_BRACKET(FriBidiBracketType) to test if it is a valid
* property.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY FriBidiBracketType fribidi_get_bracket (
FriBidiChar ch /* input character */
);
/* fribidi_get_bracket_types - get bracketed characters
*
* This function finds the bracketed characters of an string of characters.
* See fribidi_get_bracket() for more information about the bracketed
* characters returned by this function.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY void
fribidi_get_bracket_types (
const FriBidiChar *str, /* input string */
const FriBidiStrIndex len, /* input string length */
const FriBidiCharType *types, /* input bidi types */
FriBidiBracketType *btypes /* output bracketed characters */
);
#define FRIBIDI_BRACKET_OPEN_MASK 0x80000000
#define FRIBIDI_BRACKET_ID_MASK 0x7fffffff
#define FRIBIDI_IS_BRACKET_OPEN(bt) ((bt & FRIBIDI_BRACKET_OPEN_MASK)>0)
#define FRIBIDI_BRACKET_ID(bt) ((bt & FRIBIDI_BRACKET_ID_MASK))
#include "fribidi-enddecls.h"
#endif /* !_FRIBIDI_BRACKETS_H */
/* Editor directions:
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 2
* indent-tabs-mode: t
* tab-width: 8
* End:
* vim: textwidth=78: autoindent: cindent: shiftwidth=2: tabstop=8:
*/
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-char-sets-list.h
Generated Vendored
+54
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
#ifndef __FRIBIDI_DOC
/* FriBidi
* fribidi-char-sets-list.h - list of supported character sets
*
* Author:
* Behdad Esfahbod, 2001, 2002, 2004
*
* Copyright (C) 2004 Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Behdad Esfahbod
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with this library, in a file named COPYING; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
* Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*
* For licensing issues, contact <fribidi.license@gmail.com>.
*/
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
/* The order of types in this list should not be important at compile time,
* but apparently it should not be changed after compilation! */
#endif /* !__FRIBIDI_DOC */
#ifdef _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET
# define _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET_OTHERS _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET
# define _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET_ONE2ONE _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET
#endif /* _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET */
#ifdef _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET_OTHERS
_FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET_OTHERS (UTF8, utf8) /* UTF-8 (Unicode) */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET_OTHERS (CAP_RTL, cap_rtl) /* CapRTL (Test) */
#endif /* _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET_OTHERS */
#ifdef _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET_ONE2ONE
_FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET_ONE2ONE (ISO8859_6, iso8859_6) /* ISO8859-6 (Arabic) */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET_ONE2ONE (ISO8859_8, iso8859_8) /* ISO8859-8 (Hebrew) */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET_ONE2ONE (CP1255, cp1255) /* CP1255 (MS Hebrew/Yiddish) */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET_ONE2ONE (CP1256, cp1256) /* CP1256 (MS Arabic) */
#endif /* _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET_ONE2ONE */
#ifdef _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET
# undef _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET_OTHERS
# undef _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET_ONE2ONE
#endif /* _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET */
#ifndef __FRIBIDI_DOC
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* !__FRIBIDI_DOC */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-char-sets.h
Generated Vendored
+106
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/* FriBidi
* fribidi-char-sets.h - character set conversion routines
*
* Authors:
* Behdad Esfahbod, 2001, 2002, 2004
* Dov Grobgeld, 1999, 2000
*
* Copyright (C) 2004 Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc
* Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Behdad Esfahbod
* Copyright (C) 1999,2000 Dov Grobgeld
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with this library, in a file named COPYING; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
* Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*
* For licensing issues, contact <fribidi.license@gmail.com>.
*/
#ifndef _FRIBIDI_CHAR_SETS_H
#define _FRIBIDI_CHAR_SETS_H
#include "fribidi-common.h"
#include "fribidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-begindecls.h"
typedef enum
{
_FRIBIDI_CHAR_SET_NOT_FOUND,
# define _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET(CHAR_SET, char_set) FRIBIDI_CHAR_SET_##CHAR_SET,
# include "fribidi-char-sets-list.h"
# undef _FRIBIDI_ADD_CHAR_SET
_FRIBIDI_CHAR_SETS_NUM_PLUS_ONE
}
FriBidiCharSet;
#define FRIBIDI_CHAR_SET_NOT_FOUND _FRIBIDI_CHAR_SET_NOT_FOUND
#define FRIBIDI_CHAR_SETS_NUM (_FRIBIDI_CHAR_SETS_NUM_PLUS_ONE - 1)
/* fribidi_charset_to_unicode - convert string to Unicode
*
* This function converts an string from a character set, to a Unicode string.
*
* Returns: The length of the new string.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY FriBidiStrIndex fribidi_charset_to_unicode (
FriBidiCharSet char_set, /* character set to convert from */
const char *s, /* input string encoded in char_set */
FriBidiStrIndex len, /* input string length */
FriBidiChar *us /* output Unicode string */
);
/* fribidi_unicode_to_charset - convert string from Unicode
*
* This function converts a Unicode string to an string in another character
* set. It also null-terminates the output string.
*
* Returns: The length of the new string.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY FriBidiStrIndex fribidi_unicode_to_charset (
FriBidiCharSet char_set, /* character set to convert to */
const FriBidiChar *us, /* input Unicode string */
FriBidiStrIndex len, /* input string length */
char *s /* output string encoded in char_set */
);
/* fribidi_parse_charset - parse character set name
*
* Returns: The character set named s, or FRIBIDI_CHAR_SET_NOT_FOUND if the
* character set is not available.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY FriBidiCharSet fribidi_parse_charset (
const char *s /* input name of the character set */
);
FRIBIDI_ENTRY const char *fribidi_char_set_name (
FriBidiCharSet char_set
);
FRIBIDI_ENTRY const char *fribidi_char_set_title (
FriBidiCharSet char_set
);
FRIBIDI_ENTRY const char *fribidi_char_set_desc (
FriBidiCharSet char_set
);
#include "fribidi-enddecls.h"
#endif /* !_FRIBIDI_CHAR_SETS_H */
/* Editor directions:
* vim:textwidth=78:tabstop=8:shiftwidth=2:autoindent:cindent
*/
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-common.h
Generated Vendored
+152
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
/* FriBidi
* fribidi-common.h - common include for library headers
*
* Author:
* Behdad Esfahbod, 2004
*
* Copyright (C) 2004 Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc.
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with this library, in a file named COPYING; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
* Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*
* For licensing issues, contact <fribidi.license@gmail.com>.
*/
#ifndef _FRIBIDI_COMMON_H
#define _FRIBIDI_COMMON_H
#ifdef DONT_HAVE_FRIBIDI_CONFIG_H
# define FRIBIDI "fribidi"
# define FRIBIDI_NAME "fribidi"
# define FRIBIDI_VERSION "unknown"
# define FRIBIDI_BUGREPORT "unknown"
# define FRIBIDI_INTERFACE_VERSION_STRING "unknown"
#else /* !DONT_HAVE_FRIBIDI_CONFIG_H */
# include "fribidi-config.h"
#endif /* !DONT_HAVE_FRIBIDI_CONFIG_H */
#ifdef HAVE_FRIBIDI_CUSTOM_H
# include <fribidi-custom.h>
#endif /* HAVE_FRIBIDI_CUSTOM_H */
/* FRIBIDI_ENTRY is a macro used to declare library entry points. */
#ifndef FRIBIDI_ENTRY
# if (defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 4) || defined(__ICC)
# define FRIBIDI_ENTRY __attribute__ ((visibility("default")))
# elif (defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC))
# define FRIBIDI_ENTRY __global
/* Windows is special and you cannot just define entry points unconditionally. */
# elif defined(_WIN32) && ! defined(FRIBIDI_LIB_STATIC)
# ifdef FRIBIDI_BUILD
# define FRIBIDI_ENTRY __declspec(dllexport)
# else
# define FRIBIDI_ENTRY __declspec(dllimport)
# endif
# else
/* nothing else worked, give up and do nothing */
# define FRIBIDI_ENTRY
# endif
#endif
#define FRIBIDI_EXTERN extern
#ifdef __ICC
#define FRIBIDI_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS \
_Pragma ("warning (push)") \
_Pragma ("warning (disable:1478)")
#define FRIBIDI_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS \
_Pragma ("warning (pop)")
#elif __GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 6)
#define FRIBIDI_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS \
_Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push") \
_Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"")
#define FRIBIDI_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS \
_Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop")
#elif defined (_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1500)
#define FRIBIDI_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS \
__pragma (warning (push)) \
__pragma (warning (disable : 4996))
#define FRIBIDI_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS \
__pragma (warning (pop))
#elif defined (__clang__)
#define FRIBIDI_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS \
_Pragma("clang diagnostic push") \
_Pragma("clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"")
#define FRIBIDI_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS \
_Pragma("clang diagnostic pop")
#else
#define FRIBIDI_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
#define FRIBIDI_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
#endif
#if (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 2)) && ! defined(_WIN32)
# define FRIBIDI_GNUC_WARN_UNUSED __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__))
# define FRIBIDI_GNUC_MALLOC __attribute__((__malloc__))
# define FRIBIDI_GNUC_HIDDEN __attribute__((__visibility__ ("hidden")))
# define FRIBIDI_GNUC_CONST __attribute__((__const__))
# define FRIBIDI_GNUC_DEPRECATED __attribute__((__unused__))
#else /* __GNUC__ */
# define FRIBIDI_GNUC_WARN_UNUSED
# define FRIBIDI_GNUC_MALLOC
# define FRIBIDI_GNUC_HIDDEN
# define FRIBIDI_GNUC_CONST
# define FRIBIDI_GNUC_DEPRECATED
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
/* FRIBIDI_BEGIN_DECLS should be used at the beginning of your declarations,
* so that C++ compilers don't mangle their names. Use FRIBIDI_END_DECLS at
* the end of C declarations. */
#ifndef FRIBIDI_BEGIN_DECLS
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define FRIBIDI_BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" {
# define FRIBIDI_END_DECLS }
# else /* !__cplusplus */
# define FRIBIDI_BEGIN_DECLS /* empty */
# define FRIBIDI_END_DECLS /* empty */
# endif /* !__cplusplus */
#endif /* !FRIBIDI_BEGIN_DECLS */
/* fribidi_debug_status - get current debug state
*
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY int fribidi_debug_status (
void
);
/* fribidi_set_debug - set debug state
*
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY int
fribidi_set_debug (
int state /* new state to set */
);
#endif /* !_FRIBIDI_COMMON_H */
/* Editor directions:
* vim:textwidth=78:tabstop=8:shiftwidth=2:autoindent:cindent
*/
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-config.h
Generated Vendored
+23
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
/* fribidi-config.h file generated by Meson */
/* Not copyrighted, in public domain. */
#ifndef FRIBIDI_CONFIG_H
#define FRIBIDI_CONFIG_H
#define FRIBIDI "fribidi"
#define FRIBIDI_NAME "GNU FriBidi"
#define FRIBIDI_BUGREPORT "https://github.com/fribidi/fribidi/issues/new"
#define FRIBIDI_VERSION "1.0.13"
#define FRIBIDI_MAJOR_VERSION 1
#define FRIBIDI_MINOR_VERSION 0
#define FRIBIDI_MICRO_VERSION 13
#define FRIBIDI_INTERFACE_VERSION 4
#define FRIBIDI_INTERFACE_VERSION_STRING "4"
/* The size of a `int', as computed by sizeof. */
#define FRIBIDI_SIZEOF_INT 4
/* Define if fribidi was built with MSVC */
#undef FRIBIDI_BUILT_WITH_MSVC
#endif /* FRIBIDI_CONFIG_H */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-deprecated.h
Generated Vendored
+175
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
/* FriBidi
* fribidi-deprecated.h - Deprecated interfaces
*
* Author:
* Behdad Esfahbod, 2004, 2005
*
* Copyright (C) 2004 Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc
* Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Behdad Esfahbod
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with this library, in a file named COPYING; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
* Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*
* For licensing issues, contact <fribidi.license@gmail.com>.
*/
#ifndef _FRIBIDI_DEPRECATED_H
#define _FRIBIDI_DEPRECATED_H
#include "fribidi-common.h"
#include "fribidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-bidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-begindecls.h"
/* fribidi_mirroring_status - get current mirroring status
*
* This function is deprecated and only used with other deprecated functions.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY fribidi_boolean fribidi_mirroring_status (
void
) FRIBIDI_GNUC_DEPRECATED;
/* fribidi_set_mirroring - set mirroring on or off
*
* This function is used to turn character mirroring on or off.
* Character mirroring is the act of replacing a mirrorable glyph
* (character), eg. left parenthesis, with the matching glyph,
* eg. right parenthesis, in a right-to-left resolved context.
* If your rendering engine does mirroring itself, you may want to
* turn it off here.
*
* This flag is on by default.
* This function is deprecated and only used with other deprecated functions.
*
* Returns: the new mirroring status.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY fribidi_boolean fribidi_set_mirroring (
fribidi_boolean state /* new state to set */
) FRIBIDI_GNUC_DEPRECATED;
/* fribidi_reorder_nsm_status - get current marks reordering status
*
* This function is deprecated and only used with other deprecated functions.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY fribidi_boolean fribidi_reorder_nsm_status (
void
) FRIBIDI_GNUC_DEPRECATED;
/* fribidi_set_reorder_nsm - set marks reordering on or off
*
* This function is used to turn non-spacing marks reordering on or
* off. Reordering non-spacing marks is the act of placing non-spacing
* marks (bidi class NSM) after their base character in a right-to-left
* resolved context. If your rendering engine expects non-spacing marks
* always after the base character in the memory representation of the
* visual string, you need this option on. An example of where people
* may need it off is when rendering in the console when non-spacing
* marks cannot be applied on top of the base character.
*
* This flag is on by default.
* This function is deprecated and only used with other deprecated functions.
*
* Returns: the new marks reordering status.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY fribidi_boolean fribidi_set_reorder_nsm (
fribidi_boolean state /* new state to set */
) FRIBIDI_GNUC_DEPRECATED;
/* fribidi_log2vis_get_embedding_levels - get embedding levels
*
* Deprecated. Replaced by fribidi_get_par_embedding_levels_ex.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY FriBidiLevel
fribidi_log2vis_get_embedding_levels (
const FriBidiCharType *bidi_types, /* input list of bidi types as returned by
fribidi_get_bidi_types() */
const FriBidiStrIndex len, /* input string length of the paragraph */
FriBidiParType *pbase_dir, /* requested and resolved paragraph
* base direction */
FriBidiLevel *embedding_levels /* output list of embedding levels */
) FRIBIDI_GNUC_DEPRECATED;
/* fribidi_get_type - get character bidi type
*
* Deprecated. Replaced by fribidi_get_bidi_type.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY FriBidiCharType
fribidi_get_type (
FriBidiChar ch /* input character */
) FRIBIDI_GNUC_DEPRECATED;
/* fribidi_get_type_internal - get character bidi type
*
* Deprecated. Replaced by fribidi_get_bidi_type.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY FriBidiCharType
fribidi_get_type_internal (
FriBidiChar ch /* input character */
) FRIBIDI_GNUC_DEPRECATED;
/* fribidi_get_par_embedding_levels - get bidi embedding levels of a paragraph
*
* Deprecated interface to fribidi_get_par_embedding_levels_ex(). Refer to
* it for documentation.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY FriBidiLevel
fribidi_get_par_embedding_levels (
const FriBidiCharType *bidi_types, /* input list of bidi types as returned by
fribidi_get_bidi_types() */
const FriBidiStrIndex len, /* input string length of the paragraph */
FriBidiParType *pbase_dir, /* requested and resolved paragraph
* base direction */
FriBidiLevel *embedding_levels /* output list of embedding levels */
)
FRIBIDI_GNUC_WARN_UNUSED FRIBIDI_GNUC_DEPRECATED;
#define UNI_MAX_BIDI_LEVEL FRIBIDI_BIDI_MAX_EXPLICIT_LEVEL
#define UNI_LRM FRIBIDI_CHAR_LRM
#define UNI_RLM FRIBIDI_CHAR_RLM
#define UNI_LRE FRIBIDI_CHAR_LRE
#define UNI_RLE FRIBIDI_CHAR_RLE
#define UNI_LRO FRIBIDI_CHAR_LRO
#define UNI_RLO FRIBIDI_CHAR_RLO
#define UNI_LS FRIBIDI_CHAR_LS
#define UNI_PS FRIBIDI_CHAR_PS
#define UNI_ZWNJ FRIBIDI_CHAR_ZWNJ
#define UNI_ZWJ FRIBIDI_CHAR_ZWJ
#define UNI_HEBREW_ALEF FRIBIDI_CHAR_HEBREW_ALEF
#define UNI_ARABIC_ALEF FRIBIDI_CHAR_ARABIC_ALEF
#define UNI_ARABIC_ZERO FRIBIDI_CHAR_ARABIC_ZERO
#define UNI_FARSI_ZERO FRIBIDI_CHAR_PERSIAN_ZERO
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_WL FRIBIDI_PAR_WLTR
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_WR FRIBIDI_PAR_WRTL
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_L FRIBIDI_PAR_LTR
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_R FRIBIDI_PAR_RTL
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_N FRIBIDI_PAR_ON
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_B FRIBIDI_TYPE_BS
#define FRIBIDI_TYPE_S FRIBIDI_TYPE_SS
#include "fribidi-enddecls.h"
#endif /* !_FRIBIDI_DEPRECATED_H */
/* Editor directions:
* vim:textwidth=78:tabstop=8:shiftwidth=2:autoindent:cindent
*/
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-enddecls.h
Generated Vendored
+3
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
#ifdef FRIBIDI_END_DECLS
FRIBIDI_END_DECLS
#endif /* FRIBIDI_END_DECLS */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-flags.h
Generated Vendored
+72
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/* FriBidi
* fribidi-flags.h - option flags
*
* Author:
* Behdad Esfahbod, 2005
*
* Copyright (C) 2005 Behdad Esfahbod
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with this library, in a file named COPYING; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
* Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*
* For licensing issues, contact <fribidi.license@gmail.com>.
*/
#ifndef _FRIBIDI_FLAGS_H
#define _FRIBIDI_FLAGS_H
#include "fribidi-common.h"
#include "fribidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-begindecls.h"
typedef uint32_t FriBidiFlags;
/*
* Define option flags that various functions use. Each mask has
* only one bit set.
*/
#define FRIBIDI_FLAG_SHAPE_MIRRORING 0x00000001
#define FRIBIDI_FLAG_REORDER_NSM 0x00000002
#define FRIBIDI_FLAG_SHAPE_ARAB_PRES 0x00000100
#define FRIBIDI_FLAG_SHAPE_ARAB_LIGA 0x00000200
#define FRIBIDI_FLAG_SHAPE_ARAB_CONSOLE 0x00000400
#define FRIBIDI_FLAG_REMOVE_BIDI 0x00010000
#define FRIBIDI_FLAG_REMOVE_JOINING 0x00020000
#define FRIBIDI_FLAG_REMOVE_SPECIALS 0x00040000
/*
* And their combinations.
*/
#define FRIBIDI_FLAGS_DEFAULT ( \
FRIBIDI_FLAG_SHAPE_MIRRORING | \
FRIBIDI_FLAG_REORDER_NSM | \
FRIBIDI_FLAG_REMOVE_SPECIALS )
#define FRIBIDI_FLAGS_ARABIC ( \
FRIBIDI_FLAG_SHAPE_ARAB_PRES | \
FRIBIDI_FLAG_SHAPE_ARAB_LIGA )
#include "fribidi-enddecls.h"
#endif /* !_FRIBIDI_FLAGS_H */
/* Editor directions:
* vim:textwidth=78:tabstop=8:shiftwidth=2:autoindent:cindent
*/
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-joining-types-list.h
Generated Vendored
+44
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
#ifndef __FRIBIDI_DOC
/* FriBidi
* fribidi-joining-types-list.h - list of joining types
*
* Author:
* Behdad Esfahbod, 2004
*
* Copyright (C) 2004 Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2004 Behdad Esfahbod
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with this library, in a file named COPYING; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
* Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*
* For licensing issues, contact <fribidi.license@gmail.com>.
*/
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#endif /* !__FRIBIDI_DOC */
#ifndef _FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE
# define _FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE(x,y)
#endif
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (U, '|') /* nUn-joining, e.g. Full Stop */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (R, '<') /* Right-joining, e.g. Arabic Letter Dal */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (D, '+') /* Dual-joining, e.g. Arabic Letter Ain */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (C, '-') /* join-Causing, e.g. Tatweel, ZWJ */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (T, '^') /* Transparent, e.g. Arabic Fatha */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (L, '>') /* Left-joining, i.e. fictional */
_FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE (G, '~') /* iGnored, e.g. LRE, RLE, ZWNBSP */
#ifndef __FRIBIDI_DOC
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* !__FRIBIDI_DOC */
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-joining-types.h
Generated Vendored
+249
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
/* FriBidi
* fribidi-joining-types.h - character joining types
*
* Author:
* Behdad Esfahbod, 2001, 2002, 2004
*
* Copyright (C) 2004 Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc.
* Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Behdad Esfahbod
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with this library, in a file named COPYING; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
* Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*
* For licensing issues, contact <fribidi.license@gmail.com>.
*/
#ifndef _FRIBIDI_JOINING_TYPES_H
#define _FRIBIDI_JOINING_TYPES_H
#include "fribidi-common.h"
#include "fribidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-begindecls.h"
/*
* Define bit masks that joining types are based on, each mask has
* only one bit set.
*/
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT 0x01 /* May join to right */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT 0x02 /* May join to right */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_ARAB_SHAPES 0x04 /* May Arabic shape */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_TRANSPARENT 0x08 /* Is transparent */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_IGNORED 0x10 /* Is ignored */
#define FRIBIDI_MASK_LIGATURED 0x20 /* Is ligatured */
/*
* Define values for FriBidiJoiningType
*/
/* nUn-joining */
#define FRIBIDI_JOINING_TYPE_U_VAL ( 0 )
/* Right-joining */
#define FRIBIDI_JOINING_TYPE_R_VAL \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT | FRIBIDI_MASK_ARAB_SHAPES )
/* Dual-joining */
#define FRIBIDI_JOINING_TYPE_D_VAL \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT | FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_ARAB_SHAPES )
/* join-Causing */
#define FRIBIDI_JOINING_TYPE_C_VAL \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT | FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT )
/* Left-joining */
#define FRIBIDI_JOINING_TYPE_L_VAL \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT | FRIBIDI_MASK_ARAB_SHAPES )
/* Transparent */
#define FRIBIDI_JOINING_TYPE_T_VAL \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_TRANSPARENT | FRIBIDI_MASK_ARAB_SHAPES )
/* iGnored */
#define FRIBIDI_JOINING_TYPE_G_VAL ( FRIBIDI_MASK_IGNORED )
enum _FriBidiJoiningTypeEnum
{
# define _FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE(TYPE,SYMBOL) \
FRIBIDI_JOINING_TYPE_##TYPE = FRIBIDI_JOINING_TYPE_##TYPE##_VAL,
# include "fribidi-joining-types-list.h"
# undef _FRIBIDI_ADD_TYPE
_FRIBIDI_JOINING_TYPE_JUNK /* Don't use this */
};
#ifdef __FRIBIDI_DOC
typedef enum _FriBidiJoiningTypeEnum FriBidiJoiningType;
#else /* !__FRIBIDI_DOC */
typedef uint8_t FriBidiJoiningType;
#endif /* !__FRIBIDI_DOC */
/* FriBidiArabicProp is essentially the same type as FriBidiJoiningType, but
* not limited to the few values returned by fribidi_get_joining_type. */
typedef uint8_t FriBidiArabicProp;
/*
* The equivalent of JoiningType values for ArabicProp
*/
/* Primary Arabic Joining Classes (Table 8-2) */
/* nUn-joining */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_JOINING_TYPE_U(p) \
( 0 == ( (p) & \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_TRANSPARENT | FRIBIDI_MASK_IGNORED \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT | FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT ) ) )
/* Right-joining */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_JOINING_TYPE_R(p) \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT == ( (p) & \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_TRANSPARENT | FRIBIDI_MASK_IGNORED \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT | FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT ) ) )
/* Dual-joining */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_JOINING_TYPE_D(p) \
( ( FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT | FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_ARAB_SHAPES ) == ( (p) & \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_TRANSPARENT | FRIBIDI_MASK_IGNORED \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT | FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_ARAB_SHAPES ) ) )
/* join-Causing */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_JOINING_TYPE_C(p) \
( ( FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT | FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT ) == ( (p) & \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_TRANSPARENT | FRIBIDI_MASK_IGNORED \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT | FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_ARAB_SHAPES ) ) )
/* Left-joining */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_JOINING_TYPE_L(p) \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT == ( (p) & \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_TRANSPARENT | FRIBIDI_MASK_IGNORED \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT | FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT ) ) )
/* Transparent */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_JOINING_TYPE_T(p) \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_TRANSPARENT == ( (p) & \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_TRANSPARENT | FRIBIDI_MASK_IGNORED ) ) )
/* iGnored */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_JOINING_TYPE_G(p) \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_IGNORED == ( (p) & \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_TRANSPARENT | FRIBIDI_MASK_IGNORED ) ) )
/* and for Derived Arabic Joining Classes (Table 8-3) */
/* Right join-Causing */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_JOINING_TYPE_RC(p) \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT == ( (p) & \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_TRANSPARENT | FRIBIDI_MASK_IGNORED \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT ) ) )
/* Left join-Causing */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_JOINING_TYPE_LC(p) \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT == ( (p) & \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_TRANSPARENT | FRIBIDI_MASK_IGNORED \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT ) ) )
/*
* Defining macros for needed queries, It is fully dependent on the
* implementation of FriBidiJoiningType.
*/
/* Joins to right: R, D, C? */
#define FRIBIDI_JOINS_RIGHT(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT)
/* Joins to left: L, D, C? */
#define FRIBIDI_JOINS_LEFT(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT)
/* May shape: R, D, L, T? */
#define FRIBIDI_ARAB_SHAPES(p) ((p) & FRIBIDI_MASK_ARAB_SHAPES)
/* Is skipped in joining: T, G? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_JOIN_SKIPPED(p) \
((p) & (FRIBIDI_MASK_TRANSPARENT | FRIBIDI_MASK_IGNORED))
/* Is base that will be shaped: R, D, L? */
#define FRIBIDI_IS_JOIN_BASE_SHAPES(p) \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_ARAB_SHAPES == ( (p) & \
( FRIBIDI_MASK_TRANSPARENT | FRIBIDI_MASK_IGNORED \
| FRIBIDI_MASK_ARAB_SHAPES ) ) )
#define FRIBIDI_JOINS_PRECEDING_MASK(level) \
(FRIBIDI_LEVEL_IS_RTL (level) ? FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT \
: FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT)
#define FRIBIDI_JOINS_FOLLOWING_MASK(level) \
(FRIBIDI_LEVEL_IS_RTL (level) ? FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT \
: FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT)
#define FRIBIDI_JOIN_SHAPE(p) \
((p) & ( FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_RIGHT | FRIBIDI_MASK_JOINS_LEFT ))
/* Functions finally */
/* fribidi_get_joining_type - get character joining type
*
* This function returns the joining type of a character as defined in Table
* 8-2 Primary Arabic Joining Classes of the Unicode standard available at
* http://www.unicode.org/versions/Unicode4.0.0/ch08.pdf#G7462, using data
* provided in file ArabicShaping.txt and UnicodeData.txt of the Unicode
* Character Database available at
* http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/ArabicShaping.txt and
* http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt.
*
* There are a few macros defined in fribidi-joining-types.h for querying a
* joining type.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY FriBidiJoiningType
fribidi_get_joining_type (
FriBidiChar ch /* input character */
) FRIBIDI_GNUC_CONST;
/* fribidi_get_joining_types - get joining types for an string of characters
*
* This function finds the joining types of an string of characters. See
* fribidi_get_joining_type for more information about the joining types
* returned by this function.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY void fribidi_get_joining_types (
const FriBidiChar *str, /* input string */
const FriBidiStrIndex len, /* input string length */
FriBidiJoiningType *jtypes /* output joining types */
);
/* fribidi_get_joining_type_name - get joining type name
*
* This function returns the joining type name of a joining type. The
* returned string is a static string and should not be freed.
*
* The type names are the same as ones defined in Table 8-2 Primary Arabic
* Joining Classes of the Unicode standard available at
* http://www.unicode.org/versions/Unicode4.0.0/ch08.pdf#G7462.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY const char *fribidi_get_joining_type_name (
FriBidiJoiningType j /* input joining type */
) FRIBIDI_GNUC_CONST;
#include "fribidi-enddecls.h"
#endif /* !_FRIBIDI_JOINING_TYPES_H */
/* Editor directions:
* vim:textwidth=78:tabstop=8:shiftwidth=2:autoindent:cindent
*/
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-joining.h
Generated Vendored
+74
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
/* FriBidi
* fribidi-joining.h - Arabic joining algorithm
*
* Authors:
* Behdad Esfahbod, 2004
*
* Copyright (C) 2004 Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc
* Copyright (C) 2004 Behdad Esfahbod
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with this library, in a file named COPYING; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
* Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*
* For licensing issues, contact <fribidi.license@gmail.com>.
*/
#ifndef _FRIBIDI_JOINING_H
#define _FRIBIDI_JOINING_H
#include "fribidi-common.h"
#include "fribidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-bidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-joining-types.h"
#include "fribidi-begindecls.h"
/* fribidi_join_arabic - do Arabic joining
*
* This function does the Arabic joining algorithm. Means, given Arabic
* joining types of the characters in ar_props (don't worry,
* FriBidiJoiningType can be casted to FriBidiArabicProp automagically), this
* function modifies this properties to grasp the effect of neighboring
* characters. You probably need this information later to do Arabic shaping.
*
* This function implements rules R1 to R7 inclusive (all rules) of the Arabic
* Cursive Joining algorithm of the Unicode standard as available at
* http://www.unicode.org/versions/Unicode4.0.0/ch08.pdf#G7462. It also
* interacts correctly with the bidirection algorithm as defined in Section
* 3.5 Shaping of the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm available at
* http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/#Shaping.
*
* There are a few macros defined in fribidi-joining-types.h for querying the
* Arabic properties computed by this function.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY void fribidi_join_arabic (
const FriBidiCharType *bidi_types, /* input list of bidi types as
returned by
fribidi_get_bidi_types() */
const FriBidiStrIndex len, /* input string length */
const FriBidiLevel *embedding_levels, /* input list of embedding
levels, as returned by
fribidi_get_par_embedding_levels */
FriBidiArabicProp *ar_props /* Arabic properties to analyze, initialized by
joining types, as returned by
fribidi_get_joining_types */
);
#include "fribidi-enddecls.h"
#endif /* !_FRIBIDI_JOINING_H */
/* Editor directions:
* vim:textwidth=78:tabstop=8:shiftwidth=2:autoindent:cindent
*/
scripts/node_modules/sharp/vendor/8.14.5/win32-x64/include/fribidi/fribidi-mirroring.h
Generated Vendored
+86
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/* fribidi-mirroring.h - get mirrored character
*
* Copyright (C) 2004 Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc
* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2004 Behdad Esfahbod
* Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2017 Dov Grobgeld
*
* This file is part of GNU FriBidi.
*
* GNU FriBidi is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* GNU FriBidi is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
* along with GNU FriBidi; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*
* For licensing issues, contact <fribidi.license@gmail.com> or write to
* Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc., PO Box 13445-389, Tehran, Iran.
*
* Author(s):
* Behdad Esfahbod, 2001, 2002, 2004
* Dov Grobgeld, 1999, 2000
*/
#ifndef _FRIBIDI_MIRRORING_H
#define _FRIBIDI_MIRRORING_H
#include "fribidi-common.h"
#include "fribidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-bidi-types.h"
#include "fribidi-begindecls.h"
/* fribidi_get_mirror_char - get mirrored character
*
* This function finds the mirrored equivalent of a character as defined in
* the file BidiMirroring.txt of the Unicode Character Database available at
* http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/BidiMirroring.txt.
*
* If the input character is a declared as a mirroring character in the
* Unicode standard and has a mirrored equivalent. The matching mirrored
* character is put in the output, otherwise the input character itself is
* put.
*
* Returns: if the character has a mirroring equivalent or not.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY fribidi_boolean fribidi_get_mirror_char (
FriBidiChar ch, /* input character */
FriBidiChar *mirrored_ch /* output mirrored character */
);
/* fribidi_shape_mirroring - do mirroring shaping
*
* This functions replaces mirroring characters on right-to-left embeddings in
* string with their mirrored equivalent as returned by
* fribidi_get_mirror_char().
*
* This function implements rule L4 of the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm
* available at http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/#L4.
*/
FRIBIDI_ENTRY void fribidi_shape_mirroring (
const FriBidiLevel *embedding_levels, /* input list of embedding
levels, as returned by
fribidi_get_par_embedding_levels */
const FriBidiStrIndex len, /* input string length */
FriBidiChar *str /* string to shape */
);
#include "fribidi-enddecls.h"
#endif /* !_FRIBIDI_MIRRORING_H */
/* Editor directions:
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 2
* indent-tabs-mode: t
* tab-width: 8
* End:
* vim: textwidth=78: autoindent: cindent: shiftwidth=2: tabstop=8:
*/

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More